As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 9, 2019

Securities Act Registration No.  333-__________
Investment Company Act Registration No. 811-21462

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.

POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

AMENDMENT NO.  81

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
11550 Ash Street, Suite 300
Leawood, Kansas 66211
(913) 981-1020

Agent for Service

Diane Bono
P. Bradley Adams
11550 Ash Street, Suite 300
Leawood, Kansas 66211

Copies of Communications to

Steven F. Carman, Esq.
Rebecca C. Taylor, Esq.
Husch Blackwell LLP
4801 Main Street, Suite 1000
Kansas City, MO 64112
(816) 983-8000

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:   From time to time after the effective date of the Registration Statement.

Check box if any of the securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan.

It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
When declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c)

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933




Proposed Maximum



Title of Securities
Amount Being
Proposed Maximum
 
Aggregate
   
Amount of
Being Registered
Registered (1)
Offering Price
 
Offering Price (2)
   
Registration Fee (3)
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; debt securities
 
 
$
375,000,000
   
$
45,450.00

(1)
There are being registered hereunder a presently indeterminate number of shares of common stock, shares of preferred stock and debt securities to be offered on an immediate, continuous or delayed basis.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933. In no event will the aggregate initial offering price of all securities offered from time to time pursuant to the prospectus included as a part of this Registration Statement exceed $375,000,000.
(3)
In accordance with Rule 415(a)(6) under the Securities Act of 1933, the securities registered pursuant to this registration statement include $ 295,592,810.22 of unsold securities that previously were registered pursuant to the registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-209946), initially effective on May 5, 2016. Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6), the registration fees in the amount of $ 28,135.35 previously paid with respect to such unsold securities will continue to be applied to such unsold securities. The filing fee attributable to the additional $ 9,624.15 of securities is being paid herewith. Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6), the offering of the unsold securities registered under the prior registration statement will be deemed terminated as of the effective date of this Registration Statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.



Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation (“Registrant”)
Contents of Registration Statement

This Registration Statement consists of the following:

1. Facing sheet of the Registration Statement
2. Contents of the Registration Statement
3. Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation Base Prospectus dated _______, 2019
4. Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation Statement of Additional Information dated _______, 2019
5. Part C of the Registration Statement (including signature page)


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.  This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED April 9, 2019

Base Prospectus

$375,000,000
Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Common Stock
Preferred Stock
Debt Securities

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation (the “Company,” “we” or “our”) is a nondiversified, closed-end management investment company. Our investment objective is to seek a high level of total return with an emphasis on current distributions paid to stockholders. We seek to provide our stockholders with an efficient vehicle to invest in a portfolio of publicly traded master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) in the energy infrastructure sector. Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 90% of our total assets (including assets obtained through leverage) in securities of energy infrastructure companies and invest at least 70% of our total assets in equity securities of MLPs and midstream entities. We cannot assure you that we will achieve our investment objective. Unlike most investment companies, we have not elected to be treated as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code.

We may offer, on an immediate, continuous or delayed basis, including through a rights offering to existing stockholders, up to $375,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of our common stock ($0.001 par value per share), preferred stock ($0.001 par value per share) or debt securities, which we refer to in this prospectus collectively as our securities, in one or more offerings. We may offer our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities separately or in concurrent separate offerings, in amounts, at prices and on terms set forth in a prospectus supplement to this prospectus. In addition, from time to time, certain of our stockholders may offer our common stock in one or more offerings. The sale of such stock by certain of our stockholders may involve shares of common stock that were issued to the stockholders in one or more private transactions and will be registered by us for resale. The identity of any selling stockholder, the number of shares of our common stock to be offered by such selling stockholder, the price and terms upon which our shares of common stock are to be sold from time to time by such selling stockholder, and the percentage of common stock held by any selling stockholder after the offering, will be set forth in a prospectus supplement to this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the related prospectus supplement carefully before you decide to invest in any of our securities.  We will not receive any of the proceeds from common stock sold by any selling stockholder.

We may offer our securities, or certain of our stockholders may offer our common stock, directly to one or more purchasers through agents that we or they designate from time to time, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The prospectus supplement relating to the particular offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of our securities, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between us or any selling stockholder and such agents or underwriters or among the underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. For more information about the manner in which we may offer our securities, or a selling stockholder may offer our common stock, see “Plan of Distribution” and “Selling Stockholders.” Our securities may not be sold through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a prospectus supplement.

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “TYG.” As of April 5, 2019, the last reported sale price for our common stock was $23.86.


Investing in our securities involves risks.  You could lose some or all of your investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 42 of this prospectus. You should consider carefully these risks together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement before making a decision to purchase our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of the Funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports.  Instead, the reports will be made available on the Funds’ website (www.tortoise advisors.com), and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action.  You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from a Fund electronically anytime by contacting your financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank) or by contacting the Adviser by calling (866) 362-9331, or by sending an e-mail request to info@tortoiseadvisors.com.

Beginning on January 1, 2019, you may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge by contacting your financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank) or by contacting the Adviser by calling (866) 362-9331, or by sending an e-mail request to info@tortoiseadvisors.com.  Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds held in your account if you invest through your financial intermediary or all Funds held with the fund complex if you invest directly with a Fund.

Prospectus dated            , 2019


This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities that we may offer. Each time we use this prospectus to offer securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. This prospectus, together with any prospectus supplement, sets forth concisely the information that you should know before investing. You should read this prospectus and any related prospectus supplement, which contain important information, before deciding whether to invest in our securities. You should retain this prospectus and any related prospectus supplement for future reference. A statement of additional information, dated _________, 2019, as supplemented from time to time, containing additional information, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You may request a free copy of the statement of additional information, the table of contents of which is on page 82 of this prospectus, request a free copy of our annual, semi-annual and quarterly reports, request other information or make stockholder inquiries, by calling toll-free at 1-866-362-9331 or by writing to us at 11550 Ash Street, Suite 300, Leawood, Kansas 66211. Our annual, semi-annual and quarterly reports and the statement of additional information also are available on our investment adviser’s website at www.tortoiseadvisors.com. Information included on such website does not form part of this prospectus. You can review and copy documents we have filed at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call 1-202-551-5850 for information. The SEC charges a fee for copies. You can get the same information free from the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov or make a request in writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549.

Our securities do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Page
ii
1
12
14
17
25
26
26
27
38
42
54
58
58
65
65
67
74
76
77
77
80
80
80
82

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any related prospectus supplement in making your investment decisions. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different or inconsistent information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus and any prospectus supplement do not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information appearing in this prospectus and in any related prospectus supplement is accurate only as of the dates on their covers.  Our business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since such dates.  We will advise investors of any material changes to the extent required by applicable law.

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, any accompanying prospectus supplement and the statement of additional information contain “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements can be identified by the words “may,” “will,” “intend,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “should” and similar terms and the negative of such terms. Such forward-looking statements may be contained in this prospectus as well as in any accompanying prospectus supplement. By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Several factors that could materially affect our actual results are the performance of the portfolio of securities we hold, the conditions in the U.S. and international financial, petroleum and other markets, the price at which our shares will trade in the public markets and other factors discussed in our periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Although we believe that the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. All forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus or any accompanying prospectus supplement are made as of the date of this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement, as the case may be. Except for our ongoing obligations under the federal securities laws, we do not intend, and we undertake no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

Currently known risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, the factors described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. We urge you to review carefully that section for a more detailed discussion of the risks of an investment in our securities.

ii

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary contains basic information about us and our securities. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information you may want to consider before investing in our securities. You should review the more detailed information contained in this prospectus and in any related prospectus supplement and in the statement of additional information, especially the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 42 of this prospectus.

The Company

We seek to provide our stockholders with an efficient vehicle to invest in a portfolio of publicly traded master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) in the energy infrastructure sector. Our investment objective is to seek a high level of total return with an emphasis on current distributions paid to stockholders. For purposes of our investment objective, total return includes capital appreciation of, and all distributions received from, securities in which we invest regardless of the tax character of the distributions. We consider our investment objective a nonfundamental investment policy.  We cannot assure you that we will achieve our investment objective.

We are a nondiversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). We were organized as a corporation on October 30, 2003, pursuant to a charter (the “Charter”) governed by the laws of the State of Maryland. Our fiscal year ends on November 30. We commenced operations in February 2004 following our initial public offering.  Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “TYG.”  On June 23, 2014 we acquired the assets and liabilities of Tortoise Energy Capital Corporation and Tortoise North American Energy Corporation via merger.  As of January 31, 2019, we had net assets of approximately $1,296.7 million attributable to our common stock.  As of January 31, 2019, we had outstanding $165.0 million of our Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Stock (the “Tortoise Preferred Shares”) and $380.0 million of our privately placed Senior Notes (the “Tortoise Notes”).

We have established an unsecured credit facility with U.S. Bank, N.A. serving as a lender and the lending syndicate agent on behalf of other lenders participating in the credit facility, which currently allows us to borrow up to $130.0 million. Outstanding balances under the credit facility generally accrue interest at a variable annual rate equal to the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.20%, with a tiered non-use fee on an unused balance of the credit facility.  Non-use fees accrue at a rate of 0.25% when the outstanding balance on the facility is below $65 million and 0.15% when the outstanding balance on the facility is at least $65 million, but below $91 million.  The outstanding balance is not subject to the non-use fee when the amount outstanding is at least $91 million. As of January 31, 2019, the effective rate was 3.71%.  The credit facility remains in effect through June 12, 2019.  We may draw on the facility from time to time to fund investments in accordance with our investment policies and for general corporate purposes. As of January 31, 2019, we had outstanding approximately $78.4 million under the credit facility.  We currently expect to seek to renew the credit facility at an amount sufficient to meet our operating needs.

We have also established an unsecured credit facility with the Bank of Nova Scotia which currently allows us to borrow up to $90.0 million. Outstanding balances under the credit facility generally accrue interest at a variable annual rate equal to the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.20%, with a fee of 0.15% on any unused balance of the credit facility if the amount borrowed under the facility is less than $63.0 million. As of January 31, 2019, the effective rate was 3.71%. The credit facility remains in effect through June 22, 2020. We may draw on the facility from time to time to fund investments in accordance with our investment policies and for general corporate purposes. As of January 31, 2019, we had outstanding approximately $63.0 million under the credit facility.  We currently expect to seek to renew the credit facility at an amount sufficient to meet our operating needs.

Investment Adviser

Our investment adviser is Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C. (the “Adviser”), a registered investment adviser specializing in energy investing across the energy value chain, including infrastructure and MLPs.  As of February 28, 2019, the Adviser managed assets of approximately $16.3 billion, including the assets of publicly traded closed-end management investment companies, open-end funds, private funds and other accounts . The Adviser’s investment committee is comprised of six individuals. See “Management of the Company”.

1

The principal business address of the Adviser is 11550 Ash Street, Suite 300, Leawood, Kansas 66211.

The Offering

We may offer, on an immediate, continuous or delayed basis, up to $375,000,000 of our securities, including common stock pursuant to a rights offering, or certain of our stockholders who purchased shares from us in private placement transactions may offer our common stock, on terms to be determined at the time of the offering. Our securities will be offered at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more prospectus supplements to this prospectus. Subject to certain conditions, we may offer our common stock at prices below our net asset value (“NAV”). We will provide information in the prospectus supplement for the expected trading market, if any, for our preferred stock or debt securities.

While the number and amount of securities we may issue pursuant to this registration statement is limited to $375,000,000 of securities, our board of directors (the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) may, without any action by the stockholders, amend our Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue under our Charter or the 1940 Act.

We may offer our securities, or certain of our stockholders may offer our common stock, directly to one or more purchasers through agents that we or they designate from time to time, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The prospectus supplement relating to the offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of our securities, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between us or any selling stockholder and such agents or underwriters or among underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. See “Plan of Distribution” and “Selling Stockholders.” Our securities may not be sold through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of our securities.

Subsidiaries

If our Adviser determines it to be appropriate or necessary, we may form one or more wholly owned subsidiaries in one or more jurisdictions (each, a “Subsidiary,” and together, the “Subsidiaries”), each of which would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Any Subsidiary will share the shame portfolio management team as the Company.  We anticipate investing in certain private clean energy-related issuers indirectly through the Subsidiaries.  Any Subsidiary organized in the United States will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at corporate rates.  The Subsidiaries will not be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and will not be subject to all of the investor protections of the 1940 Act.  Investments held through a Subsidiary will be managed by our Adviser.  There will not be a separate management fee or investment advisory agreement at the Subsidiary level.  See “Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies –Subsidiaries” and “Risk Factors – Operational Risks – Subsidiary Risks.”

Use of Proceeds

Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, we intend to use the net proceeds of any sale of our securities primarily to invest in energy infrastructure companies in accordance with our investment objective and policies as described under “Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies” within approximately three months of receipt of such proceeds. We may also use proceeds from the sale of our securities to retire all or a portion of any debt we incur, to redeem preferred stock or for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses, although there is currently no intent to issue securities primarily for this purpose. We will not receive any of the proceeds from a sale of our common stock by any selling stockholder.

2

Federal Income Tax Status of Company

Unlike most investment companies, we have not elected to be treated as a regulated investment company under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). Therefore, we are obligated to pay federal and applicable state corporate taxes on our taxable income. On the other hand, we are not subject to the Internal Revenue Code’s diversification rules limiting the assets in which regulated investment companies can invest. Under current federal income tax law, these rules limit the amount that regulated investment companies may invest directly in the securities of certain MLPs to 25% of the value of their total assets. We invest a substantial portion of our assets in MLPs. Although MLPs generate taxable income to us, we expect the MLPs to pay cash distributions in excess of the taxable income reportable by us. Similarly, we expect to distribute substantially all of our distributable cash flow (“DCF”) to our common stockholders. DCF is the amount we receive as cash or paid-in-kind distributions from MLPs or affiliates of MLPs in which we invest, and interest payments received on debt securities owned by us, less current or anticipated operating expenses, taxes on our taxable income, and leverage costs paid by us (including leverage costs of preferred stock, debt securities and borrowings under our unsecured credit facility). However, unlike regulated investment companies, we are not effectively required by the Internal Revenue Code to distribute substantially all of our income and capital gains. The extent to which we are required to pay corporate income tax could materially reduce our cash available to make distributions to our common stockholders.  See “Certain Federal Income Tax Matters.”

Distributions

Our Board of Directors has adopted a policy of declaring what it believes to be sustainable distributions. In determining distributions, our Board of Directors considers a number of current and anticipated factors, including, among others:  DCF; realized and unrealized gains; leverage amounts and rates; current and deferred taxes payable; and potential volatility in returns from our investments and the overall market.  Over the long term, we expect to distribute substantially all of our DCF to holders of our common stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we have paid distributions every quarter since the completion of our first full fiscal quarter ended on May 31, 2004. There is no assurance that we will continue to make regular distributions. If distributions paid to holders of our common and preferred stock exceed the current and accumulated earnings and profit allocated to the particular shares held by a stockholder, the excess of such distribution will constitute, for federal income tax purposes, a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s basis in the shares and capital gain thereafter. A return of capital, which represents a return of a stockholder’s original investment in the Company, reduces the basis of the shares held by a stockholder, which may increase the amount of gain recognized upon the sale of such shares. Our preferred stock and debt securities will pay distributions and interest, respectively, in accordance with their terms. So long as we have preferred stock and debt securities outstanding, we may not declare distributions on common or preferred stock unless we meet applicable asset coverage tests.

Principal Investment Policies

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 90% of our total assets (including assets we obtain through leverage) in securities of energy infrastructure companies and invest at least 70% of our total assets in equity securities of MLPs and midstream entities. Energy infrastructure companies engage in the business of transporting, processing, storing, distributing or marketing natural gas, natural gas liquids (primarily propane), coal, crude oil or refined petroleum products, or exploring, developing, managing or producing such commodities. We invest primarily in energy infrastructure companies organized in the United States. It is anticipated that all of the publicly traded MLPs and midstream entities in which we will invest will have a market capitalization greater than $100 million at the time of investment.

We also may invest in equity and debt securities of energy infrastructure companies that are organized and/or taxed as corporations to the extent consistent with our investment objective. We also may invest in securities of general partners or other affiliates of MLPs and private companies operating energy infrastructure assets.

We have adopted the following additional nonfundamental investment policies:


We may invest up to 30% of our total assets in restricted securities, primarily through direct placements. Subject to this policy, we may invest without limitation in illiquid securities. The types of restricted securities that we may purchase include securities of private energy infrastructure companies and privately issued securities of publicly traded energy infrastructure companies. Restricted securities, whether issued by public companies or private companies, are generally considered illiquid. The aggregate of all our investments in private companies that do not have any publicly traded shares or units are limited to 5% of our total assets.

3


We may invest up to 25% of our total assets in debt securities of energy infrastructure companies, including securities rated below investment grade (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”).  Below investment grade debt securities will be rated at least B3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and at least B- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (“S&P”) at the time of purchase, or comparably rated by another statistical rating organization or if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality by the Adviser.


We will not invest more than 10% of total assets in any single issuer.


We will not engage in short sales.


We may write covered call options, up to 5% of our total assets.

We may change our nonfundamental investment policies without stockholder approval and will provide notice to stockholders of material changes (including notice through stockholder reports); provided, however, that a change in the policy of investing at least 90% of our total assets in energy infrastructure companies requires at least 60 days’ prior written notice to stockholders. Unless otherwise stated, these investment restrictions apply at the time of purchase and we will not be required to reduce a position due solely to market value fluctuations. The term total assets includes assets obtained through leverage for the purpose of each investment restriction.

Under adverse market or economic conditions, we may invest up to 100% of our total assets in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its instrumentalities or agencies, short-term debt securities, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and other bank obligations, commercial paper rated in the highest category by a rating agency or other liquid fixed income securities deemed by the Adviser to be consistent with a defensive posture (collectively, “short-term securities”), or we may hold cash. To the extent we invest in short-term securities or cash for defensive purposes, such investments are inconsistent with, and may result in us not achieving, our investment objective.

We also may invest in short-term securities or cash pending investment of offering proceeds to meet working capital needs including, but not limited to, for collateral in connection with certain investment techniques, to hold a reserve pending payment of distributions, and to facilitate the payment of expenses and settlement of trades. The yield on such securities may be lower than the returns on MLPs or yields on lower rated fixed income securities.

Use of Leverage by the Company

The borrowing of money and the issuance of preferred stock and debt securities represents the leveraging of our common stock. The issuance of additional common stock may enable us to increase the aggregate amount of our leverage. We reserve the right at any time to use financial leverage to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act (50% of total assets for preferred stock and 33 1/3% of total assets for debt securities) or we may elect to reduce the use of leverage or use no leverage at all.  Our policy is to utilize leverage in an amount that on average represents approximately 25% of our total assets.  We consider market conditions at the time leverage is incurred and monitor for asset coverage ratios relative to 1940 Act requirements and our financial covenants on an ongoing basis.  Leverage as a percent of total assets will vary depending on market conditions, but will normally range between 20% and 30%. The timing and terms of any leverage transactions will be determined by our Board of Directors. Additionally, the percentage of our assets attributable to leverage may vary significantly during periods of extreme market volatility and will increase during periods of declining market prices of our portfolio holdings.

4

The use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation for common stockholders, but at the same time, it creates special risks that may adversely affect common stockholders. Our Adviser’s fee is based upon a percentage of our “Managed Assets” (defined as our total assets (including any assets attributable to any leverage that may be outstanding but excluding any net deferred tax assets) minus the sum of accrued liabilities other than (1) net deferred tax liabilities, (2) debt entered into for purposes of leverage and (3) the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock).  Our Adviser does not charge any advisory fee based on net deferred tax assets. Our Adviser’s fee is higher when we are leveraged. Therefore, the Adviser has a financial incentive to use leverage, which will create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and our common stockholders, who will bear the costs of our leverage. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is used. The use of leverage involves risks, which can be significant. See “Leverage” and “Risk Factors — Additional Risks to Common Stockholders — Leverage Risk.”

We may use interest rate transactions for hedging purposes only, in an attempt to reduce the interest rate risk arising from our leveraged capital structure. We do not intend to hedge the interest rate risk of our portfolio holdings. Accordingly, if no leverage is outstanding, we currently do not expect to engage in interest rate transactions. Interest rate transactions that we may use for hedging purposes may expose us to certain risks that differ from the risks associated with our portfolio holdings. See “Leverage — Hedging Transactions” and “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Hedging Strategy Risk.”

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest may arise from the fact that the Adviser and its affiliates carry on substantial investment activities for other clients, in which we have no interest. The Adviser or its affiliates may have financial incentives to favor certain of these accounts over us. Any of the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ proprietary accounts and other customer accounts may compete with us for specific trades. The Adviser or its affiliates may give advice and recommend securities to, or buy or sell securities for, other accounts and customers, which advice or securities recommended may differ from advice given to, or securities recommended or bought or sold for, us, even though their investment objectives may be the same as, or similar to, our objective.  Certain of the funds and accounts managed by our Adviser may invest in the equity securities of a particular company, while other funds and accounts managed by our Adviser may invest in the debt securities of the same company.

Our Adviser has written allocation policies and procedures that it will follow in addressing any conflicts. When two or more clients advised by our Adviser or its affiliates seek to purchase or sell the same securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will be allocated among the clients on a good faith equitable basis by our Adviser in its discretion and in accordance with each client’s investment objectives and our Adviser’s procedures.

From time to time, our Adviser may seed proprietary accounts for the purpose of evaluating a new investment strategy that eventually may be available to clients through one or more product structures.  Such accounts also may serve the purpose of establishing a performance record for the strategy.  Our Adviser’s management of accounts with proprietary interests and nonproprietary client accounts may create an incentive to favor the proprietary accounts in the allocation of investment opportunities, and the timing and aggregation of investments.  Our Adviser’s proprietary seed accounts may include long-short strategies, and certain client strategies may permit short sales.  A conflict of interest arises if a security is sold short at the same time as a long position, and continuously short selling in a security may adversely affect the stock price of the same security held long in client accounts.  Our Adviser has adopted various policies to mitigate these conflicts, including policies that require our Adviser to avoid favoring any account, and that prohibit client and proprietary accounts from engaging in short sales with respect to individual stocks held long in client accounts.  Our Adviser’s policies also require transactions in proprietary accounts to be placed after client transactions.

Situations may occur when we could be disadvantaged because of the investment activities conducted by the Adviser and its affiliates for their other funds or accounts. Such situations may be based on, among other things, the following: (1) legal or internal restrictions on the combined size of positions that may be taken for us or the other accounts, thereby limiting the size of our position; (2) the difficulty of liquidating an investment for us or the other accounts where the market cannot absorb the sale of the combined position; or (3) limits on co-investing in private placement securities under the 1940 Act. Our investment opportunities may be limited by affiliations of the Adviser or its affiliates with energy infrastructure companies.

5

The use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation for common stockholders, but at the same time creates special risks that may adversely affect common stockholders.  Because our management fee is based upon a percentage of our Managed Assets, our management fee is higher when we are leveraged.  Therefore, our Adviser has a financial incentive to use leverage, which will create a conflict of interest between our Adviser and our common stockholders, who will bear the costs of our leverage.  See “Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies — Conflicts of Interest.”

Company Risks

Our NAV, our ability to make distributions, our ability to service debt securities and preferred stock, and our ability to meet asset coverage requirements depends on the performance of our investment portfolio. The performance of our investment portfolio is subject to a number of risks, including the following:

Capital Markets Volatility Risk . Our capital structure and performance may be adversely impacted by weakness in the credit markets and stock market if such weakness results in declines in the value of MLPs and midstream energy entities in which we invest. If the value of our investments decline or remain volatile, there is a risk that we may be required to reduce outstanding leverage, which could adversely affect our stock price and ability to pay distributions at historical levels. A sustained economic slowdown may adversely affect the ability of MLPs and midstream energy entities to sustain their historical distribution levels, which in turn, may adversely affect our ability to sustain distributions at historical levels. MLPs and midstream energy entities that have historically relied heavily on outside capital to fund their growth may be impacted by a slowdown in the capital markets. The performance of the MLP and midstream energy sector is dependent on several factors including the condition of the financial sector, the general economy and the commodity markets. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Capital Markets Volatility Risk.”

Concentration Risk .  Under normal circumstances, we concentrate our investments in the energy sector, with an emphasis on securities issued by MLPs and midstream entities in the energy infrastructure sector, a subset of the energy sector. The primary risks inherent in investments in MLPs and midstream entities in the energy infrastructure sector include the following: (1) the performance and level of distributions of MLPs and midstream entities can be affected by direct and indirect commodity price exposure, (2) a decrease in market demand for natural gas or other energy commodities could adversely affect MLPs’ and midstream entities’ revenues or cash flows, (3) energy infrastructure assets deplete over time and must be replaced and (4) a rising interest rate environment could increase the cost of capital for MLPs and midstream entities. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Concentration Risk.”

Industry Specific Risk .  Energy infrastructure companies also are subject to risks specific to the industry they serve. For risks specific to the pipeline, processing, propane, coal and marine shipping industries, see “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Industry Specific Risk.”

MLP Risk .  We invest a substantial portion of our assets in equity securities of MLPs. As a result, we are subject to the risks associated with an investment in MLPs, including cash flow risk, tax risk, deferred tax risk and capital markets risk. Cash flow risk is the risk that MLPs will not make distributions to holders (including us) at anticipated levels or that such distributions will not have the expected tax character. MLPs also are subject to tax risk, which is the risk that an MLP might lose its partnership status for tax purposes. Deferred tax risk is the risk that we incur a current tax liability on that portion of an MLP’s income and gains that is not offset by tax deductions and losses. Capital markets risk is the risk that MLPs will be unable to raise capital to meet their obligations as they come due or execute their growth strategies, complete future acquisitions, take advantage of other business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks — MLP Risk.”

Equity Securities Risk .  Equity securities, including MLP common units, can be affected by macro-economic and other factors affecting the stock market in general, expectations of interest rates, investor sentiment toward MLPs or the midstream energy sector, changes in a particular issuer’s financial condition, or unfavorable or unanticipated poor performance of a particular issuer (in the case of MLPs, generally measured in terms of DCF). Prices of common units of individual MLPs and other equity securities also can be affected by fundamentals unique to the partnership or company, including size, earnings power, coverage ratios and characteristics and features of different classes of securities. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Equity Securities Risk” and “Risk Factors — Additional Risks to Common Stockholders — Leverage Risk.”

6

Smaller Company Securities Risk. Investing in securities of smaller companies may involve greater risk than is associated with investing in more established companies. Companies with smaller capitalization may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources; may lack management depth or experience; and may be more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic developments than larger more established companies. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Smaller Company Securities Risk.”

Delay in Use of Proceeds Risk .  Although we expect to fully invest the net proceeds of any offering within three months after the closing of the offering, such investments may be delayed if suitable investments are unavailable at the time, if we are unable to secure firm commitments for direct investments, if market conditions and volumes of the securities of midstream energy entities are not favorable at the time or for other reasons. See “Risk Factors – Company Risks – Delay in Use of Proceeds Risk.”

Below Investment Grade Securities Risk .  Investing in below investment grade debt instruments (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”) involves additional risks than investment grade securities. Adverse changes in economic conditions are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of a below investment grade issuer to make principal payments and interest payments than an investment grade issuer. An economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of highly leveraged issuers to service their obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity. Similarly, downturns in profitability in the energy infrastructure industry could adversely affect the ability of below investment grade issuers in that industry to meet their obligations. The market values of lower quality securities tend to reflect individual developments of the issuer to a greater extent than do higher quality securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates.

The secondary market for below investment grade securities may not be as liquid as the secondary market for more highly rated securities. There are fewer dealers in the market for below investment grade securities than investment grade obligations. The prices quoted by different dealers may vary significantly, and the spread between the bid and asked price is generally much larger than for higher quality instruments. Under adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for below investment grade securities could contract further, independent of any specific adverse change in the condition of a particular issuer, and these instruments may become illiquid. As a result, it may be more difficult to sell these securities or we may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if such securities were widely traded. This may affect adversely our ability to make required distribution or interest payments on our outstanding senior securities. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower-rated or unrated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices used in calculating our NAV.  See “Risk Factors – Company Risk – Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”

Capital Markets Risk.   Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and may continue to be, volatile due to a variety of factors, including significant write-offs in the financial services sector. Despite more stabilized economic activity, if the volatility continues, the cost of raising capital in the debt and equity capital markets, and the ability to raise capital, may be impacted. In particular, concerns about the general stability of financial markets and specifically the solvency of lending counterparties, may impact the cost of raising capital from the credit markets through increased interest rates, tighter lending standards, difficulties in refinancing debt on existing terms or at all and reduced, or in some cases ceasing to provide, funding to borrowers. In addition, lending counterparties under existing revolving credit facilities and other debt instruments may be unwilling or unable to meet their funding obligations. As a result of any of the foregoing, we or the companies in which we invest may be unable to obtain new debt or equity financing on acceptable terms. If funding is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we or the companies in which we invest may not be able to meet obligations as they come due. Moreover, without adequate funding, midstream energy entities may be unable to execute their growth strategies, complete future acquisitions, take advantage of other business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on their revenues and results of operations. See “Risk Factors – Company Risk – Capital Markets Risk.”

Hedging Strategy Risk .  We may use interest rate transactions for hedging purposes only, in an attempt to reduce the interest rate risk arising from our leveraged capital structure. There is no assurance that the interest rate hedging transactions into which we enter will be effective in reducing our exposure to interest rate risk. Hedging transactions are subject to correlation risk, which is the risk that payment on our hedging transactions may not correlate exactly with our payment obligations on senior securities. Interest rate transactions that we may use for hedging purposes, such as swaps, caps and floors, will expose us to certain risks that differ from the risks associated with our portfolio holdings. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Hedging Strategy Risk.”

7

Competition Risk .  At the time we completed our initial public offering in February 2004, we were the only publicly traded investment company offering access to a portfolio of energy infrastructure MLPs. Since that time, a number of alternative vehicles for investment in a portfolio of energy infrastructure MLPs, including other publicly traded investment companies and private funds, have emerged. These competitive conditions may adversely impact our ability to meet our investment objective, which in turn could adversely impact our ability to make interest or distribution payments. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Competition Risk.”

Restricted Security Risk.  We may invest up to 30% of total assets in restricted securities, primarily through direct placements. Restricted securities are less liquid than securities traded in the open market because of statutory and contractual restrictions on resale. Such securities are, therefore, unlike securities that are traded in the open market, which can be expected to be sold immediately if the market is adequate. This lack of liquidity creates special risks for us. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Restricted Security Risk.”

Liquidity Risk.  Certain MLP and midstream energy securities may trade less frequently than those of other companies due to their smaller capitalizations. Investments in securities that are less actively traded or over time experience decreased trading volume may be difficult to dispose of when we believe it is desirable to do so, may restrict our ability to take advantage of other opportunities, and may be more difficult to value. See “Risk Factors - Company Risks –Liquidity Risk.”

Covered Call Risk . We cannot guarantee that our covered call option strategy will be effective. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities. The significant differences between the securities and options markets could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets. The use of options may require us to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation we can realize on an investment, or may cause us to hold a security we might otherwise sell. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when we seek to close out an option position. Factors such as supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security in relation to the exercise price of the option, the dividend or distribution yield of the underlying security, the actual or perceived volatility of the underlying security and the time remaining until the expiration date, could impact or cause to vary over time the amount of income we are able to generate through our covered call option strategy. The number of covered call options we can write is limited by the number of shares of the corresponding common stock we hold. Furthermore, our covered call option transactions may be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. If we fail to maintain any required asset coverage ratios in connection with any use by us of leverage, we may be required to redeem or prepay some or all of our leverage instruments. Such redemption or prepayment would likely result in our seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any option transaction. Early termination of an option could result in a termination payment by or to us. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Covered Call Risk.”

Valuation Risk.  We may invest up to 30% of total assets in restricted securities, which are subject to restrictions on resale. The value of such investments ordinarily will be based on fair valuations determined by the Adviser pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board of Directors. Restrictions on resale or the absence of a liquid secondary market may affect adversely our ability to determine NAV. The sale price of securities that are restricted or otherwise are not readily marketable may be higher or lower than our most recent valuations. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Valuation Risk.”

Nondiversification Risk.  We are a nondiversified investment company under the 1940 Act and we are not a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, there are no regulatory limits under the 1940 Act or Internal Revenue Code with respect to the number or size of securities held by us and we may invest more assets in fewer issuers as compared to a diversified fund. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks —Nondiversification Risk.”

8

Tax Risk.  Because we are treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, our financial statements reflect deferred tax assets or liabilities according to generally accepted accounting principles. Deferred tax assets may constitute a relatively high percentage of NAV. Realization of deferred tax assets including net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards, are dependent, in part, on generating sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character. Currently capital loss carryforwards have a five year carryover period, whereas net operating loss carryforwards for tax years beginning after 2017 have an indefinite carryover period.   In addition, a substantial change in our ownership may limit our ability to utilize our loss carryforwards.  Unexpected significant decreases in MLP cash distributions or significant declines in the fair value of our MLP investments, among other factors, may change our assessment regarding the recoverability of deferred tax assets and would likely result in a valuation allowance, or recording of a larger allowance. If a valuation allowance is required to reduce the deferred tax asset in the future, it could have a material impact on our NAV and results of operations in the period it is recorded. Conversely, in periods of generally increasing MLP prices, we will accrue a deferred tax liability to the extent the fair value of our assets exceeds our tax basis. We may incur significant tax liability during periods in which gains on MLP investments are realized. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Tax Risk.”

Management Risk.  The Adviser was formed in October 2002 to provide portfolio management services to institutional and high net worth investors seeking professional management of their MLP investments. The Adviser has been managing our portfolio since we began operations in February 2004. As of February 28, 2019, the Adviser had client assets under management of approximately $16.3 billion. To the extent that the Adviser’s assets under management continue to grow, the Adviser may have to hire additional personnel and, to the extent it is unable to hire qualified individuals, its operations may be adversely affected. See “Risk Factors - Company Risks –Management Risk.”

Subsidiary Risks .  By investing in any Subsidiary, we will be indirectly exposed to the risks associated with such Subsidiary’s investments.  The instruments that will be held by any Subsidiary will generally be similar to those that are permitted to be held by the Company and will be subject to the same risks that apply to similar investments if held directly by the Company.  The Subsidiaries will not be registered under the 1940 Act, and, unless otherwise noted in the prospectus, will not be subject to all of the protections of the 1940 Act.  However, we will wholly own and control any Subsidiary, and we and any Subsidiary will each be managed by our Adviser and will share the same portfolio management team.  Our Board of Directors will have oversight responsibility for the investment activities of the Company, including its investment in the Subsidiaries, and our role as sole shareholder of any Subsidiary.  Changes in the laws of the United States and/or any jurisdiction in which a Subsidiary if formed could result in our inability or the inability of the Subsidiaries to operate as described in this prospectus and our statement of additional information and could adversely affect the Company.  See Risk Factors – Company Risks – Subsidiary Risks.”

See “Risk Factors — Company Risks” for a more detailed discussion of these and other risks of investing in our securities.

Additional Risks to Common Stockholders

Leverage Risk.  We are currently leveraged and intend to continue to use leverage primarily for investment purposes. Leverage, which is a speculative technique, could cause us to lose money and can magnify the effect of any losses. Weakness in the credit markets may cause our leverage costs to increase and there is a risk that we may not be able to renew or replace existing leverage on favorable terms or at all.  If the cost of leverage is no longer favorable, or if we are otherwise required to reduce our leverage, we may not be able to maintain common stock distributions at historical levels and common stockholders will bear any costs associated with selling portfolio securities. If our net asset value of our portfolio declines or remains subject to heightened market volatility, there is an increased risk that we will be unable to maintain coverage ratios for debt securities and preferred stock mandated by the 1940 Act, rating agency guidelines or contractual terms of bank lending facilities or privately placed notes. If we do not cure any deficiencies within specified cure periods, we will be required to redeem such senior securities in amounts that are sufficient to restore the required coverage ratios or, in some cases, offer to redeem all of such securities. As a result, we may be required to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times, and we may incur significant losses upon the sale of such securities. There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful.

9

Market Impact Risk.  The sale of our common stock (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices in the secondary market for our common stock.  An increase in the number of common shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for our common stock.

Dilution Risk.  The voting power of current stockholders will be diluted to the extent that such stockholders do not purchase shares in any future common stock offerings or do not purchase sufficient shares to maintain their percentage interest.

If we are unable to invest the proceeds of such offering as intended, our per share distribution may decrease and we may not participate in market advances to the same extent as if such proceeds were fully invested as planned.

Market Discount Risk.  Our common stock has traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to NAV. We cannot predict whether our shares will trade in the future at a premium or discount to NAV.

See “Risk Factors — Additional Risks to Common Stockholders” for a more detailed discussion of these risks.

Additional Risks to Senior Security Holders

Additional risks of investing in senior securities, include the following:

Interest Rate Risk.  Distributions and interest payable on our senior securities are subject to interest rate risk. To the extent that distributions or interest on such securities are based on short-term rates, our leverage costs may rise so that the amount of distributions or interest due to holders of senior securities would exceed the cash flow generated by our portfolio securities. To the extent that our leverage costs are fixed, our leverage costs may increase when our senior securities mature. This might require that we sell portfolio securities at a time when we would otherwise not do so, which may adversely affect our future ability to generate cash flow. In addition, rising market interest rates could negatively impact the value of our investment portfolio, reducing the amount of assets serving as asset coverage for senior securities.

Senior Leverage Risk.  Our preferred stock will be junior in liquidation and with respect to distribution rights to our debt securities and any other borrowings. Senior securities representing indebtedness may constitute a substantial lien and burden on preferred stock by reason of their prior claim against our income and against our net assets in liquidation. We may not be permitted to declare distributions with respect to any series of our preferred stock unless at such time we meet applicable asset coverage requirements and the payment of principal or interest is not in default with respect to debt securities or any other borrowings.

Our debt securities, upon issuance, are expected to be unsecured obligations and, upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, will rank: (1) senior to all of our outstanding common stock and any outstanding preferred stock; (2) on a parity with any of our unsecured creditors and any unsecured senior securities representing our indebtedness; and (3) junior to any of our secured creditors. Secured creditors of ours may include, without limitation, parties entering into interest rate swap, floor or cap transactions, or other similar transactions with us that create liens, pledges, charges, security interests, security agreements or other encumbrances on our assets.

Ratings and Asset Coverage Risk.  To the extent that senior securities are rated, a rating does not eliminate or necessarily mitigate the risks of investing in our senior securities, and a rating may not fully or accurately reflect all of the credit and market risks associated with that senior security. A rating agency could downgrade the rating of our shares of preferred stock or debt securities, which may make such securities less liquid in the secondary market, though probably with higher resulting interest rates. If a rating agency downgrades, or indicates a potential downgrade to, the rating assigned to a senior security, we may alter our portfolio or redeem a portion of our senior securities. We may voluntarily redeem a senior security under certain circumstances to the extent permitted by its governing documents.

10

Inflation Risk.  Inflation is the reduction in the purchasing power of money resulting from an increase in the price of goods and services. Inflation risk is the risk that the inflation adjusted or “real” value of an investment in preferred stock or debt securities or the income from that investment will be worth less in the future. As inflation occurs, the real value of the preferred stock or debt securities and the distributions or interest payable to holders of preferred stock or debt securities declines.

Decline in Net Asset Value Risk.  A material decline in our NAV may impair our ability to maintain required levels of asset coverage for our preferred stock or debt securities.

See “Risk Factors — Additional Risks to Senior Security Holders” for a more detailed discussion of these risks.

11

SUMMARY OF COMPANY EXPENSES

The following table and example contain information about the costs and expenses that common stockholders will bear directly or indirectly. In accordance with SEC requirements, the table below shows our expenses, including leverage costs, as a percentage of our net assets as of November 30, 2018, and not as a percentage of gross assets or Managed Assets. By showing expenses as a percentage of net assets, expenses are not expressed as a percentage of all of the assets we invest. The table and example are based on our capital structure as of November 30, 2018. As of that date, we had approximately $652.1 million in senior securities outstanding, including $165.0 million of our Tortoise Preferred Shares, Tortoise Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $380.0 million and $107.1 million outstanding under our unsecured credit facilities. Such senior securities represented 30.5% of total assets as of November 30, 2018.

Stockholder Transaction Expenses

Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)
 
___ (1)
 
Offering Expenses Borne by the Company (as a percentage of offering price)
 
___ (1)
 
Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan Fees (in dollars) (2)
 
$
15
 

Annual Expenses
 
Percentage of Net Assets
Attributable to Common
Stockholders
 
       
Management Fee (3)
   
1.58
%
Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds (includes issuance costs and interest rate swaps) (4)
   
1.43
%
Distribution Payments on Preferred Stock (includes issuance costs) (5)
   
0.57
%
Other Expenses (6)
   
0.14
%
Current Income Tax Expense (7)
   
0.00
%
Deferred Income Tax Expense (7)
   
0.00
%
Total Annual Expenses (8)
   
3.72
%

Example:

The following example illustrates the expenses that common stockholders would pay on a $1,000 investment in common stock, assuming (1) total annual expenses of 3.72% of net assets attributable to common shares; (2) a 5% annual return; and (iii) all distributions are reinvested at NAV:

   
1 Year
   
3 Years
   
5 Years
   
10 Years
 
Total Expenses Paid by Common Stockholders (9)(10)
 
$
37
   
$
113
   
$
191
   
$
395
 

The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, our actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.

(1)
If the securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the prospectus supplement will set forth any applicable sales load, the estimated offering expenses borne by us and a revised expense example.

(2)
Stockholders will pay a transaction fee of $15 plus brokerage charges if they direct the Plan Agent to sell common stock held in a Plan account. See “Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan.”

(3)
“Management Fee” is based on Managed Assets as of November 30, 2018 and reflects an annual rate of 0.95% of our average monthly Managed Assets up to $2,500,000,000, 0.90% of our average monthly Managed Assets between $2,500,000,000 and $3,500,000,000, and 0.85% of our average monthly Managed Assets above $3,500,000,000. There is no investment advisory agreement with, or management fees charged to, any Subsidiary.

12

(4)
Reflects the weighted average cost of interest payable on the Tortoise Notes, unsecured credit facilities and interest rate swap contracts at borrowing rates as of November 30, 2018, including amortization of issuance costs, expressed as a percentage of net assets as of November 30, 2018.

(5)
Reflects the weighted average cost of distributions payable on Tortoise Preferred Shares as of November 30, 2018, including amortization of issuance costs, expressed as a percentage of net assets as of November 30, 2018.

(6)
“Other Expenses” are estimated based on amounts incurred for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2018 for overhead expenses, including payments to our transfer agent, administrator, custodian, fund account and legal and accounting expenses.  “Other Expenses” also includes estimated expenses of our Subsidiaries, which are not expected to exceed 0.01% of our total expenses in any year.  The holders of our common shares indirectly bear the costs associated with such other expenses as well as all other costs not specifically assumed by our Adviser and incurred in connection with our operations.

(7)
For the year ended November 30, 2018, we accrued $533,600 for current income tax benefit and $152,516,725 for net deferred income tax benefit.  Current income tax expense relates to net realized gains recognized during the period in excess of capital loss carryforwards and net operating loss carryforwards.  Deferred income tax expense represents an estimate of our potential tax liability if we were to recognize the unrealized appreciation of our portfolio assets accumulated during our fiscal year ended November 30, 2018, based on the market value and tax basis of our assets as of November 30, 2018.  Future actual income tax expense (if any) will be incurred over many years depending on if and when investment gains are realized, the then-current tax basis of assets, the level of net loss carryforwards and other factors.

(8)
The table presents certain of our annual expenses stated as a percentage of our net assets attributable to our common shares.  This results in a higher percentage than the percentage attributable to our annual expenses stated as a percentage of our Managed Assets.  See “Leverage-Annual Expenses” on page 39.

(9)
Includes current and deferred income tax expense, if any.  See footnote 7 above for more details.

(10)
The example does not include sales load or estimated offering costs.  If the securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the prospectus supplement will set forth any applicable sales load, the estimated offering expenses borne by us and a revised expense example reflecting such sales load and offering expenses.

The purpose of the table and the example above is to help investors understand the fees and expenses that they, as common stockholders, would bear directly or indirectly. For additional information with respect to our expenses, see “Management of the Company.”

13

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Information contained in the table below under the heading “Per Common Share Data” and “Supplemental Data and Ratios” shows our per common share operating performance. The information in this table is derived from our financial statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP, whose report on such financial statements is contained in our 2018 Annual Report and is incorporated by reference into the statement of additional information, both of which are available from us upon request. See “Available Information” in this prospectus.

   
Year
Ended
November
30, 2018
   
Year
Ended
November
30, 2017
   
Year
Ended
November
30, 2016
 
Year
Ended
November
30, 2015
 
 
Year
Ended
November
30, 2014
 
                                 
Per Common Share Data (1)
                               
Net Asset Value, beginning of year
 
$
23.93
   
$
28.83
   
$
29.28
 
 
$
49.34
 
 
 
$
43.36
 
Income (Loss) from Investment Operations
                                         
Net investment loss (2)
   
(0.49
)
   
(0.65
)
   
(0.78
)
   
(0.62
)
     
(0.66
)
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments and interest rate swap contracts (2)
   
(2.59
)
   
(1.64
)
   
2.94
     
(16.85
)
     
9.01
 
Total income (loss) from investment operations
   
2.10
     
(2.29
)
   
2.16
     
(17.47
)
     
8.35
 
Distributions to Common Stockholders Return of capital
   
(2.62
)
   
(2.62
)
   
(2.62
)
   
(2.59
)
     
(2.38
)
Capital Stock Transactions
                                         
Premiums less underwriting discounts and offering costs on issuance of common stock (3)
   
0.09
     
0.01
     
0.01
     
(0.00
)
     
0.01
 
Net Asset Value, end of year
 
$
23.50
   
$
23.93
   
$
28.83
 
 
$
29.28
 
 
 
$
49.34
 
Per common share market value, end of year
 
$
22.59
   
$
25.86
   
$
30.63
 
 
$
26.57
 
 
 
$
46.10
 
Total investment return based on market value (4)
   
(3.42
)%
   
(7.49
) %
   
26.21
%
   
(37.86
)%
     
(2.54
)%
Supplemental Data and Ratios
                                         
Net assets applicable to common stockholders, end of year (000’s)
 
$
1,260,300
   
$
1,181,528
   
$
1,412,274
 
 
$
1,405,733
 
 
 
$
2,369,068
 
Average Net Assets (000’s)
 
$
1,388,683
   
$
1,406,724
   
$
1,345,764
 
 
$
1,974,038
 
 
 
$
1,837,590
 
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets
                                         
Advisory fees
   
1.58
%
   
1.74
%
   
1.74
%
   
1.76
%
     
1.65
%
Other operating expenses
   
0.13
     
0.12
     
0.12
     
0.10
       
0.13
 
Total operating expenses, before fee waiver
   
1.71
     
1.86
     
1.86
     
1.86
       
1.78
 
Fee Waiver (5)
   
(0.04
)
   
(0.00
     
(0.01
)
   
-
       
(0.00
)
Total Operating Expenses
   
1.67
     
1.86
     
1.85
     
1.86
       
1.78
 
Leverage expenses (6)
   
1.87
     
1.78
     
2.29
     
1.75
       
1.38
 
Income tax expense (benefit) (7)
   
(11.02
)
   
(5.28
)    
4.64
     
(24.50
)
     
7.81
 
Total expenses
   
(7.48
)%
   
(1.64
) %    
8.78
%
   
(20.89
)%
     
10.97
%
Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets before fee waiver (6)
   
(1.89
)%
   
(2.27
) %    
(2.83
)%
   
(1.50
)%
     
(1.33
)%
Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets after fee waiver (6)
   
(1.85
)%
   
(2.27
) %    
(2.82
)%
   
(1.50
)%
     
(1.33
)%
Portfolio turnover rate
   
17.96
%
   
20.38
%    
24.23
%
   
12.94
%
     
15.33
%
Credit facility borrowings, end of year (000’s)
 
$
107,100
   
$
112,700
   
$
109,300
 
 
$
66,000
 
 
 
$
162,800
 
Senior notes, end of year (000’s)
 
$
380,000
   
$
412,500
   
$
442,500
 
 
$
545,000
 
 
 
$
544,400
 
Preferred stock, end of year (000’s)
 
$
165,000
   
$
165,000
   
$
165,000
 
 
$
295,000
 
 
 
$
224,000
 
Per common share amount of senior notes outstanding, end of year
 
$
7.08
   
$
8.35
   
$
9.03
 
 
$
11.35
 
 
 
$
11.34
 
Per common share amount of net assets, excluding senior notes, end of year
 
$
30.58
   
$
32.28
   
$
37.86
 
 
$
40.63
 
 
 
$
60.68
 
Asset coverage, per $1,000 of principal amount of senior notes and credit facility borrowings (8)
 
$
3,926
   
$
3,564
   
$
3,858
 
 
$
3,784
 
 
 
$
4,667
 
Asset coverage ratio of senior notes and credit facility borrowings (8)
   
393
%
   
356
%
   
386
%
   
378
%
     
467
%
Asset coverage, per $25,000 liquidation value per share of auction preferred stock (9)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
       
-
 
Asset coverage, per $10 liquidation value per share of mandatory redeemable preferred stock (9)
 
$
29
   
$
27
   
$
30
 
 
$
26
 
 
 
$
35
 
Asset coverage ratio of preferred stock (9)
   
293
%
   
271
%
   
297
%
   
255
%
     
354
%

14

   
Year
Ended
November
30, 2013
   
Year
Ended
November
30, 2012
   
Year
Ended
November
30, 2011
   
Year
Ended
November
30, 2010
 
Year
Ended
November
30, 2009
 
                               
Per Common Share Data (1)
                             
Net Asset Value, beginning of year
 
$
36.06
   
$
33.37
   
$
32.91
   
$
25.53
 
 
$
17.36
 
Income (Loss) from Investment Operations
                                       
Net investment loss (2)
   
(0.73
)
   
(0.64
)
   
(0.77
)
   
(0.66
)
   
(0.16
)
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments and interest rate swap contracts (2)
   
10.27
     
5.51
     
3.35
     
10.10
     
10.65
 
Total income (loss) from investment operations
   
9.54
     
4.87
     
2.58
     
9.44
     
10.49
 
Distributions to Auction Preferred Stockholders
Return of capital
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(0.01
)
   
(0.19
)
Distributions to Common Stockholders Return of capital
   
(2.29
)
   
(2.25
)
   
(2.20
)
   
(2.16
)
   
(2.16
)
Capital Stock Transactions
                                       
Premiums less underwriting discounts and offering costs on issuance of common stock (3)
   
0.05
     
0.07
     
0.08
     
0.11
     
0.03
 
Net Asset Value, end of year
 
$
43.36
   
$
36.06
   
$
33.37
   
$
32.91
 
 
$
25.53
 
Per common share market value, end of year
 
$
49.76
   
$
39.17
   
$
39.35
   
$
36.25
 
 
$
29.50
 
Total investment return based on market value (4)
   
33.77
%
   
5.62
%
   
15.25
%
   
31.58
%
   
88.85
%
Supplemental Data and Ratios
                                       
Net assets applicable to common stockholders, end of year (000’s)
 
$
1,245,761
   
$
1,020,421
   
$
925,419
   
$
890,879
 
 
$
613,601
 
Average Net Assets (000’s)
 
$
1,167,339
   
$
989,745
   
$
912,567
   
$
782,541
 
 
$
500,661
 
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets
                                       
Advisory fees
   
1.61
%
   
1.60
%
   
1.57
%
   
1.53
%
   
1.54
%
Other operating expenses
   
0.12
     
0.13
     
0.16
     
0.21
     
0.26
 
Total operating expenses, before fee waiver
   
1.73
     
1.73
     
1.73
     
1.74
     
1.80
 
Fee Waiver (5)
   
(0.00
)
   
(0.01
     
(0.01
)
   
-
     
(0.03
)
Total Operating Expenses
   
1.73
     
1.72
     
1.72
     
1.74
     
1.77
 
Leverage expenses (6)
   
1.59
     
1.67
     
1.75
     
2.11
     
2.54
 
Income tax expense (benefit) (7)
   
14.05
     
8.37
     
4.63
     
17.89
     
29.98
 
Total expenses
   
17.37
%
   
11.76
%
   
8.10
%
   
21.74
%
   
34.29
%
Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets before fee waiver (6)
   
(1.78
)%
   
(1.82
)%
   
(2.32
)%
   
(2.23
)%
   
(0.97
)%
Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets after fee waiver (6)
   
(1.78
)%
   
(1.81
)%
   
(2.31
)%
   
(2.23
)%
   
(0.94
)%
Portfolio turnover rate
   
13.40
%
   
12.86
%
   
17.70
%
   
10.26
%
   
17.69
%
Credit facility borrowings, end of year (000’s)
 
$
27,600
   
$
63,400
   
$
47,900
   
$
38,200
 
 
$
10,400
 
Senior notes, end of year (000’s)
 
$
300,000
   
$
194,975
   
$
194,975
   
$
169,975
 
 
$
170,000
 
Preferred stock, end of year (000’s)
 
$
80,000
   
$
73,000
   
$
73,000
   
$
73,000
 
 
$
70,000
 
Per common share amount of senior notes outstanding, end of year
 
$
10.44
   
$
6.89
   
$
7.03
   
$
6.28
 
 
$
7.07
 
Per common share amount of net assets, excluding senior notes, end of year
 
$
53.80
   
$
42.95
   
$
40.40
   
$
39.19
 
 
$
32.60
 
Asset coverage, per $1,000 of principal amount of senior notes and credit facility borrowings (8)
 
$
5,047
   
$
5,232
   
$
5,111
   
$
5,630
 
 
$
4,789
 
Asset coverage ratio of senior notes and credit facility borrowings (8)
   
505
%
   
523
%    
511
%
   
563
%
   
479
%
Asset coverage, per $25,000 liquidation value per share of auction preferred stock (9)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
$
86,262
 
Asset coverage, per $10 liquidation value per share of mandatory redeemable preferred stock (9)
 
$
41
   
$
41
   
$
39
   
$
42
     
-
 
Asset coverage ratio of preferred stock (9)
   
406
%
   
408
%
   
393
%
   
417
%
   
345
%

15

(1)
Information presented relates to a share of common stock outstanding for the entire year.
(2)
The per common share data for the years ended November 30, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 do not reflect the change in estimate of investment income and return of capital, for the respective year.
(3)
Represents the premium on the shelf offerings of $0.10 per share, less the underwriting and offering costs of    $0.01 per share for the year ended November 30, 2018.  Represents the premium on the shelf offerings of $0.01 per share, less the underwriting and offering costs of less than $0.01 per share for the year ended November 30, 2017.  Represents the premium on the shelf offerings of $0.02 per share, less the underwriting and offering costs of $0.01 per share for the year ended November 30, 2016.  Represents underwriting and offering costs of less than $0.01 per share for the year ended November 30, 2015.  Represents the premium on the shelf offerings of $0.02 per share, less the underwriting and offering costs of $0.01 per share for the year ended November 30, 2014. Represents the premium on the shelf offerings of $0.06 per share, less the underwriting and offering costs of $0.01 per share for the year ended November 30, 2013.  Represents the premium on the shelf offerings of $0.08 per share, less the underwriting and offering costs of $0.01 per share for the year ended November 30, 2012. Represents the premium on the shelf offerings of $0.09 per share, less the underwriting and offering costs of $0.01 per share for the year ended November 30, 2011. Represents the premium on the shelf offerings of $0.25 per share, less the underwriting and offering costs of $0.14 per share for the year ended November 30, 2010. Represents the premium on the shelf offerings of $0.05 per share, less the underwriting and offering costs of $0.02 per share for the year ended November 30, 2009.
(4)
Total investment return is calculated assuming a purchase of common stock at the beginning of the year and a sale at the closing price on the last day of the year reported (excluding brokerage commissions). The calculation also assumes reinvestment of distributions at actual prices pursuant to the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan.
(5)
Less than 0.01% for the years ended November 30, 2017, 2014 and 2013.
(6)
The expense ratios and net investment income (loss) ratios do not reflect the effect of distributions to auction preferred stockholders.
(7)
For the year ended November 30, 2018, the Company accrued $152,516,725 for net deferred income tax benefit.  Included in the current period accrual is a deferred tax benefit of $125,271,378 which is the impact from the federal tax rate reduction related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.  For the year ended November 30, 2017, the Company accrued $35,365,364 for current income tax expense and $109,662,030 for net deferred income tax benefit.  For the year ended November 30, 2016, the Company accrued $57,075,786 for current income expense and $5,303,392 for net deferred income tax expense.  For the year ended November 30, 2015, the Company accrued $66,785,732 for net current income tax expense and $550,449,662 for net deferred income tax benefit. For the year ended November 30, 2014, the Company accrued $52,981,532 for current income tax expense and $90,477,388 for net deferred income tax expense. For the year ended November 30, 2013, the Company accrued $23,290,478 for net current income tax expense and $140,745,675 for net deferred income tax expense.  For the year   ended November 30, 2012, the Company accrued $16,189,126 for current income tax   expense and $66,613,182 for net deferred income tax expense. For the year ended   November 30, 2011, the Company accrued $8,950,455 for current income tax expense and   $33,248,897 for net deferred income tax expense. For the year ended November 30, 2010,   the Company accrued $984,330 for current income tax expense and $139,019,876 for net   deferred income tax expense. For the year ended November 30, 2009, the Company accrued   $230,529 for net current income tax benefit and $150,343,906 for net deferred income   tax expense.
(8)
Represents value of total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior notes, credit facility borrowings and preferred stock at the end of the year divided by senior notes and credit facility borrowings outstanding at the end of the year.
(9)
Represents value of total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior notes, credit facility borrowings and preferred stock at the end of the year divided by senior notes, credit facility borrowings and preferred stock outstanding at the end of the year.

16

SENIOR SECURITIES

The following table sets forth information about our outstanding senior securities as of each fiscal year ended November 30 for the last 10 years.  This information has been derived from our audited financial statements, which are incorporated by reference into the statement of additional information.

Year
 
Title of Security
 
Total Principal
Amount/Liquidation
Preference
Outstanding
   
Asset
Coverage per
$1,000 of
Principal
Amount
   
Asset
Coverage
per Share
($25,000
Liquidation
Preference)
   
Average
Estimated
Fair Value
Per $25,000
Denomination
or per Share
Amount
 
                             
2009
 
Tortoise Notes
                       

 
Series A
 
$
60,000,000
(9)  
 
$
4,789
         
$
27,206
(6)  

 
Series E
 
$
110,000,000
   
$
4,789
         
$
27,004
(6)  

 
Tortoise Preferred Shares
                             

 
Series I (1) (1,400 shares)
 
$
35,000,000
(10)  
         
$
86,262
   
$
25,651
(8)  

 
Series II (2) (1,400 shares)
 
$
35,000,000
(10)  
         
$
86,262
   
$
25,638
(8)  

 
Borrowings
                               

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility
 
$
10,400,000
   
$
4,789
                 
        
$
250,400,000
                         
                                     
2010
 
Tortoise Notes
                               

 
Series E
 
$
110,000,000
   
$
5,630
           
$
28,184
(11)  

 
Series F
 
$
29,975,000
   
$
5,630
           
$
26,293
(11)  

 
Series G
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
5,630
           
$
28,045
(11)  

 
Tortoise Preferred Shares
                               

 
MRP (10)
 
$
73,000,000
           
$
42
   
$
11
 

 
Borrowings
                               

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility
 
$
38,200,000
   
$
5,630
           
$
25,000
 
        
$
281,175,000
                         
                                     
2011
 
Tortoise Notes
                               

 
Series E
 
$
110,000,000
   
$
5,111
           
$
28,064
(11)  

 
Series F
 
$
29,975,000
   
$
5,111
           
$
25,825
(11)  

 
Series G
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
5,111
           
$
25,575
(11)  

 
Series H
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
5,111
           
$
25,000
 

 
Series I
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
5,111
           
$
26,376
(11)  

 
Tortoise Preferred Shares
                               

 
MRP (10)
 
$
73,000,000
           
$
39
   
$
11
 

 
Borrowings
                               

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility
 
$
47,900,000
   
$
5,111
           
$
25,000
 
        
$
315,875,000
                         

17

Year  
Title of Security
 
Total Principal
Amount/Liquidation
Preference
Outstanding
   
Asset
Coverage per
$1,000 of
Principal
Amount
   
Asset
Coverage
per Share
($25,000
Liquidation
Preference)
   
Average
Estimated
Fair Value
Per $25,000
Denomination
or per Share
Amount
 
2012
 
Tortoise Notes
                               

 
Series E
 
$
110,000,000
   
$
5,232
           
$
27,378
(11)  

 
Series F
 
$
29,975,000
   
$
5,232
           
$
25,250
(11)  

 
Series G
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
5,232
           
$
28,466
(11)  

 
Series H
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
5,232
           
$
25,000
 

 
Series I
  $
10,000,000
    $
5,232
            $
27,044
(11)

 
Tortoise Preferred Shares
                               

 
MRP (10)
 
$
73,000,000
           
$
41
   
$
10
 

 
Borrowings
                               

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility
 
$
63,400,000
   
$
5,232
           
$
25,000
 
        
$
331,375,000
                         
                                     
2013
 
Tortoise Notes
                               

 
Series E
 
$
110,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
26,699
(11)  

 
Series G
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
28,080
(11)  

 
Series H
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
25,000
(11)  

 
Series I
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
26,889
(11)  

 
Series J
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
25,540
(11)  

 
Series K
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
25,397
(11)  

 
Series L
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
25,157
(11)  

 
Series M
 
$
13,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
25,464
(11)  

 
Series N
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
25,583
(11)  

 
Series O
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
25,704
(11)  

 
Series P
 
$
12,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
25,937
(11)  

 
Series Q
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
25,000
(11)  

 
Series R
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
24,960
(11)  

 
Series S
 
$
5,000,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
25,018
(11)  

 
Series T
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
25,042
(11)  

 
Tortoise Preferred Shares
                               

 
MRP (10)
 
$
80,000,000
           
$
41
   
$
9
 

 
Borrowings
                               

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility
 
$
27,600,000
   
$
5,047
           
$
25,000
 
        
$
407,600,000
                         

18

Year  
Title of Security
 
Total Principal
Amount/Liquidation
Preference
Outstanding
   
Asset
Coverage per
$1,000 of
Principal
Amount
   
Asset
Coverage
per Share
($25,000
Liquidation
Preference)
   
Average
Estimated
Fair Value
Per $25,000
Denomination
or per Share
Amount
 
2014
 
Tortoise Notes
                     

 
Series E
 
$
110,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,649
(11)  

 
Series G
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
27,371
(11)  

 
Series I
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
26,817
(11)  

 
Series J
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
26,073
(11)  

 
Series K
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
26,673
(11)  

 
Series L
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
26,827
(11)  

 
Series M
 
$
13,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,616
(11)  

 
Series N
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,875
(11)  

 
Series O
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
26,411
(11)  

 
Series P
 
$
12,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
27,408
(11)  

 
Series Q
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series R
 
$
25,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
26,424
(11)  

 
Series S
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
26,807
(11)  

 
Series T
 
$
25,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
27,134
(11)  

 
Series U
 
$
35,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series V
 
$
39,400,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,362
(11)  

 
Series W
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
26,098
(11)  

 
Series X
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
27,195
(11)  

 
Series Y
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,277
(11)  

 
Series Z
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,320
(11)  

 
Series AA
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,649
(11)  

 
Series BB
 
$
12,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,616
(11)  

 
Series CC
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
26,103
(11)  

 
Series DD
 
$
13,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
27,027
(11)  

 
Series EE
 
$
5,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series FF
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
26,795
(11)  

 
Series GG
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series HH
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
4,667
         
$
25,000
 

 
Tortoise Preferred Shares
                             

 
MRP B (10)
 
$
80,000,000
           
$
35
   
$
10
 

 
MRP C
 
$
50,000,000
           
$
35
   
$
10
 

 
MRP D (12)
 
$
49,000,000
           
$
35
   
$
10
 

 
MRP E (12)
 
$
45,000,000
           
$
35
   
$
10
 

 
Borrowings
                               

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility (3)
 
$
102,800,000
   
$
4,667
           
$
25,000
 

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility (13)
 
$
60,000,000
   
$
4,667
           
$
25,000
 
       
$
931,200,000
                         
                                     
2015
 
Tortoise Notes
                               

 
Series G
 
$
30,000,000    
$
3,784
           
$
26,306
(11)  

 
Series I
 
$
10,000,000    
$
3,784
           
$
26,177
(11)  

 
Series J
 
$
15,000,000    
$
3,784
           
$
25,821
(11)  

 
Series K
 
$
10,000,000    
$
3,784
           
$
26,273
(11)  

 
Series L
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,784
           
$
26,451
(11)  

 
Series M
 
$
13,000,000
   
$
3,784
           
$
25,341
(11)  

 
Series N
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,784
           
$
25,531
(11)  

19

Year  
Title of Security
 
Total Principal
Amount/Liquidation
Preference
Outstanding
   
Asset
Coverage per
$1,000 of
Principal
Amount
 
Asset
Coverage
per Share
($25,000
Liquidation
Preference)
   
Average
Estimated
Fair Value
Per $25,000
Denomination
or per Share
Amount
 

 
Series O
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
26,062
(11)  

 
Series P
 
$
12,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
26,914
(11)  

 
Series Q (14)
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series R
 
$
25,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
26,131
(11)  

 
Series S
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
26,383
(11)  

 
Series T
 
$
25,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
26,701
(11)  

 
Series U (14)
 
$
35,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series W
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,482
(11)  

 
Series X
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
26,510
(11)  

 
Series Y
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,155
(11)  

 
Series Z
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,187
(11)  

 
Series AA
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,342
(11)  

 
Series BB
 
$
12,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,341
(11)  

 
Series CC
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,783
(11)  

 
Series DD
 
$
13,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
26,569
(11)  

 
Series EE (14)
 
$
5,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series FF
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
26,354
(11)  

 
Series GG (15)
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series HH (15)
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series II
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,176
(11)  

 
Series JJ
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,254
(11)  

 
Series KK
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,375
(11)  

 
Series LL
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series MM
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series NN
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
24,740
(11)  

 
Series OO
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,784
         
$
24,496
(11)  

 
Tortoise Preferred Shares
                             

 
MRP B (10)
 
$
80,000,000
           
$
26
   
$
10
 

 
MRP C (16)
 
$
50,000,000
           
$
26
   
$
10
 

 
MRP D (12)
 
$
85,000,000
           
$
26
   
$
10
 

 
MRP E (12)
 
$
80,000,000
           
$
26
   
$
10
 

 
Borrowings
                               

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility (3)
 
$
6,000,000
   
$
3,784
           
$
25,000
 

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility (13)
 
$
60,000,000
   
$
3,784
           
$
25,000
 
         
$
906,000,000
                         
                                     
2016
 
Tortoise Notes
                               

 
Series G
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,340
(11)  

 
Series I
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,768
(11)  

 
Series J
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,729
(11)  

 
Series K
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
26,096
(11)  

 
Series L
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
26,124
(11)  

 
Series M
 
$
13,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,246
(11)  

20

Year  
Title of Security
 
Total Principal
Amount/Liquidation
Preference
Outstanding
   
Asset
Coverage per
$1,000 of
Principal
Amount
   
Asset
Coverage
per Share
($25,000
Liquidation
Preference)
   
Average
Estimated
Fair Value
Per $25,000
Denomination
or per Share
Amount
 

 
Series N
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,446
(11)  

 
Series O
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,896
(11)  

 
Series P
 
$
12,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
26,534
(11)  

 
Series R
 
$
25,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,962
(11)  

 
Series S
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
26,171
(11)  

 
Series T
 
$
25,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
26,340
(11)  

 
Series X
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
26,063
(11)  

 
Series Y
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,202
(11)  

 
Series Z
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,196
(11)  

 
Series AA
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,117
(11)  

 
Series BB
 
$
12,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,246
(11)  

 
Series CC
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,648
(11)  

 
Series DD
 
$
13,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
26,325
(11)  

 
Series FF
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
26,000
(11)  

 
Series II
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,135
(11)  

 
Series JJ
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,060
(11)  

 
Series KK
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,136
(11)  

 
Series LL
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,000
 

 
Series MM
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,000
 

 
Series NN
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
24,570
(11)  

 
Series OO
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
24,290
(11)  

 
Tortoise Preferred Shares
                               

 
MRP D (12)
 
$
85,000,000
           
$
30
   
$
10
 

 
MRP E (12)
 
$
80,000,000
           
$
30
   
$
10
 

 
Borrowings
                               

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility (3)
 
$
46,300,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,000
 

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility (13)
 
$
63,000,000
   
$
3,858
           
$
25,000
 
        
$
716,800,000
                         
                                     
2017
 
Tortoise Notes
                               

 
Series I
 
$
10,000,000
    $
3,564
           
$
25,246
(11)  

 
Series J
 
$
15,000,000
    $
3,564
           
$
25,523
(11)  

 
Series K
 
$
10,000,000
    $
3,564
           
$
26,060
(11)  

 
Series L
 
$
20,000,000
    $
3,564
           
$
26,237
(11)  

 
Series N
 
$
10,000,000
    $
3,564
           
$
25,216
(11)  

 
Series O
 
$
15,000,000
    $
3,564
           
$
25,638
(11)  

 
Series P
 
$
12,000,000
    $
3,564
           
$
26,511
(11)  

 
Series R
 
$
25,000,000
    $
3,564
           
$
25,856
(11)  

 
Series S
 
$
10,000,000
    $
3,564
           
$
26,123
(11)  

 
Series T
 
$
25,000,000
    $
3,564
           
$
26,398
(11)  

 
Series X
 
$
12,500,000
     
3,564
           
$
25,491
(11)  

 
Series Y
 
$
12,500,000
    $
3,564
           
$
25,153
(11)  

 
Series Z
 
$
12,500,000
    $
3,564
           
$
25,195
(11)  

21

Year   Title of Security  
Total Principal
Amount/Liquidation
Preference
Outstanding
   
Asset
Coverage per
$1,000 of
Principal
Amount
 
Asset
Coverage
per Share
($25,000
Liquidation
Preference)
   
Average
Estimated
Fair Value
Per $25,000
Denomination
or per Share
Amount
 

 
Series AA
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,564
         
$
25,367
(11)  

 
Series CC
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
3,564
         
$
25,384
(11)  

 
Series DD
 
$
13,000,000
   
$
3,564
         
$
26,190
(11)  

 
Series FF
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,564
         
$
26,050
(11)  

 
Series II
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,564
         
$
25,238
(11)  

 
Series JJ
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,564
         
$
25,284
(11)  

 
Series KK
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,564
         
$
25,419
(11)  

 
Series LL
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,564
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series MM
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,564
         
$
25,000
 

 
Series NN
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,564
         
$
24,875
(11)  

 
Series OO
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,564
         
$
24,647
(11)  

 
Series PP
 
$
25,000,000
   
$
3,564
         
$
24,641
(11)  
                                   

 
Tortoise Preferred Shares
                             

 
MRP D (12)
 
$
85,000,000
           
$
27
   
$
10
 

 
MRP E (12)
 
$
80,000,000
           
$
27
   
$
10
 

 
Borrowings
                               

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility (3)
 
$
49,700,000
   
$
3,564
           
$
25,000
 

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility (13)
 
$
63,000,000
   
$
3,564
           
$
25,000
 
        
$
690,200,000
                         
                                     
2018
 
Tortoise Notes
                               

 
Series J
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,318
(11)  

 
Series K
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,672
(11)  

 
Series L
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,889
(11)  

 
Series O
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,254
(11)  

 
Series P
 
$
12,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
26,038
(11)  

 
Series R
 
$
25,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,451
(11)  

 
Series S
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,710
(11)  

 
Series T
 
$
25,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,989
(11)  

 
Series Y
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,030
(11)  

 
Series Z
 
$
12,500,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
24,969
(11)  

 
Series AA
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,112
(11)  

 
Series CC
 
$
15,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,158
(11)  

 
Series DD
 
$
13,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,713
(11)  

 
Series FF
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,636
(11)  

 
Series II
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
24,996
(11)  

 
Series JJ
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,053
(11)  

 
Series KK
 
$
10,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,136
(11)  

 
Series LL
 
$
20,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,000
 

 
Series MM
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,000
 

 
Series NN
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
24,679
(11)  

 
Series OO
 
$
30,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
24,412
(11)  

 
Series PP
 
$
25,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
24,366
(11)  

22

Year   Title of Security  
Total Principal
Amount/Liquidation
Preference
Outstanding
   
Asset
Coverage per
$1,000 of
Principal
Amount
   
Asset
Coverage
per Share
($25,000
Liquidation
Preference)
   
Average
Estimated
Fair Value
Per $25,000
Denomination
or per Share
Amount
 

 
Tortoise Preferred Shares
                       

 
MRP D (12)
 
$
85,000,000
         
$
29
   
$
10
 

 
MRP E (12)
 
$
80,000,000
         
$
29
   
$
10
 

 
Borrowings
                             

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                             

 
Facility (3)
 
$
44,100,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,000
 

 
Unsecured Revolving Credit
                               

 
Facility (13)
 
$
63,000,000
   
$
3,926
           
$
25,000
 

     
$
652,100,000
                         

(1)
Formerly designated as Series I MMP Shares.

(2)
Formerly designated as Series II MMP Shares.

(3)
On June 23, 2014, the Company entered into an amended and restated credit agreement establishing a $157,500,000 unsecured credit facility that matured on June 15, 2015.  On June 15, 2015, the Company entered into an amendment to the credit agreement that extended the maturity date to June 13, 2017.  On June 13, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the credit agreement that extends the maturity date to June 12, 2019 and reduces the borrowing capacity to $130,000,000.  We currently expect to seek to renew the credit facility at an amount sufficient to meet our operating needs.

(4)
Average estimated fair value of the Series A and B Auction Rate Senior Notes and Series I and II Tortoise Preferred Shares was calculated using the spread between the interest/distribution rates at the time the series’ respective special rate periods commenced to the U.S. Treasury rates with equivalent maturity dates. At November 30, 2007, the spread of each series was applied to the equivalent U.S. Treasury Rate and the future cash flows were discounted to determine the estimated fair value. There is no active trading market for these securities. Average estimated fair value does not take into account any liquidity discounts that a shareholder may have incurred upon sale.

(5)
Average estimated fair value of the Series C and D Auction Rate Senior Notes and Series III and IV Tortoise Preferred Shares approximates the principal amount and liquidation preference, respectively, because the interest and distribution rates payable on Auction Rate Senior Notes and Tortoise Preferred Shares were generally determined at auctions and fluctuated with changes in prevailing market interest rates.

(6)
Average estimated fair value of the Series A and Series E Notes was calculated using the spread between the AAA corporate finance debt rate and the U.S. Treasury rate with an equivalent maturity date plus the average spread between the current rates of the Notes and the AAA corporate finance debt rate. At November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2009, the total spread was applied to the equivalent U.S. Treasury rate for each series and future cash flows were discounted to determine estimated fair value. There is no active trading market for these securities. Average estimated fair value does not take into account any liquidity discounts that a shareholder may have incurred upon sale.

(7)
On December 3, 2008, the Company partially redeemed a portion of the Series E Notes in the amount of $40,000,000.

(8)
Average estimated fair value of Auction Preferred I and Auction Preferred II Stock was calculated using the spread between the AA corporate finance debt rate and the U.S. Treasury rate with a maturity equivalent to the remaining rate period plus the average spread between the current rates and the AA corporate finance debt rate. At November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2009, the total spread was applied to the equivalent U.S. Treasury rate for each series and future cash flows were discounted to determine estimated fair value. There is no active trading market for these securities. Average estimated fair value does not take into account any liquidity discounts that a shareholder may have incurred upon sale.

23

(9)
On December 21, 2009, the Company issued $59,975,000 in aggregate principal amount of its Series F and Series G Private Notes.  On December 21, 2009, the Company used the proceeds from the issuance of the Series F and Series G Notes to redeem all $60,000,000 of the Series A Notes.

(10)
On December 14, 2009, the Company issued $65 million of its MRP Shares.  On December 21, 2009, the Company issued an additional $8 million of its MRP Shares pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise of their overallotment option.  On December 21, 2009, the Company used the proceeds from the issuance of the MRP Shares to redeem all $35,000,000 of the Series I Preferred Shares and all $35,000,000 of the Series II Preferred Shares.  On January 7, 2013, the Company used the proceeds from its issuance of $80 million of its Series B MRP Shares on December 6, 2012 to redeem all $73,000,000 of the MRP Shares. On February 11, 2016, the Company deposited with its paying agent funds to provide for the redemption of its Series B MRP Shares in the amount of $80,000,000.

(11)
Average estimated fair values of the Tortoise Notes were calculated by discounting future cash flows by a rate equal to the current U.S. Treasury rate with an equivalent maturity date, plus either (i) the spread between the interest rate on recently issued debt and the U.S. Treasury rate with a similar maturity date or (ii) if there has not been a recent debt issuance, the spread between the AAA corporate finance debt rate and the U.S. Treasury rate with an equivalent maturity date plus the spread between the fixed rates of the Notes and the AAA corporate finance debt rate. There is no active trading market for these securities. Average estimated fair value does not take into account any liquidity discounts that a shareholder may have incurred upon sale.

(12)
On December 17, 2014, the Company issued an additional aggregate principal amount of its Series D MRP Shares ($36,000,000) and Series E MRP Shares ($35,000,000).

(13)
On June 23, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement establishing a $100,000,000 unsecured credit facility maturing on June 23, 2016.  On June 23, 2016, the Company entered into an amendment to the credit agreement that extends the maturity date to June 22, 2018 and reduces the borrowing capacity to $90,000,000.  We currently expect to seek to renew the credit facility at an amount sufficient to meet our operating needs.

(14)
On December 18, 2015, the Company redeemed its Series Q Notes ($10,000,000), Series EE Notes ($5,000,000) and Series U Notes ($35,000,000).

(15)
On January 15, 2016, the Company redeemed its Series GG Notes ($20,000,000) and Series HH Notes ($20,000,000).

(16)
On December 8, 2015, the Company deposited with its paying agent funds to provide for the redemption of its Series C MRP Shares in the amount of $50,000,000.

24

MARKET AND NET ASSET VALUE INFORMATION

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “TYG.” Shares of our common stock commenced trading on the NYSE on February 25, 2004.

Our common stock has traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to NAV. We cannot predict whether our shares will trade in the future at a premium or discount to NAV. The provisions of the 1940 Act generally require that the public offering price of common stock (less any underwriting commissions and discounts) must equal or exceed the NAV per share of a company’s additional common stock (calculated within 48 hours of pricing). Our issuance of additional common stock may have an adverse effect on prices in the secondary market for our common stock by increasing the number of shares of common stock available, which may put downward pressure on the market price for our common stock. The continued development of alternatives as vehicles for investing in a portfolio of energy infrastructure MLPs, including other publicly traded investment companies and private funds, may reduce or eliminate any tendency of our shares of common stock to trade at a premium in the future. Shares of common stock of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from NAV. See “Risk Factors — Additional Risks to Common Stockholders — Market Discount Risk.”

The following table sets forth for each of the periods indicated the high and low closing market prices for our shares of common stock on the NYSE, the NAV per share and the premium or discount to NAV per share at which our shares of common stock were trading. See “Determination of Net Asset Value” for information as to the determination of our NAV.

   
Market Price (1)
         
Premium/(Discount) to NAV (3)
 
Month Ended
 
High
   
Low
   
NAV (2)
   
High
   
Low
 
January 31, 2017
   
33.19
     
30.46
     
30.31
     
9.5
%
   
0.5
%
February 28, 2017
   
36.98
     
34.06
     
31.72
     
16.6
%
   
7.4
%
March 31, 2017
   
34.89
     
31.68
     
31.74
     
9.9
%
   
-0.2
%
April 30, 2017
   
35.36
     
34.25
     
31.26
     
13.1
%
   
9.6
%
May 31, 2017
   
34.81
     
31.76
     
30.89
     
12.7
%
   
2.8
%
June 30, 2017
   
31.97
     
27.65
     
28.53
     
12.1
%
   
-3.1
%
July 31, 2017
   
31.11
     
29.44
     
28.16
     
10.5
%
   
4.5
%
August 31, 2017
   
30.71
     
27.16
     
28.56
     
7.5
%
   
-4.9
%
September 30, 2017
   
29.40
     
28.26
     
26.30
     
11.8
%
   
7.5
%
October 31, 2017
   
29.55
     
25.31
     
26.57
     
11.2
%
   
-4.7
%
November 30, 2017
   
27.21
     
24.71
     
25.04
     
8.7
%
   
-1.3
%
December 31, 2017
   
29.08
     
25.02
     
23.93
     
21.5
%
   
4.6
%
January 31, 2018
   
32.13
     
29.86
     
27.89
     
15.2
%
   
7.1
%
February 28, 2018
   
30.19
     
25.63
     
29.89
     
1.0
%
   
-14.3
%
March 31, 2018
   
26.49
     
22.81
     
25.63
     
3.4
%
   
-11.0
%
April 30, 2018
   
26.11
     
23.10
     
23.34
     
11.9
%
   
-1.0
%
May 31, 2018
   
27.43
     
25.11
     
25.56
     
7.3
%
   
-1.8
%
June 30, 2018
   
27.39
     
25.54
     
26.49
     
3.4
%
   
-11.0
%
July 31, 2018
   
27.77
     
25.45
     
25.75
     
7.8
%
   
-1.2
%
August 31, 2018
   
29.94
     
27.82
     
27.72
     
8.0
%
   
0.4
%
September 30, 2018
   
28.41
     
26.95
     
27.97
     
1.6
%
   
-3.6
%
October 31, 2018
   
28.26
     
24.38
     
27.18
     
4.0
%
   
-10.3
%
November 30, 2018
   
25.81
     
23.26
     
24.71
     
4.5
%
   
-5.9
%
December 31, 2018
   
24.28
     
19.68
     
23.52
     
3.2
%
   
-16.3
%
January 31, 2019
   
24.49
     
21.38
     
21.08
     
16.2
%
   
1.4
%
February 28, 2019
    23.94       22.73       24.18       -1.0 %
    -6.0 %

(1)
Based on high and low closing market price for the respective month.

(2)
Based on the NAV at the beginning of each respective month, calculated on the close of business on the last business day of the prior month.

(3)
Calculated based on the market value and net asset value information presented in the table. Percentages are rounded.

25

The last reported NAV per share, the market price and percentage discount to NAV per share of our common stock on February 28, 2019 were $23.23, $22.91 and 1.4% respectively. As of February 28 , 2019, we had 53,635,054 shares of our common stock outstanding and net assets of approximately $1,296.7 million.

USE OF PROCEEDS

Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, we intend to use the net proceeds of any sale of our securities primarily to invest in energy infrastructure companies in accordance with our investment objective and policies as described under “Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies” within approximately three months of receipt of such proceeds. We may also use proceeds from the sale of our securities to retire all or a portion of any debt we incur, to redeem preferred stock or for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses, although there is currently no intent to issue securities primarily for this purpose. Our investments may be delayed if suitable investments are unavailable at the time or for other reasons. Pending such investment, we anticipate that we will invest the proceeds in securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities or in high quality, short-term or long-term debt obligations. A delay in the anticipated use of proceeds could lower returns, reduce our distribution to common stockholders and reduce the amount of cash available to make distribution and interest payments on preferred stock and debt securities, respectively. We will not receive any of the proceeds from a sale of our common stock by any selling stockholder.

THE COMPANY

We are a nondiversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. We were organized as a corporation on October 30, 2003, pursuant to the Charter governed by the laws of the State of Maryland. Our fiscal year ends on November 30. We commenced operations in February 2004 following our initial public offering. Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “TYG.”  On June 23, 2014 we acquired the assets and liabilities of Tortoise Energy Capital Corporation and Tortoise North American Energy Corporation via merger.  As of February 28 , 2019, we had net assets of approximately $1,245.8 million attributable to our common stock.  As of February 28 , 2019, we had outstanding $165.0 million of our Tortoise Preferred Shares and $380.0 million of our Tortoise Notes.

The following table provides information about our outstanding securities as of February 28 , 2019:

Title of Class
 
Amount Authorized
   
Amount
Held
by the
Company or
for its
Account
   
Amount
Outstanding
 
Common Stock
   
100,000,000
     
0
     
53,635,054
 
Tortoise Notes:
                       
Series J (1)
 
$
15,000,000
     
0
   
$
15,000,000
 
Series K (2)
 
$
10,000,000
     
0
   
$
10,000,000
 
Series L (3)
 
$
20,000,000
     
0
   
$
20,000,000
 
Series O (4)
 
$
15,000,000
     
0
   
$
15,000,000
 
Series P (5)
 
$
12,000,000
     
0
   
$
12,000,000
 
Series R (6)
 
$
25,000,000
     
0
   
$
25,000,000
 
Series S (7)
 
$
10,000,000
     
0
   
$
10,000,000
 
Series T (8)
 
$
25,000,000
     
0
   
$
25,000,000
 
Series Y (9)
 
$
12,500,000
     
0
   
$
12,500,000
 
Series Z (10)
 
$
12,500,000
     
0
   
$
12,500,000
 
Series AA (11)
 
$
10,000,000
     
0
   
$
10,000,000
 
Series CC (12)
 
$
15,000,000
     
0
   
$
15,000,000
 
Series DD (13)
 
$
13,000,000
     
0
   
$
13,000,000
 
Series FF (14)
 
$
10,000,000
     
0
   
$
10,000,000
 
Series II (15)
 
$
10,000,000
     
0
   
$
10,000,000
 
Series JJ (16)
 
$
20,000,000
     
0
   
$
20,000,000
 
Series KK (17)
 
$
10,000,000
     
0
   
$
10,000,000
 
Series LL (18)
 
$
20,000,000
     
0
   
$
20,000,000
 
Series MM (19)
 
$
30,000,000
     
0
   
$
30,000,000
 
Series NN (20)
 
$
30,000,000
     
0
   
$
30,000,000
 
Series OO (21)
 
$
30,000,000
     
0
   
$
30,000,000
 
Series PP (22)
 
$
25,000,000
     
0
   
$
25,000,000
 
Tortoise Preferred Shares:
                       
Series D MRP Shares (23)
 
$
85,000,000
     
0
   
$
85,000,000
 
Series E MRP Shares (24)
 
$
80,000,000
     
0
   
$
80,000,000
 

26

(1)
The Series J notes mature on December 19, 2019 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.30%.
(2)
The Series K notes mature on December 19, 2022 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.87%.
(3)
The Series L notes mature on December 19, 2024 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.99%.
(4)
The Series O notes mature on September 27, 2020 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.78%.
(5)
The Series P notes mature on September 27, 2023 and bear a fixed interest rate of 4.39%.
(6)
The Series R notes mature on January 22, 2022 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.77%.
(7)
The Series S notes mature on January 22, 2023 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.99%.
(8)
The Series T notes mature on January 22, 2024 and bear a fixed interest rate of 4.16%.
(9)
The Series Y notes mature on June 14, 2020 and bear a fixed interest rate of 2.77%.
(10)
The Series Z notes mature on June 14, 2021 and bear a fixed interest rate of 2.98%.
(11)
The Series AA notes mature on June 14, 2025 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.48%.
(12)
The Series CC notes mature on September 27, 2019 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.48%.
(13)
The Series DD notes mature on September 27, 2022 and bear a fixed interest rate of 4.21%.
(14)
The Series FF notes mature on November 20, 2023 and bear a fixed interest rate of 4.16%.
(15)
The Series II notes mature on December 18, 2022 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.22%.
(16)
The Series JJ notes mature on December 18, 2023 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.34%.
(17)
The Series KK notes mature on December 18, 2025 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.53%.
(18)
The Series LL notes mature on June 14, 2020 and bear a floating interest rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 1.20%.
(19)
The Series MM notes mature on June 14, 2025 and bear a floating interest rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 1.25%.
(20)
The Series NN notes mature on June 14, 2025 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.20%.
(21)
The Series OO notes mature on April 9, 2026 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.27%.
(22)
The Series PP notes mature on September 25, 2027 and bear a fixed interest rate of 3.33%.
(23)
The Series D MRP Shares have a mandatory redemption date of December 17, 2021 and pay distributions at an annual rate of 4.010%.  Each share has a liquidation preference of $10.00.
(24)
The Series E MRP Shares have a mandatory redemption date of December 17, 2024 and pay distributions at an annual rate of 4.340%.  Each share has a liquidation preference of $10.00.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Investment Objective

Our investment objective is to seek a high level of total return with an emphasis on current distributions paid to stockholders. For purposes of our investment objective, total return includes capital appreciation of, and all distributions received from, securities in which we invest regardless of the tax character of the distributions. We seek to provide our stockholders with an efficient vehicle to invest in a portfolio of publicly traded MLPs in the energy infrastructure sector.

27

Energy Infrastructure Industry

We concentrate our investments in the energy infrastructure sector. We pursue our objective by investing principally in a portfolio of equity securities issued by MLPs and other midstream energy entities. A more detailed description of investment policies and restrictions and more detailed information about portfolio investments are contained in the statement of additional information.

Energy Infrastructure Companies .  For purposes of our policy of investing 90% of total assets in securities of energy infrastructure companies, an energy infrastructure company is one that derives each year at least 50% of its revenues from “Qualifying Income” under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code or one that derives at least 50% of its revenues from providing services directly related to the generation of Qualifying Income. Qualifying Income is defined as including any income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipelines transporting gas, oil or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resource (including fertilizer, geothermal energy and timber).

Energy infrastructure companies (other than most pipeline MLPs) do not operate as “public utilities” or “local distribution companies,” and, therefore, are not subject to rate regulation by state or federal utility commissions. However, energy infrastructure companies may be subject to greater competitive factors than utility companies, including competitive pricing in the absence of regulated tariff rates, which could reduce revenues and adversely affect profitability. Most pipeline MLPs are subject to government regulation concerning the construction, pricing and operation of pipelines. Pipeline MLPs are able to set prices (rates or tariffs) to cover operating costs, depreciation and taxes, and provide a return on investment. These rates are monitored by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) which seeks to ensure that consumers receive adequate and reliable supplies of energy at the lowest possible price while providing energy suppliers and transporters a just and reasonable return on capital investment and the opportunity to adjust to changing market conditions.  Certain MLPs regulated by the FERC have the right, but are not obligated, to redeem all of their common units held by an investor who is not subject to U.S. federal income taxation at market value, with the purchase price payable in cash or via a three-year interest-bearing promissory note.  In the event any MLP in which we invest undertakes a redemption of their common units, the financial condition and results of operation of such MLP could be adversely impacted.

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 70% of our total assets in equity securities of MLPs and other midstream entities.

Master Limited Partnerships .   The MLPs in which we invest derive at least 90% of their gross income from Qualifying Income and are generally taxed as partnerships for federal income tax purposes, thereby eliminating federal income tax at the entity level. An MLP generally has two classes of partners, the general partner and the limited partners. The general partner is usually a major energy company, investment fund or the direct management of the MLP. The general partner normally controls the MLP through a 2% equity interest plus units that are subordinated to the common (publicly traded) units for at least the first five years of the partnership’s existence and then only convert to common units if certain financial tests are met.

As a motivation for the general partner to successfully manage the MLP and increase cash flows, the terms of most MLP partnership agreements typically provide that the general partner receives a larger portion of the net income as distributions reach higher target levels. As cash flow grows, the general partner receives a greater interest in the incremental income compared to the interest of limited partners. The general partner’s incentive compensation typically increases to up to 50% of incremental income. Nevertheless, the aggregate amount of distributions to limited partners will increase as MLP distributions reach higher target levels. Given this incentive structure, the general partner has an incentive to streamline operations and undertake acquisitions and growth projects in order to increase distributions to all partners.

Non-MLP Midstream Energy Entities . We also may invest in equity and debt securities of midstream energy entities in the energy infrastructure sector that are organized and/or taxed as corporations.

28

Energy infrastructure MLPs and midstream energy entities in which we invest generally can be classified in the following categories:


Pipeline Entities .   Pipeline entities are common carrier transporters of natural gas, natural gas liquids (primarily propane, ethane, butane and natural gasoline), crude oil or refined petroleum products (gasoline, diesel fuel and jet fuel). Pipeline entities also may operate ancillary businesses such as storage and marketing of such products. Revenue is derived from capacity and transportation fees. Historically, pipeline output has been less exposed to cyclical economic forces due to its low cost structure and government-regulated nature. In addition, most pipeline entities have limited direct commodity price exposure because they do not own the product being shipped.


Gathering and Processing Entities .   Gathering and processing entities are gatherers and processors of natural gas, as well as providers of transportation, fractionation and storage of natural gas liquids (“NGLs”). Revenue is derived from providing services to natural gas producers, which require treatment or processing before their natural gas commodity can be marketed to utilities and other end user markets. Revenue for the processor may be fee based or tied to the prices of the natural gas and NGL commodities.


Propane Entities .   Propane entities are distributors of propane to homeowners for space and water heating. Revenue is derived from the resale of the commodity on a margin over wholesale cost. The ability to maintain margin is a key to profitability. Propane serves approximately 3% of the household energy needs in the United States, largely for homes beyond the geographic reach of natural gas distribution pipelines. Approximately 70% of annual cash flow is earned during the winter heating season (October through March). Accordingly, volumes are weather dependent, but have utility type functions similar to electricity and natural gas.


Coal Entities .   Coal entities own, lease and manage coal reserves. Revenue is derived from production and sale of coal, or from royalty payments related to leases to coal producers. Electricity generation is the primary use of coal in the United States. Demand for electricity and supply of alternative fuels to generators are the primary drivers of coal demand. Coal entities are subject to operating and production risks, such as: the entity or a lessee meeting necessary production volumes; federal, state and local laws and regulations which may limit the ability to produce coal; the entity’s ability to manage production costs and pay mining reclamation costs; and the effect on demand that the Clean Air Act standards have on coal end-users.


Marine Shipping Entities .   Marine shipping entities are primarily marine transporters of natural gas, crude oil or refined petroleum products. Marine shipping entities derive revenue from charging customers for the transportation of these products utilizing the entities’ vessels. Transportation services are typically provided pursuant to a charter or contract, the terms of which vary depending on, for example, the length of use of a particular vessel, the amount of cargo transported, the number of voyages made, the parties operating a vessel or other factors.

We also may invest in securities of general partners or other affiliates of MLPs and private companies operating energy infrastructure assets.

Investment Process

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 90% of our total assets (including assets obtained through leverage) in securities of energy infrastructure companies. The Adviser seeks to invest in securities that offer a combination of quality, growth and yield intended to result in superior total returns over the long run. The Adviser’s securities selection process includes a comparison of quantitative, qualitative, and relative value factors. Although the Adviser intends to use research provided by broker-dealers and investment firms, primary emphasis will be placed on proprietary analysis and valuation models conducted and maintained by the Adviser’s in-house investment analysts. To determine whether a company meets its criteria, the Adviser generally will look for a strong record of distribution growth, a solid ratio of debt to equity and coverage ratio with respect to distributions to unit holders, and a proven track record, incentive structure and management team. It is anticipated that all of the publicly traded MLPs and other midstream entities in which we invest will have a market capitalization greater than $100 million at the time of investment.

29

Investment Policies

We seek to achieve our investment objective by investing primarily in securities of MLPs and other midstream entities that the Adviser believes offer attractive distribution rates and capital appreciation potential. We also may invest in other securities set forth below if the Adviser expects to achieve our objective with such investments.

The following are our fundamental investment limitations set forth in their entirety. We may not:


issue senior securities, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and interpretive positions of the SEC thereunder;


borrow money, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and interpretive positions of the SEC thereunder;


make loans, except by the purchase of debt obligations, by entering into repurchase agreements or through the lending of portfolio securities and as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and interpretive positions of the SEC thereunder;


concentrate (invest 25% or more of total assets) our investments in any particular industry, except that we will concentrate our assets in the group of industries constituting the energy infrastructure sector;


underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that we may be considered an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), in the disposition of restricted securities held in our portfolio;


purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except that we may invest in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies that invest in real estate or interests therein; and


purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except that we may purchase or sell options and futures contracts or invest in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities.

Our policy of investing at least 90% of our total assets (including assets obtained through leverage) in securities of energy infrastructure companies is nonfundamental and may be changed by the Board of Directors without stockholder approval, provided that stockholders receive at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change.

We have adopted the following additional nonfundamental policies:


Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 70% and up to 100% of our total assets in equity securities issued by MLPs and other midstream entities. Equity securities currently consist of common and preferred stock, limited partner interest, convertible securities, warrants and depository receipts of companies that are organized as corporations, limited liability companies (LLCs) or limited partnerships, MLP common units and convertible subordinated units, and common units, subordinated units and preferred units of LLCs. .


We may invest up to 30% of our total assets in restricted securities, primarily through direct placements. Subject to this policy, we may invest without limitation in illiquid securities. The types of restricted securities that we may purchase include securities of private energy infrastructure companies and privately issued securities of publicly traded energy infrastructure companies. Restricted securities, whether issued by public companies or private companies, are generally considered illiquid. The aggregate of all of our investments in private companies that do not have any publicly traded shares or units are limited to 5% of our total assets.

30


We may invest up to 25% of our total assets in debt securities of energy infrastructure companies, including certain securities rated below investment grade (“junk bonds”). Below investment grade debt securities will be rated at least B3 by Moody’s and at least B− by S&P at the time of purchase, or comparably rated by another statistical rating organization or if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality by the Adviser.


We will not invest more than 10% of our total assets in any single issuer.


We will not engage in short sales.


We may write covered call options, up to 5% of our total assets.

Unless otherwise stated, these investment restrictions apply at the time of purchase and we will not be required to reduce a position due solely to market value fluctuations.

As used in the bullets above, the term “total assets” includes assets to be obtained through anticipated leverage for the purpose of each nonfundamental investment policy. During the period in which we are investing the net proceeds of an offering, we may deviate from our investment policies with respect to the net proceeds of the offering by investing the net proceeds in cash, cash equivalents, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its instrumentalities or agencies, high quality, short-term money market instruments, short-term debt securities, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and other bank obligations, commercial paper rated in the highest category by a rating agency or other liquid fixed income securities.

Investment Securities

The types of securities in which we may invest include, but are not limited to, the following:

Equity Securities of MLPs .  Consistent with our investment objective, we may invest up to 100% of total assets in equity securities issued by energy infrastructure MLPs, including common units and convertible subordinated units, and common units, subordinated units and preferred units of limited liability companies (“LLCs”) (that are treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes). The table below summarizes the features of these securities, and a further discussion of these securities follows.

   
Common Units (for
MLPs taxed as
partnerships)
 
Convertible
Subordinated Units
(for MLPs taxed as
partnerships)
   
             
Voting Rights
 
Limited to certain significant decisions; no annual election of directors
 
Same as common units
   
Dividend Priority
 
First right to minimum quarterly distribution (“MQD”) specified in Partnership Agreement; arrearage rights
 
Second right to MQD; no arrearage rights; may be paid in additional units
   
Dividend Rate
 
Minimum set in partnership agreement; participate pro rata with subordinated units after both MQDs are met
 
Equal in amount to common units; participate pro rata with common units above the MQD
   

31

Trading
 
Listed on NYSE, NYSE MKT LLC or NASDAQ National Market
 
Not publicly traded
   
Federal Income Tax Treatment
 
Generally, ordinary income to the extent of taxable income allocated to holder; distributions are tax-free return of capital to extent of holder’s basis; remainder as capital gain
 
Same as common units
   
Type of Investor
 
Retail; creates unrelated business taxable income for tax-exempt investor; investment by regulated investment companies limited to 25% of total assets
 
Same as common units
   
Liquidity Priority
 
Intended to receive return of all capital first
 
Second right to return of capital; pro rata with common units thereafter
   
Conversion Rights
 
None
 
Typically one-to-one ratio into common units
   

(1)
Some energy infrastructure companies in which we may invest have been organized as LLCs. Such companies are generally treated in the same manner as MLPs for federal income tax purposes. Common units of LLCs have similar characteristics as those of MLP common units, except that LLC common units typically have voting rights with respect to the LLC and LLC common units held by management are not entitled to increased percentages of cash distributions as increased levels of cash distributions are received by the LLC. The characteristics of LLCs and their common units are more fully discussed below.

MLP Common Units .  MLP common units represent an equity ownership interest in a partnership, providing limited voting rights and entitling the holder to a share of the company’s success through distributions and/or capital appreciation. Unlike stockholders of a corporation, common unit holders do not elect directors annually and generally have the right to vote only on certain significant events, such as mergers, a sale of substantially all of the assets, removal of the general partner or material amendments to the partnership agreement. MLPs are required by their partnership agreements to distribute a large percentage of their current operating earnings. Common unit holders generally have first right to a MQD prior to distributions to the convertible subordinated unit holders or the general partner (including incentive distributions). Common unit holders typically have arrearage rights if the MQD is not met. In the event of liquidation, MLP common unit holders have first rights to the partnership’s remaining assets after bondholders, other debt holders, and preferred unit holders have been paid in full. MLP common units trade on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter.  Also, like common stock, prices of MLP common units are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of MLP common units to which we have exposure.

Limited Liability Company Units .  Some energy infrastructure companies in which we may invest have been organized as LLCs. Such LLCs are treated in the same manner as MLPs for federal income tax purposes. Consistent with our investment objective and policies, we may invest in common units or other securities of such LLCs including preferred units, subordinated units and debt securities. LLC common units represent an equity ownership interest in an LLC, entitling the holder to a share of the LLC’s success through distributions and/or capital appreciation. Similar to MLPs, LLCs typically do not pay federal income tax at the entity level and are required by their operating agreements to distribute a large percentage of their current operating earnings. LLC common unit holders generally have first right to a MQD prior to distributions to subordinated unit holders and typically have arrearage rights if the MQD is not met. In the event of liquidation, LLC common unit holders have a right to the LLC’s remaining assets after bond holders, other debt holders and preferred unit holders, if any, have been paid in full. LLC common units may trade on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter.

32

In contrast to MLPs, LLCs have no general partner and there are generally no incentives that entitle management or other unit holders to increased percentages of cash distributions as distributions reach higher target levels. In addition, LLC common unit holders typically have voting rights with respect to the LLC, whereas MLP common units have limited voting rights.

MLP Convertible Subordinated Units .  MLP convertible subordinated units are typically issued by MLPs to founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to MLPs, and institutional investors. The purpose of the convertible subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash to be distributed to common unit holders. We expect to purchase convertible subordinated units in direct placements from such persons. Convertible subordinated units generally are not entitled to distributions until holders of common units have received specified MQD, plus any arrearages, and may receive less than common unit holders in distributions upon liquidation. Convertible subordinated unit holders generally are entitled to MQD prior to the payment of incentive distributions to the general partner, but are not entitled to arrearage rights. Therefore, convertible subordinated units generally entail greater risk than MLP common units. They are generally convertible automatically into the senior common units of the same issuer at a one-to-one ratio upon the passage of time or the satisfaction of certain financial tests. These units generally do not trade on a national exchange or over-the-counter, and there is no active market for convertible subordinated units. Although the means by which convertible subordinated units convert into senior common units depend on a security’s specific terms, MLP convertible subordinated units typically are exchanged for common shares. The value of a convertible security is a function of its worth if converted into the underlying common units. Convertible subordinated units generally have similar voting rights to MLP common units. Distributions may be paid in cash or in-kind.

Equity Securities of MLP Affiliates .  In addition to equity securities of MLPs, we may also invest in equity securities of MLP affiliates, by purchasing securities of limited liability entities that own general partner interests of MLPs. General partner interests of MLPs are typically retained by an MLP’s original sponsors, such as its founders, corporate partners, entities that sell assets to the MLP and investors such as the entities from which we may purchase general partner interests. An entity holding general partner interests, but not its investors, can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the entity’s investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests often confer direct board participation rights, and in many cases, operating control over the MLP. These interests themselves are generally not publicly traded, although they may be owned by publicly traded entities. General partner interests receive cash distributions, typically 2% of the MLP’s aggregate cash distributions, which are contractually defined in the partnership agreement. In addition, holders of general partner interests typically hold incentive distribution rights (“IDRs”), which provide them with a larger share of the aggregate MLP cash distributions as the distributions to limited partner unit holders are increased to prescribed levels. General partner interests generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.

Other Non-MLP Equity Securities .  In addition to equity securities of MLPs, we may also invest in common and preferred stock, limited partner interests, convertible securities, warrants and depository receipts of companies that are organized as corporations, limited liability companies or limited partnerships. Common stock generally represents an equity ownership interest in an issuer. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and may under-perform relative to fixed-income securities during certain periods. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock we hold. Also, prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which we have exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, which increases borrowing costs and the costs of capital.

33

Debt Securities .  We may invest up to 25% of our total assets in debt securities of energy infrastructure companies, including securities rated below investment grade (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”). These debt securities may have fixed or variable principal payments and all types of interest rate and dividend payment and reset terms, including fixed rate, adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred and payment-in-kind features. To the extent that we invest in below investment grade debt securities, such securities will be rated, at the time of investment, at least B− by S&P or B3 by Moody’s or a comparable rating by at least one other rating agency or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. If a security satisfies our minimum rating criteria at the time of purchase and subsequently is downgraded below such rating, we will not be required to dispose of such security. If a downgrade occurs, the Adviser will consider what action, including the sale of such security, is in the best interest of us and our stockholders.

Because the risk of default is higher for below investment grade securities than investment grade securities, the Adviser’s research and credit analysis is an especially important part of managing securities of this type. The Adviser attempts to identify those issuers of below investment grade securities whose financial condition the Adviser believes is adequate to meet future obligations or has improved or is expected to improve in the future. The Adviser’s analysis focuses on relative values based on such factors as interest or dividend coverage, asset coverage, earnings prospects and the experience and managerial strength of the issuer. We currently have no specific maturity policy with respect to debt securities.

Restricted Securities .  We may invest up to 30% of our total assets in restricted securities, primarily through direct placements. An issuer may be willing to offer the purchaser more attractive features with respect to securities issued in direct placements because it has avoided the expense and delay involved in a public offering of securities. Adverse conditions in the public securities markets also may preclude a public offering of securities. MLP convertible subordinated units typically are purchased in private placements and do not trade on a national exchange or over-the-counter, and there is no active market for convertible subordinated units. MLP convertible subordinated units typically are purchased from affiliates of the issuer or other existing holders of convertible units rather than directly from the issuer.

Restricted securities obtained by means of direct placements are less liquid than securities traded in the open market because of statutory and contractual restrictions on resale. Such securities are, therefore, unlike securities that are traded in the open market, which are likely to be sold immediately if the market is adequate. This lack of liquidity creates special risks. However, we could sell such securities in privately negotiated transactions with a limited number of purchasers or in public offerings under the 1933 Act. MLP convertible subordinated units also convert to publicly traded common units upon the passage of time and/or satisfaction of certain financial tests.

Temporary and Defensive Investments .  Pending investment of offering or leverage proceeds, we may invest such proceeds in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its instrumentalities or agencies, short-term debt securities, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and other bank obligations, commercial paper rated in the highest category by a rating agency or other liquid fixed income securities deemed by the Adviser to be of similar quality (collectively, “short-term securities”), or in cash or cash equivalents, all of which are expected to provide a lower yield than the securities of energy infrastructure companies. We also may invest in short-term securities or cash on a temporary basis to meet working capital needs including, but not limited to, for collateral in connection with certain investment techniques, to hold a reserve pending payment of distributions, and to facilitate the payment of expenses and settlement of trades.

Under adverse market or economic conditions, we may invest up to 100% of our total assets in short-term securities or cash. The yield on short-term securities or cash may be lower than the returns on MLPs or yields on lower rated fixed income securities. To the extent we invest in short-term securities or cash for defensive purposes, such investments are inconsistent with, and may result in our not achieving, our investment objective.

Covered Call Options Strategy

We may also seek to provide current income from gains earned through a covered call option strategy.  A call option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of such call option the right to buy the security underlying the call option from the writer of such call option at a specified price (exercise price) at any time during the term of the option.  At the time the call option is sold, the writer of a call option receives a premium from the buyer of such call option.

34

If we write a call option on a security or basket of securities, we have the obligation upon exercise of such call option to deliver the underlying security or securities upon payment of the exercise price. As the writer of such call options, in effect, during the term of the option, in exchange for the premium received by us, we sell the potential appreciation above the exercise price in the value of securities covered by the options. Therefore, we forego part of the potential appreciation for part of our equity portfolio in exchange for the call premium received, but retain the risk of potential decline in those securities below the price which is equal to the excess of the exercise price of the call option over the premium per share received on the call option.

If we write a call option, we may terminate our obligation by effecting a closing purchase transaction. This is accomplished by purchasing a call option with the same terms as the option previously written. However, once we have been assigned an exercise notice, we will be unable to effect a closing purchase transaction. There can be no assurance that a closing purchase transaction can be effected when we so desire.

Other principal factors affecting the market value of an option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price and price volatility of the underlying security and the time remaining until the expiration date of the option. Gains and losses on investments in options depend, in part, on the ability of our Adviser to predict correctly the effect of these factors.

When we write a call option, an amount equal to the premium received by us will be recorded as a liability and will be subsequently adjusted to the current fair value of the option written. Premiums received from writing options that expire unexercised are treated by us as realized gains from investments on the expiration date. If we repurchase a written call option prior to its exercise, the difference between the premium received and the amount paid to repurchase the option is treated as a realized gain or realized loss.  If a call option is exercised, the premium is added to the proceeds from the sale of the underlying security in determining whether we have realized a gain or loss.

Although our Adviser will attempt to take appropriate measures to minimize the risks relating to writing covered call options, there can be no assurance that we will succeed in any option-writing program we undertake.

Subsidiaries

If our Adviser determines it to be appropriate or necessary, we may form one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries in one or more jurisdictions, each of which would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  We may invest either directly or indirectly through the Subsidiaries.  We will be the sole shareholder of any Subsidiary, and it is currently expected that shares of any Subsidiary will not be sold or offered to other investors.

We may invest an aggregate of up to 5% of our total assets in Subsidiaries.  We anticipate investing in certain private clean energy-related issuers indirectly through the Subsidiaries.

The Subsidiaries will not be registered under the 1940 Act, and will not be subject to all of the investor protections of the 1940 Act.  In addition, changes in the laws of the United States and/or any jurisdiction in which a Subsidiary is formed could result in our inability or the inability of the Subsidiaries to operate as described in this prospectus and our statement of additional information and could adversely affect the Company.  Our Board of Directors has oversight responsibility for the investment activities of the Company, including the Company’s investments in any Subsidiary, and our role as the sole shareholder of any Subsidiary.

The assets of any Subsidiaries and the assets of the Company, taken as a whole, will be subject to the same investment restrictions and limitations, and the Subsidiary will be subject to the same compliance policies and procedures as the Company.  As a result, investments held through a Subsidiary will be taken into account in determining compliance with the investment policies and restrictions that apply to the management of the Company, and, in particular, to the requirements relating to portfolio leverage, affiliated transactions and the timing and method of the valuation of any Subsidiary’s portfolio investments.

35

Portfolio Turnover

Our annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Although we cannot accurately predict our annual portfolio turnover rate, it is not expected to exceed 30% under normal circumstances. For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2017 and 2018, our actual portfolio turnover rate was 20.38% and 17.96%, respectively. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for us. A higher turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that the Company bears. High portfolio turnover may result in our recognition of gains (losses) that will increase (decrease) our tax liability and thereby impact the amount of our after-tax distributions. In addition, high portfolio turnover may increase our current and accumulated earnings and profits, resulting in a greater portion of our distributions being treated as taxable dividends for federal income tax purposes. See “Certain Federal Income Tax Matters.”

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest may arise from the fact that the Adviser and its affiliates carry on substantial investment activities for other clients, in which we have no interest, some of which may have investment strategies similar to ours. The portfolio managers of our Adviser must allocate time and investment ideas across multiple accounts. Trades may be executed for some accounts that may adversely impact the value of securities held by other accounts. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise from the fact that a related person of our Adviser has an interest in a client organized as a limited liability company, similar to a general partner interest in a partnership, for which the Adviser also serves as manager. The Adviser or its affiliates may have financial incentives to favor certain of such accounts over us. For example, our Adviser may have an incentive to allocate potentially more favorable investment opportunities to other funds and clients that pay our Adviser an incentive or performance fee. Performance and incentive fees also create the incentive to allocate potentially riskier, but potentially better performing, investments to such funds and other clients in an effort to increase the incentive fee. Our Adviser also may have an incentive to make investments in one fund, having the effect of increasing the value of a security in the same issuer held by another fund or client, which, in turn, may result in an incentive fee being paid to our Adviser by that other fund or client. Certain of the Adviser’s client accounts may invest in the equity securities of a particular company, while other client accounts may invest in the debt securities of the same company.  Any of the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ proprietary accounts and other customer accounts may compete with us for specific trades. The Adviser or its affiliates may give advice and recommend securities to, or buy or sell securities for, us, which advice or securities may differ from advice given to, or securities recommended or bought or sold for, other accounts and customers, even though their investment objectives may be the same as, or similar to, our objectives. Our Adviser has written allocation policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts of interest. For instance, when two or more clients advised by the Adviser or its affiliates seek to purchase or sell the same publicly traded securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will be allocated among the clients on a good faith, fair and equitable basis by the Adviser in its discretion and in accordance with the client’s various investment objectives and the Adviser’s procedures. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price or size of the position we may obtain or sell. In other cases, our ability to participate in volume transactions may produce better execution for us. When possible, our Adviser combines all of the trade orders into one or more block orders, and each account participates at the average unit or share price obtained in a block order. When block orders are only partially filled, our Adviser considers a number of factors in determining how allocations are made, with the overall goal to allocate in a manner so that accounts are not preferred or disadvantaged over time. Our Adviser also has allocation policies for transactions involving private placement securities, which are designed to result in a fair and equitable participation in offerings or sales for each participating client.

The Adviser also serves as investment adviser for four other publicly traded closed-end management investment companies, all of which invest in the energy sector. See “Management of the Company — Investment Adviser.”

The Adviser will evaluate a variety of factors in determining whether a particular investment opportunity or strategy is appropriate and feasible for the relevant account at a particular time, including, but not limited to, the following: (1) the nature of the investment opportunity taken in the context of the other investments at the time; (2) the liquidity of the investment relative to the needs of the particular entity or account; (3) the availability of the opportunity (i.e., size of obtainable position); (4) the transaction costs involved; and (5) the investment or regulatory limitations applicable to the particular entity or account. Because these considerations may differ when applied to us and relevant accounts under management in the context of any particular investment opportunity, our investment activities, on the one hand, and other managed accounts, on the other hand, may differ considerably from time to time. In addition, our fees and expenses will differ from those of the other managed accounts. Accordingly, investors should be aware that our future performance and future performance of other accounts of the Adviser may vary.

36

From time to time, our Adviser may seed proprietary accounts for the purpose of evaluating a new investment strategy that eventually may be available to clients through one or more product structures.  Such accounts also may serve the purpose of establishing a performance record for the strategy.  Our Adviser’s management of accounts with proprietary interests and nonproprietary client accounts may create an incentive to favor the proprietary accounts in the allocation of investment opportunities, and the timing and aggregation of investments.  Our Adviser’s proprietary seed accounts may include long-short strategies, and certain client strategies may permit short sales.  A conflict of interest arises if a security is sold short at the same time as a long position, and continuously short selling in a security may adversely affect the stock price of the same security held long in client accounts.  Our Adviser has adopted various policies to mitigate these conflicts, including policies that require our Adviser to avoid favoring any account, and that prohibit client and proprietary accounts from engaging in short sales with respect to individual stocks held long in client accounts.  Our Adviser’s policies also require transactions in proprietary accounts to be placed after client transactions.

Situations may occur when we could be disadvantaged because of the investment activities conducted by the Adviser and its affiliates for their other funds or accounts. Such situations may be based on, among other things, the following: (1) legal or internal restrictions on the combined size of positions that may be taken for us or the other accounts, thereby limiting the size of our position; (2) the difficulty of liquidating an investment for us or the other accounts where the market cannot absorb the sale of the combined position; or (3) limits on co-investing in negotiated transactions under the 1940 Act, as discussed further below.

The 1940 Act limits our ability to co-invest in negotiated private placements of securities with our affiliates, including other funds managed by the Adviser. We and our Adviser have received exemptive relief from the SEC that permits certain co-investment transactions.  In this regard, our Adviser has the ability to allocate investment opportunities of certain negotiated transactions between us, other funds registered under the 1940 Act and other accounts managed by our Adviser pro rata based on available capital, up to the amount proposed to be invested by each.  All accounts generally are required to participate on the same terms.  Pursuant to the exemptive order, our Adviser will be required to provide the board of directors of each participating registered fund with certain information concerning the relevant investment.  A majority (as defined in section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of the directors eligible to consider the co-investment transaction of each participating registered fund must approve such registered fund’s participation in the co-investment transaction.
 
To the extent we are precluded from co-investing, our Adviser will allocate private investment opportunities among its clients, including but not limited to us and our affiliated companies, based on allocation policies that take into account several suitability factors, including the size of the investment opportunity, the amount each client has available for investment and the client’s investment objectives.  These allocation policies may result in the allocation of investment opportunities to an affiliated company rather than to us.

To the extent that the Adviser sources and structures private investments in MLPs or other midstream entities, certain employees of the Adviser may become aware of actions planned by MLPs or other entities, such as acquisitions, that may not be announced to the public. It is possible that we could be precluded from investing in or selling securities of an MLP or a midstream entity about which the Adviser has material, non-public information; however, it is the Adviser’s intention to ensure that any material, non-public information available to certain employees of the Adviser is not shared with the employees responsible for the purchase and sale of publicly traded MLP or other midstream securities. Our investment opportunities also may be limited by affiliations of the Adviser or its affiliates with energy infrastructure companies.

The Adviser and its principals, officers, employees, and affiliates may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on our behalf. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by principals, officers, employees, and affiliates of the Adviser that are the same as, different from, or made at a different time than positions taken for us. Further, the Adviser may at some time in the future, manage additional investment funds with the same investment objective as ours.

37

The use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation for common stockholders, but at the same time creates special risks that may adversely affect common stockholders.  Because our management fee is based upon a percentage of our Managed Assets, our management fee is higher when we are leveraged.  Therefore, our Adviser has a financial incentive to use leverage, which will create a conflict of interest between our Adviser and our common stockholders, who will bear the costs of our leverage.

LEVERAGE

Use of Leverage

We currently engage in leverage and may borrow money or issue additional debt securities, and/or issue additional preferred stock, to provide us with additional funds to invest. The borrowing of money and the issuance of preferred stock and debt securities represents the leveraging of our common stock. The issuance of additional common stock may enable us to increase the aggregate amount of our leverage or to maintain existing leverage. We reserve the right at any time to use financial leverage to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act (50% of total assets for preferred stock and 33 1/3% of total assets for debt securities) or we may elect to reduce the use of leverage or use no leverage at all. Our policy is to utilize leverage in an amount that on average represents approximately 25% of our total assets.  We consider market conditions at the time leverage is incurred and monitor for asset coverage ratios relative to 1940 Act requirements and our financial covenants on an ongoing basis.  Leverage as a percent of total assets will vary depending on market conditions, but will normally range between 20% and 30%. We generally will not use leverage unless we believe that leverage will serve the best interests of our stockholders. The principal factor used in making this determination is whether the potential return is likely to exceed the cost of leverage. We will not issue additional leverage where the estimated costs of issuing such leverage and the on-going cost of servicing the payment obligations on such leverage exceed the estimated return on the proceeds of such leverage. We note, however, that in making the determination of whether to issue leverage, we must rely on estimates of leverage costs and expected returns. Actual costs of leverage vary over time depending on interest rates and other factors. Actual returns vary, of course, depending on many factors. Additionally, the percentage of our assets attributable to leverage may vary significantly during periods of extreme market volatility and will increase during periods of declining market prices of our portfolio holdings. Our Board also will consider other factors, including whether the current investment opportunities will help us achieve our investment objective and strategies.

We have established an unsecured credit facility with U.S. Bank N.A. serving as a lender and the lending syndicate agent on behalf of other lenders participating in the credit facility, which currently allows us to borrow up to $130.0 million. Outstanding balances under the credit facility generally accrue interest at a variable annual rate equal to the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.20%, with a tiered non-use fee on an unused balance of the credit facility.  Non-use fees accrue at a rate of 0.25% when the outstanding balance on the facility is below $65 million and 0.15% when the outstanding balance on the facility is at least $65 million, but below $91 million.  The outstanding balance is not subject to the non-use fee when the amount outstanding is at least $91 million. As of January 31, 2019, the effective rate was 3.71%. The credit facility remains in effect through June 12, 2019.  We may draw on the facility from time to time to fund investments in accordance with our investment policies and for general corporate purposes.  As of January 31, 2019, we had outstanding approximately $78.4 million under the credit facility.  We currently expect to seek to renew the credit facility at an amount sufficient to meet our operating needs.

We have also established an unsecured credit facility with the Bank of Nova Scotia which currently allows us to borrow up to $90.0 million. Outstanding balances under the credit facility generally accrue interest at a variable annual rate equal to the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.20%, with a fee of 0.15% on any unused balance of the credit facility if the amount borrowed under the facility is less than $63.0 million. As of January 31, 2019, the effective rate was 3.71%. The credit facility remains in effect through June 22, 2020. We may draw on the facility from time to time to fund investments in accordance with our investment policies and for general corporate purposes. As of January 31, 2019, we had outstanding approximately $63.0 million under the credit facility.  We currently expect to seek to renew the credit facility at an amount sufficient to meet our operating needs.

38

We also may borrow up to an additional 5% of our total assets (not including the amount so borrowed) for temporary purposes, including the settlement and clearance of securities transactions, which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of portfolio holdings.

Under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to issue preferred stock unless immediately after such issuance, the value of our total assets (including the proceeds of such issuance) less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities is at least equal to 200% of the total of the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation value of the outstanding preferred stock. Stated another way, we may not issue preferred stock that, together with outstanding preferred stock and debt securities, has a total aggregate liquidation value and outstanding principal amount of more than 50% of the value of our total assets, including the proceeds of such issuance, less liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities. In addition, we are not permitted to declare any distribution on our common stock, or purchase any of our shares of common stock (through tender offers or otherwise) unless we would satisfy this 200% asset coverage requirement test after deducting the amount of such distribution or share price, as the case may be. We may, as a result of market conditions or otherwise, be required to purchase or redeem preferred stock, or sell a portion of our investments when it may be disadvantageous to do so, in order to maintain the required asset coverage. Common stockholders would bear the costs of issuing additional preferred stock, which may include offering expenses and the ongoing payment of distributions. Under the 1940 Act, we may only issue one class of preferred stock. So long as Tortoise Preferred Shares are outstanding, any preferred stock offered pursuant to this prospectus and any related prospectus supplement will rank on parity with any outstanding Tortoise Preferred Shares.

Under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to issue debt securities or incur other indebtedness constituting senior securities unless immediately thereafter, the value of our total assets (including the proceeds of the indebtedness) less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities is at least equal to 300% of the amount of the outstanding indebtedness. Stated another way, we may not issue debt securities or incur other indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount of more than 331/3% of the value of our total assets, including the amount borrowed, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities. We also must maintain this 300% “asset coverage” for as long as the indebtedness is outstanding. The 1940 Act provides that we may not declare any distribution on any class of shares of our stock, or purchase any of our shares of stock (through tender offers or otherwise), unless we would satisfy this 300% asset coverage requirement test after deducting the amount of the distribution or share purchase price, as the case may be except that dividends may be declared upon any preferred stock if such senior security representing indebtedness has an asset coverage of at least 200% at the time of declaration thereof after deducting the amount of such distribution. If the asset coverage for indebtedness declines to less than 300% as a result of market fluctuations or otherwise, we may be required to redeem debt securities, or sell a portion of our investments when it may be disadvantageous to do so. Under the 1940 Act, we may only issue one class of senior securities representing indebtedness. So long as Tortoise Notes are outstanding, any debt securities offered pursuant to this prospectus and any related prospectus supplement will rank on parity with any outstanding Tortoise Notes.

Annual Expenses as a Percentage of Managed Assets

The table presented below presents our annual expenses stated as a percentage of our Managed Assets at November 30, 2018, which includes assets attributable to leverage.

Management Fee
   
0.95
%
Other Expenses (excluding current and deferred income tax expenses)
   
0.08
%
Subtotal
   
1.03
%
Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds (includes issuance costs and interest rate swaps)
   
0.86
%
Distribution Payments on Preferred Stock (includes issuance costs)
   
0.34
%
Total Leverage Costs
   
1.20
%
Total Annual Expenses (as a percentage of Managed Assets) (excluding current and deferred income tax expenses)
   
2.23
%

39

Hedging Transactions

In an attempt to reduce the interest rate risk arising from our leveraged capital structure, we may use interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps and floors. There is no assurance that the interest rate hedging transactions into which we enter will be effective in reducing our exposure to interest rate risk. Hedging transactions are subject to correlation risk, which is the risk that payment on our hedging transactions may not correlate exactly with our payment obligations on senior securities. The use of interest rate transactions is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. In an interest rate swap, we would agree to pay to the other party to the interest rate swap (which is known as the “counterparty”) a fixed rate payment in exchange for the counterparty agreeing to pay to us a variable rate payment intended to approximate our variable rate payment obligations on outstanding leverage. The payment obligations would be based on the notional amount of the swap. In an interest rate cap, we would pay a premium to the counterparty up to the interest rate cap and, to the extent that a specified variable rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate of interest, would receive from the counterparty payments equal to the difference based on the notional amount of such cap. In an interest rate floor, we would be entitled to receive, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, our use of interest rate transactions could affect our ability to make required interest or distribution payments on our outstanding leverage. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the value of the interest rate transactions could decline. If the counterparty to an interest rate transaction defaults, we would not be able to use the anticipated net receipts under the interest rate transaction to offset our cost of financial leverage.  We intend to enter into transactions only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness set by our Adviser and to continually monitor the creditworthiness of any counterparties.

We may, but are not obligated to, enter into interest rate swap transactions intended to reduce our interest rate risk with respect to our interest and distribution payment obligations under our outstanding leverage. See “Risk Factors — Company Risks — Hedging Strategy Risk.”

As of November 30, 2018, we had outstanding the following interest rate swap contracts.

Counterparty
Effective
Date
Maturity
Date
 
Notional
Amount
   
Fixed Rate
Paid by
the
Company
 
Floating Rate
Received by
the Company
                        
The Bank of Nova Scotia
09/02/2011
09/02/2021
 
$
10,000,000
     
2.381
%
1-month U.S. Dollar LIBOR

Effects of Leverage

As of November 30, 2018, we were obligated to pay the following rates on our outstanding Tortoise Notes, Tortoise Preferred Shares and unsecured revolving credit facility.

Title of Security
 
Aggregate Principal
Amount/Liquidation
Preference
 
Remaining
Term of Rate
Period
 
Interest/Dividend Rate
per Annum
 
               
Tortoise Notes:
             
Series J
 
$
15,000,000
 
1.1 years through 12/19/19
   
3.30
%
Series K
 
$
10,000,000
 
4.1 years through 12/19/22
   
3.87
%
Series L
 
$
20,000,000
 
6.1 years through 12/19/24
   
3.99
%
Series O
 
$
15,000,000
 
1.8 years through 9/27/20
   
3.78
%
Series P
 
$
12,000,000
 
4.8 years through 9/27/23
   
4.39
%
Series R
 
$
25,000,000
 
3.1 years through 1/22/22
   
3.77
%
Series S
 
$
10,000,000
 
4.1 years through 1/22/23
   
3.99
%
Series T
 
$
25,000,000
 
5.1 years through 1/22/24
   
4.16
%
Series Y
 
$
12,500,000
 
1.5 years through 6/14/20
   
2.77
%
Series Z
 
$
12,500,000
 
2.5 years through 6/14/21
   
2.98
%
Series AA
 
$
10,000,000
 
6.5 years through 6/14/25
   
3.48
%
Series CC
 
$
15,000,000
 
0.8 years through 9/27/19
   
3.48
%
Series DD
 
$
13,000,000
 
3.8 years through 9/27/22
   
4.21
%
Series FF
 
$
10,000,000
 
5.0 years through 11/20/23
   
4.16
%
Series II
 
$
10,000,000
 
4.1 years through 12/18/2022
   
3.22
%
Series JJ
 
$
20,000,000
 
5.1 years through 12/18/2023
   
3.34
%
Series KK
 
$
10,000,000
 
7.1 years through 12/18/2025
   
3.53
%
Series LL
 
$
20,000,000
 
3 months
   
3.53
%
Series MM
 
$
30,000,000
 
3 months
   
3.58
%
Series NN
 
$
30,000,000
 
6.5 years through 6/14/2025
   
3.20
%
Series OO
 
$
30,000,000
 
7.4 years through 4/9/2026
   
3.27
%
Series PP
 
$
25,000,000
 
8.8 years through 9/25/2027
   
3.33
%
Tortoise Preferred Shares:
                 
Series D MRP Shares
 
$
85,000,000
 
3.0 years through 12/17/21
   
4.01
%
Series E MRP Shares
 
$
80,000,000
 
6.1 years through 12/17/24
   
4.34
%
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
 
$
44,100,000
       
3.55
%
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
 
$
63,000,000
       
3.55
%
   
$
652,100,000
           

41

Assuming that the distribution rates payable on the Tortoise Preferred Shares and the interest rates payable on the Tortoise Notes, unsecured revolving credit facilities and interest rate swap contracts remain as described above (an average annual cost of 3.86% based on the amount of leverage outstanding at November 30, 2018), the annual return that our portfolio must experience net of expenses, but excluding deferred and current taxes, in order to cover leverage costs would be 2.21%.

The following table is designed to illustrate the effect of the foregoing level of leverage on the return to a common stockholder, assuming hypothetical annual returns (net of expenses) of our portfolio of -10% to 10%. As the table shows, the leverage generally increases the return to common stockholders when portfolio return is positive or greater than the cost of leverage and decreases the return when the portfolio return is negative or less than the cost of leverage. The figures appearing in the table are hypothetical, and actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing in the table.

Assumed Portfolio Return (net of expenses)
   
−10
%
   
−5
%
   
0
%
   
5
%
   
10
%
Corresponding Common Share Return
   
−19.71
%
   
−10.89
%
   
−2.08
%
   
6.74
%
   
15.55
%

Because we use leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory and management services are higher than if we did not use leverage because the fees paid are calculated based on our Managed Assets, which include assets purchased with leverage. Therefore, the Adviser has a financial incentive to use leverage, which creates a conflict of interest between the Adviser and our common stockholders. Because payments on any leverage would be paid by us at a specified rate, only our common stockholders would bear management fees and other expenses we incur.

We cannot fully achieve the benefits of leverage until we have invested the proceeds resulting from the use of leverage in accordance with our investment objective and policies. For further information about leverage, see “Risk Factors — Additional Risks to Common Stockholders — Leverage Risk.”

RISK FACTORS

Investing in any of our securities involves risk, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or even that you may lose part or all of your investment. Therefore, before investing in any of our securities you should consider carefully the following risks, as well as any risk factors included in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Company Risks

General .  We are a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company designed primarily as a long-term investment vehicle and not as a trading tool. An investment in our securities should not constitute a complete investment program for any investor and involves a high degree of risk. Due to the uncertainty in all investments, there can be no assurance that we will achieve our investment objective.

The following are the general risks of investing in our securities that affect our ability to achieve our investment objective. The risks below could lower the returns and distributions on common stock and reduce the amount of cash and net assets available to make distribution payments on preferred stock and interest payments on debt securities.

Capital Markets Volatility Risk . Our capital structure and performance may be adversely impacted by weakness in the credit markets and stock market if such weakness results in declines in the value of MLPs and midstream energy entities in which we invest. If the value of our investments decline or remain volatile, there is a risk that we may be required to reduce outstanding leverage, which could adversely affect our stock price and ability to pay distributions at historical levels. A sustained economic slowdown may adversely affect the ability of MLPs to sustain their historical distribution levels, which in turn, may adversely affect our ability to sustain distributions at historical levels. MLPs and other midstream entities that have historically relied heavily on outside capital to fund their growth may be impacted by a slowdown in the capital markets. The performance of the MLP and midstream energy sector is dependent on several factors including the condition of the financial sector, the general economy and the commodity markets.

42

Concentration Risk .  Under normal circumstances, we concentrate our investments in the energy infrastructure sector, with an emphasis on securities issued by MLPs and other midstream entities. Risks inherent in the energy infrastructure business of these types of MLPs and other midstream entities include the following:


Processing and coal entities may be directly affected by energy commodity prices. The volatility of commodity prices can indirectly affect certain other midstream entities due to the impact of prices on volume of commodities transported, processed, stored or distributed. Pipeline entities are not subject to direct commodity price exposure because they do not own the underlying energy commodity. While propane entities do own the underlying energy commodity, the Adviser seeks high quality MLPs and midstream entities that are able to mitigate or manage direct margin exposure to commodity price levels. The MLP and midstream energy sector can be hurt by market perception that MLPs and other midstream entities’ performance and distributions are directly tied to commodity prices.


The profitability of midstream energy entities, particularly processing and pipeline entities, may be materially impacted by the volume of natural gas or other energy commodities available for transporting, processing, storing or distributing. A significant decrease in the production of natural gas, oil, coal or other energy commodities, due to a decline in production from existing facilities, import supply disruption, depressed commodity prices or otherwise, would reduce revenue and operating income of midstream energy entities and, therefore, the ability of MLPs and other entities to make distributions to partners or shareholders.


A sustained decline in demand for crude oil, natural gas and refined petroleum products could adversely affect midstream entity revenues and cash flows. Factors that could lead to a decrease in market demand include a recession or other adverse economic conditions, an increase in the market price of the underlying commodity, higher taxes or other regulatory actions that increase costs, or a shift in consumer demand for such products. Demand may also be adversely impacted by consumer sentiment with respect to global warming and/or by any state or federal legislation intended to promote the use of alternative energy sources, such as bio-fuels.


A portion of any one midstream entity’s assets may be dedicated to natural gas reserves and other commodities that naturally deplete over time, which could have a materially adverse impact on an entity’s ability to make distributions. Often midstream energy entities depend upon exploration and development activities by third parties.


MLPs and other midstream entities employ a variety of means of increasing cash flow, including increasing utilization of existing facilities, expanding operations through new construction, expanding operations through acquisitions, or securing additional long-term contracts. Thus, some entities may be subject to construction risk, acquisition risk or other risk factors arising from their specific business strategies. A significant slowdown in large energy companies’ disposition of energy infrastructure assets and other merger and acquisition activity in the midstream energy industry could reduce the growth rate of cash flows we receive from entities that grow through acquisitions.


The profitability of MLPs and other midstream entities could be adversely affected by changes in the regulatory environment. Most midstream energy entities’ assets are heavily regulated by federal and state governments in diverse matters, such as the way in which certain assets are constructed, maintained and operated and the prices such entities may charge for their services. Such regulation can change over time in scope and intensity. For example, a particular byproduct of a midstream energy process may be declared hazardous by a regulatory agency and unexpectedly increase production costs. Moreover, many state and federal environmental laws provide for civil as well as regulatory remediation, thus adding to the potential exposure midstream energy entities may face.

43


Energy infrastructure company activities are subject to stringent environmental laws and regulation by many federal, state and local authorities, international treaties and foreign governmental authorities. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations or to obtain any necessary environmental permits pursuant to such laws and regulations could result in fines or other sanctions. Congress and other domestic and foreign governmental authorities have either considered or implemented various laws and regulations to restrict or tax certain emissions, particularly those involving air and water emissions. Existing environmental regulations could be revised or reinterpreted, new laws and regulations could be adopted or become applicable, and future changes in environmental laws and regulations could occur, which could impose significant additional costs. Energy infrastructure companies have made and will likely continue to make significant capital and other expenditures to comply with these and other environmental laws and regulations. There can be no assurance that such companies would be able to recover all or any increased environmental costs from their customers or that their business, financial condition or results of operations would not be materially and adversely affected by such expenditures or any changes in domestic or foreign environmental laws and regulations, in which case the value of these companies’ securities could be adversely affected. In addition, energy companies may be responsible for environmentally-related liabilities, including any on-site liabilities associated with the environmental condition of facilities that it has acquired, leased or developed, or liabilities from associated activities, regardless of when the liabilities arose and whether they are known or unknown.


Increased regulatory scrutiny of hydraulic fracturing could result in additional laws and regulations or, potentially, prohibit the action. Hydraulic fracturing is a common practice used by energy companies to stimulate production of natural gas and/or crude oil from unconventional reservoirs. The process involves the injection of water, sand, and additives under pressure into a targeted subsurface formation. The water and pressure create fractures in the rock formations, which are held open by the grains of sand, enabling the crude oil or natural gas to flow to the wellbore. Increased regulatory scrutiny of disposal wastewater, which is a byproduct of hydraulic fracturing and production of unconventional reserves and must be disposed, could result in additional laws or regulations governing such disposal activities.

While we are not able to predict the likelihood of such an event or its impact, it is possible that additional restrictions on hydraulic fracturing or wastewater disposal could result in a reduction in production of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids. The use of hydraulic fracturing is critical to the recovery of economic amounts of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids from unconventional reserves, and the associated wastewater must be disposed. Midstream energy entities have increasingly focused on the construction of midstream assets to facilitate the development of unconventional reservoirs. As a result, restrictions on hydraulic fracturing or wastewater disposal could have an adverse impact on the financial performance of midstream energy entities.


Natural risks, such as earthquakes, floods, lightning, hurricanes, tsunamis, tornadoes and wind, are inherent risks in energy infrastructure company operations. For example, extreme weather patterns, such as Hurricane Ivan in 2004 and Hurricanes Katrina and Rita in 2005, the Tohuku earthquake and resulting tsunami in Japan in 2011, Hurricane Sandy in 2012 and Hurricane Harvey in 2017, or the threat thereof, could result in substantial damage to the facilities of certain companies located in the affected areas and significant volatility in the supply of energy and could adversely impact the prices of the securities in which we invest. This volatility may create fluctuations in commodity prices and earnings of companies in the energy infrastructure industry.


A rising interest rate environment could adversely impact the performance of MLPs and other midstream entities. Rising interest rates could limit the capital appreciation of equity units of MLPs and other midstream entities as a result of the increased availability of alternative investments at competitive yields. Rising interest rates also may increase an entity’s cost of capital. A higher cost of capital could limit growth from acquisition/expansion projects and limit distribution growth rates.


Since the September 11, 2001 attacks, the U.S. Government has issued public warnings indicating that energy assets, specifically those related to pipeline infrastructure, production facilities and transmission and distribution facilities, might be specific targets of terrorist activity. The continued threat of terrorism and related military activity likely will increase volatility for prices in natural gas and oil and could affect the market for products of MLPs and other midstream energy entities.

44


Holders of MLP units are subject to certain risks inherent in the partnership structure of MLPs including (1) tax risks (described below), (2) limited ability to elect or remove management, (3) limited voting rights, except with respect to extraordinary transactions, and (4) conflicts of interest of the general partner, including those arising from incentive distribution payments.

Industry Specific Risk .  Energy infrastructure companies also are subject to risks specific to the industry they serve.


Pipeline entities are subject to demand for crude oil or refined products in the markets served by the pipeline, sharp decreases in crude oil or natural gas prices that cause producers to curtail production or reduce capital spending for exploration activities, and environmental regulation. Demand for gasoline, which accounts for a substantial portion of refined product transportation, depends on price, prevailing economic conditions in the markets served, and demographic and seasonal factors. Pipeline MLP unit prices are primarily driven by distribution growth rates and prospects for distribution growth. Pipeline entities are subject to regulation by FERC with respect to tariff rates these companies may charge for pipeline transportation services. An adverse determination by FERC with respect to the tariff rates of a pipeline entity could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of that pipeline entity and its ability to make cash distributions to its equity owners.  Certain MLPs and midstream entities regulated by the FERC have the right, but are not obligated, to redeem all of their common units held by an investor who is not subject to U.S. federal income taxation at market value, with the purchase price payable in cash or via a three-year interest-bearing promissory note.  In the event any MLP in which we invest undertakes a redemption of their common units, the financial condition and results of operation of such MLP could be adversely impacted.


Gathering and processing entities are subject to declines in production of natural gas fields, which utilize the processing facilities as a way to market the gas, prolonged depression in the price of natural gas or crude oil refining, which curtails production due to lack of drilling activity and declines in the prices of natural gas liquids products and natural gas prices, resulting in lower processing margins.


Propane entities are subject to earnings variability based upon weather patterns in the locations where the company operates and the wholesale cost of propane sold to end customers. Propane entity equity prices are based on safety in distribution coverage ratios, interest rate environment and, to a lesser extent, distribution growth.


Coal entities are subject to demand variability based on favorable weather conditions, strong or weak domestic economy, the level of coal stockpiles in the customer base, and the general level of prices of competing sources of fuel for electric generation. They also are subject to supply variability based on the geological conditions that reduce productivity of mining operations, regulatory permits for mining activities and the availability of coal that meets Clean Air Act standards. Demand and prices for coal may also be impacted by current and proposed laws, regulations and/or trends, at the federal, state or local levels, to impose limitations on chemical emissions from coal-fired power plants and other coal end-users. Any such limitations may reduce the demand for coal produced, transported or delivered by coal entities.


Marine shipping entities are subject to the demand for, and the level of consumption of, refined petroleum products, crude oil or natural gas in the markets served by the marine shipping entities, which in turn could affect the demand for tank vessel capacity and charter rates. These entities’ vessels and their cargoes are also subject to the risks of being damaged or lost due to marine disasters, bad weather, mechanical failures, grounding, fire, explosions and collisions, human error, piracy, and war and terrorism.

MLP Risk .  We invest a substantial portion of our assets in equity securities of MLPs. As a result, we are subject to the risks associated with an investment in MLPs, including cash flow risk, tax risk, deferred tax risk and capital markets risk, as described in more detail below.


Cash Flow Risk .   We derive substantially all of our cash flow from investments in equity securities of MLPs. The amount of cash that we have available to pay or distribute to holders of our securities depends entirely on the ability of MLPs whose securities we hold to make distributions to their partners and the tax character of those distributions. We have no control over the actions of underlying MLPs. The amount of cash that each individual MLP can distribute to its partners will depend on the amount of cash it generates from operations, which will vary from quarter to quarter depending on factors affecting the energy infrastructure market generally and on factors affecting the particular business lines of the MLP. Available cash will also depend on the MLPs’ level of operating costs (including incentive distributions to the general partner), level of capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisition costs (if any), fluctuations in working capital needs and other factors.


Tax Risk of MLPs .   Our ability to meet our investment objective will depend on the level of taxable income, dividends and distributions we receive from the MLPs and other securities of energy infrastructure companies in which we invest, a factor over which we have no control. The benefit we derive from our investment in MLPs depends largely on the MLPs being treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. As a partnership, an MLP has no federal income tax liability at the entity level. If, as a result of a change in current law or a change in an MLP’s business, an MLP were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, the MLP would be obligated to pay federal income tax on its income at the corporate tax rate. If an MLP were classified as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, the amount of cash available for distribution would be reduced and the distributions we receive might be taxed entirely as dividend income. Therefore, treatment of one or more MLPs as a corporation for federal income tax purposes could affect our ability to meet our investment objective and would reduce the amount of cash available to pay or distribute to holders of our securities.


MLP Tax Audit Risk .  The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may audit the Federal income tax returns of the MLPs.  With respect to MLP tax returns for tax years beginning after 2017, depending on whether the MLP is eligible to make certain elections and whether certain elections are made by the MLP, the MLP may be liable for the additional Federal income tax liabilities attributable to audit adjustments for prior tax years, including years prior to the time that we owned our interest in the MLP.  Thus, the value of our MLP interest may be reduced as a result of improper Federal income tax benefits claimed in years prior to our ownership.


Deferred Tax Risks of MLPs .   As a limited partner in the MLPs in which we invest, we will receive a pro rata share of income, gains, losses and deductions from those MLPs. Historically, a significant portion of income from such MLPs has been offset by tax deductions. We will incur a current tax liability on that portion of an MLP’s income and gains that is not offset by tax deductions and losses. The percentage of an MLP’s income and gains which is offset by tax deductions and losses will fluctuate over time for various reasons. A significant slowdown in acquisition activity by MLPs held in our portfolio could result in a reduction of accelerated depreciation generated by new acquisitions, which may result in increased current income tax liability to us.



We will accrue deferred income taxes for any future tax liability associated with that portion of MLP distributions considered to be a tax-deferred return of capital as well as capital appreciation of our investments. Upon the sale of an MLP security, we may be liable for previously deferred taxes. We will rely to some extent on information provided by the MLPs, which is not necessarily timely, to estimate deferred tax liability for purposes of financial statement reporting and determining our NAV. From time to time we will modify our estimates or assumptions regarding our deferred tax liability as new information becomes available.

Capital Markets Risk .  Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and may continue to be, volatile due to a variety of factors, including significant write-offs in the financial services sector. In volatile times, the cost of raising capital in the debt and equity capital markets, and the ability to raise capital, may be impacted. In particular, concerns about the general stability of financial markets and specifically the solvency of lending counterparties, may impact the cost of raising capital from the credit markets through increased interest rates, tighter lending standards, difficulties in refinancing debt on existing terms or at all and reduced, or in some cases ceasing to provide, funding to borrowers. In addition, lending counterparties under existing revolving credit facilities and other debt instruments may be unwilling or unable to meet their funding obligations. As a result of any of the foregoing, we or the companies in which we invest may be unable to obtain new debt or equity financing on acceptable terms. If funding is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we or the companies in which we invest may not be able to meet obligations as they come due. Moreover, without adequate funding, energy infrastructure companies may be unable to execute their growth strategies, complete future acquisitions, take advantage of other business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on their revenues and results of operations.

        Rising interest rates could limit the capital appreciation of equity units of energy infrastructure companies as a result of the increased availability of alternative investments at competitive yields. Rising interest rates may increase the cost of capital for companies operating in this sector. A higher cost of capital or an inflationary period may lead to inadequate funding, which could limit growth from acquisition or expansion projects, the ability of such entities to make or grow dividends or distributions or meet debt obligations, the ability to respond to competitive pressures, all of which could adversely affect the prices of their securities.

        In 2010, several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain, and Portugal, began to face budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among European Economic and Monetary Union member countries. A return to unfavorable economic conditions could impair our ability to achieve our investment objective. In addition, the events surrounding the recent negotiations regarding the U.S. federal government debt ceiling and the resulting agreement could adversely affect us. In 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. federal government debt to “AA+” from “AAA.” We cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on our portfolio.

Equity Securities Risk .  MLP common units and other equity securities can be affected by macro-economic and other factors affecting the stock market in general, expectations of interest rates, investor sentiment towards MLPs or the energy sector, changes in a particular issuer’s financial condition, or unfavorable or unanticipated poor performance of a particular issuer (in the case of MLPs, generally measured in terms of DCF). Prices of common units of individual MLPs and other equity securities also can be affected by fundamentals unique to the partnership or company, including size, earnings power, coverage ratios and characteristics and features of different classes of securities.

Because MLP convertible subordinated units generally convert to common units on a one-to-one ratio, the price that we can be expected to pay upon purchase or to realize upon resale is generally tied to the common unit price less a discount. The size of the discount varies depending on a variety of factors including the likelihood of conversion, and the length of time remaining to conversion, and the size of the block purchased.

Smaller Company Securities Risk. Investing in securities of smaller companies may involve greater risk than is associated with investing in more established companies. Companies with smaller capitalization may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources; may lack management depth or experience; and may be more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic developments than larger more established companies.

Delay in Use of Proceeds Risk .  Although we expect to fully invest the net proceeds of any offering within three months after the closing of the offering, such investments may be delayed if suitable investments are unavailable at the time, if we are unable to secure firm commitments for direct investments, if market conditions and volumes of the securities of midstream energy entities are not favorable at the time or for other reasons. As a result, the proceeds may be invested in mutual funds, cash, cash equivalents, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its instrumentalities or agencies, high quality, short-term money market instruments, short-term debt securities, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and other bank obligations, commercial paper or other liquid fixed income securities. The three month timeframe associated with the anticipated use of proceeds could lower returns and lower our yield in the first year after the issuance of the common shares. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Hedging Strategy Risk .  We may use interest rate transactions for hedging purposes only, in an attempt to reduce the interest rate risk arising from our leveraged capital structure. There is no assurance that the interest rate hedging transactions into which we enter will be effective in reducing our exposure to interest rate risk. Hedging transactions are subject to correlation risk, which is the risk that payment on our hedging transactions may not correlate exactly with our payment obligations on senior securities.

Interest rate transactions that we may use for hedging purposes will expose us to certain risks that differ from the risks associated with our portfolio holdings. There are economic costs of hedging reflected in the price of interest rate swaps, floors, caps and similar techniques, the costs of which can be significant, particularly when long-term interest rates are substantially above short-term rates. In addition, our success in using hedging instruments is subject to the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly changes in the relationships of such hedging instruments to our leverage risk, and there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s judgment in this respect will be accurate. Consequently, the use of hedging transactions might result in a poorer overall performance, whether or not adjusted for risk, than if we had not engaged in such transactions.

Depending on the state of interest rates in general, our use of interest rate transactions could enhance or decrease the cash available to us for payment of distributions or interest, as the case may be. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the value of interest rate swaps or caps could decline, and result in a decline in our net assets. In addition, if the counterparty to an interest rate transaction defaults, we would not be able to use the anticipated net receipts under the interest rate swap or cap to offset our cost of financial leverage.

Competition Risk .  At the time we completed our initial public offering in February 2004, we were the only publicly traded investment company offering access to a portfolio of energy infrastructure MLPs. Since that time a number of alternatives to us as vehicles for investment in a portfolio of energy infrastructure MLPs and midstream entities, including other publicly traded investment companies and private funds, have emerged. These competitive conditions may adversely impact our ability to meet our investment objective, which in turn could adversely impact our ability to make interest or distribution payments.

Restricted Security Risk .  We may invest up to 30% of total assets in restricted securities, primarily through direct placements. Restricted securities are less liquid than securities traded in the open market because of statutory and contractual restrictions on resale. Such securities are, therefore, unlike securities that are traded in the open market, which can be expected to be sold immediately if the market is adequate. As discussed further below, this lack of liquidity creates special risks for us. However, we could sell such securities in privately negotiated transactions with a limited number of purchasers or in public offerings under the 1933 Act. MLP convertible subordinated units convert to publicly-traded common units upon the passage of time and/or satisfaction of certain financial tests. Although the means by which convertible subordinated units convert into senior common units depend on a security’s specific terms, MLP convertible subordinated units typically are exchanged for common shares.

Restricted securities are subject to statutory and contractual restrictions on their public resale, which may make it more difficult to value them, may limit our ability to dispose of them and may lower the amount we could realize upon their sale. To enable us to sell our holdings of a restricted security not registered under the 1933 Act, we may have to cause those securities to be registered. The expenses of registering restricted securities may be negotiated by us with the issuer at the time we buy the securities. When we must arrange registration because we wish to sell the security, a considerable period may elapse between the time the decision is made to sell the security and the time the security is registered so that we could sell it. We would bear the risks of any downward price fluctuation during that period.

Liquidity Risk .  Although common units of MLPs and other midstream entities trade on the NYSE, NYSE MKT LLC (formerly known as AMEX), and the NASDAQ National Market, certain securities may trade less frequently than those of larger companies due to their smaller capitalizations. In the event certain securities experience limited trading volumes, the prices of such entities may display abrupt or erratic movements at times. Additionally, it may be more difficult for us to buy and sell significant amounts of such securities without an unfavorable impact on prevailing market prices. As a result, these securities may be difficult to dispose of at a fair price at the times when we believe it is desirable to do so. Investment of our capital in securities that are less actively traded or over time experience decreased trading volume may restrict our ability to take advantage of other market opportunities or to dispose of securities. Our clean-energy related private equity investments will be highly illiquid, and we will likely be able to sell such securities only in privately negotiated transactions with another investor or group of investors.  Depending on prevailing market conditions, there can be no assurance that we will be able to sell such investments on favorable terms, if at all.  This also may affect adversely our ability to make required interest payments on the debt securities and distributions on the preferred stock, to redeem such securities, or to meet asset coverage requirements.

Covered Call Risks. We cannot guarantee that our covered call option strategy will be effective. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities, including:


·
There are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given covered call option transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use covered calls (or other options) involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful because of market behavior or unexpected events.


·
The use of options may require us to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation we can realize on an investment, or may cause us to hold a security we might otherwise sell. As the writer of a covered call option, we forego, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the exercise price of the call option, but retain the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. Although such loss would be offset in part by the option premium received, in a situation in which the price of a particular stock on which we have written a covered call option declines rapidly and materially or in which prices in general on all or a substantial portion of the stocks on which we have written covered call options decline rapidly and materially, we could sustain material depreciation or loss to the extent we do not sell the underlying securities (which may require it to terminate, offset or otherwise cover our option position as well).


·
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when we seek to close out an option position. If we were unable to close out a covered call option that we had written on a security, we would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market for exchange-traded options may include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the trading facilities may not be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) the relevant exchange could discontinue the trading of options. In addition, our ability to terminate over-the-counter options may be more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that counterparties participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations.


·
The principal factors affecting the market value of an option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security in relation to the exercise price of the option, the dividend or distribution yield of the underlying security, the actual or perceived volatility of the underlying security and the time remaining until the expiration date. Any of the foregoing could impact or cause to vary over time the amount of income we are able to generate through our covered call option strategy.


·
The number of covered call options we can write is limited by the number of shares of the corresponding common stock we hold. Furthermore, our covered call option transactions may be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded.


·
If we fail to maintain any required asset coverage ratios in connection with any use by us of leverage, we may be required to redeem or prepay some or all of our leverage instruments. Such redemption or prepayment would likely result in our seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any option transaction. Early termination of an option could result in a termination payment by or to us.

Clean Energy Investments Risk.  Clean energy-related investments are subject to many of the same operating risks that apply to traditional energy companies, as described above.  Such companies can also be negatively affected by lower energy output resulting from variable inputs, mechanical breakdowns, faulty technology, competitive electricity markets or changing laws that mandate the use of renewable energy sources by electric utilities.  In addition, companies that engage in energy efficiency projects may be unable to protect their intellectual property or face declines in the demand for their services due to changing governmental policies or budgets, among other things.

Construction delays may adversely affect companies that generate power from clean sources.  The ability of these projects to generate revenues will often depend upon their successful completion of the construction and operation of generating assets.  Capital equipment for renewable energy projects needs to be manufactured, shipped to project sites, installed and tested on a timely basis.  In addition, on-site roads, substations, interconnection facilities and other infrastructure all need to be either built or purchased and installed by the operating companies of these projects.  Construction phases may not be completed or may be substantially delayed, as a result of inclement weather, labor disruptions, technical complications or other reasons, and material cost over-runs may be incurred, which may result in such projects being unable to earn positive income, which could negatively impact the value of our clean energy-related private equity investments.

The market for electricity generation projects is influenced by U.S. federal, state and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, as well as policies promulgated by electric utilities. Customer purchases of, or further investment in the research and development of, clean energy technologies could be deterred by these regulations and policies, which could result in a significant reduction in the potential demand for clean energy project development and investments. For example, without certain major incentive programs and or the regulatory mandated exception for clean energy systems, utility customers are often charged interconnection or standby fees for putting distributed power generation on the electric utility network. These fees could increase the cost to customers of using clean energy and it less desirable.

The reduction or elimination of government economic incentives could impede growth of the clean energy market.  Because a significant portion of the revenues to the clean energy-related private equity investments we expect to make are expected to involve the market for the U.S. electricity grid, the reduction or elimination of government and economic incentives may adversely affect the growth of this market or result in increased price competition.

Valuation Risk .  Market prices generally will not be available for MLP convertible subordinated units, or securities of private companies, and the value of such investments ordinarily will be determined based on fair valuations determined by the Adviser pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board of Directors. Similarly, common units acquired through direct placements will be valued based on fair value determinations because of their restricted nature; however, the Adviser expects that such values will be based on a discount from publicly available market prices. Restrictions on resale or the absence of a liquid secondary market may adversely affect our ability to determine our NAV. The sale price of securities that are not readily marketable may be lower or higher than our most recent determination of their fair value. Additionally, the value of these securities typically requires more reliance on the judgment of the Adviser than that required for securities for which there is an active trading market. Due to the difficulty in valuing these securities and the absence of an active trading market for these investments, we may not be able to realize these securities’ true value, or may have to delay their sale in order to do so. This may affect adversely our ability to make required interest payments on the debt securities and distributions on the preferred stock, to redeem such securities, or to meet asset coverage requirements.

Nondiversification Risk .  We are a nondiversified, closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act and are not treated as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, there are no regulatory limits under the 1940 Act or the Internal Revenue Code on the number or size of securities that we hold and we may invest more assets in fewer issuers as compared to a diversified fund.

Tax Risk .  Because we are treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, our financial statements reflect deferred tax assets or liabilities according to generally accepted accounting principles. Deferred tax assets may constitute a relatively high percentage of NAV. Realization of deferred tax assets including net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards, are dependent, in part, on generating sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character.  Currently capital loss carryforwards have a five year carryover period, whereas net operating loss carryforwards  incurred for tax years beginning after 2017 have an indefinite carryover period . In addition, a substantial change in our ownership may limit our ability to utilize our loss carryforwards. Unexpected significant decreases in MLP cash distributions or significant declines in the fair value of our MLP investments, among other factors, may change our assessment regarding the recoverability of deferred tax assets and would likely result in a valuation allowance, or recording of a larger allowance. If a valuation allowance is required to reduce the deferred tax asset in the future, it could have a material impact on our NAV and results of operations in the period it is recorded. Conversely, in periods of generally increasing MLP prices, we will accrue a deferred tax liability to the extent the fair value of our assets exceeds our tax basis. We may incur significant tax liability during periods in which gains on MLP investments are realized.

Interest Rate Risk .  Generally, when market interest rates rise, the values of debt securities decline, and vice versa. Our investment in such securities means that the NAV and market price of our common stock will tend to decline if market interest rates rise. During periods of declining interest rates, the issuer of a security may exercise its option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing us to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk. Lower grade securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to repurchase the security prior to its stated maturity. An issuer may redeem a lower grade obligation if the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer.

Below Investment Grade Securities Risk .  Investing in below investment grade debt instruments (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”) involves additional risks than investment grade securities. Adverse changes in economic conditions are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of a below investment grade issuer to make principal payments and interest payments than an investment grade issuer. An economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of highly leveraged issuers to service their obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity. Similarly, downturns in profitability in the energy infrastructure industry could adversely affect the ability of below investment grade issuers in that industry to meet their obligations. The market values of lower quality securities tend to reflect individual developments of the issuer to a greater extent than do higher quality securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates.

The secondary market for below investment grade securities may not be as liquid as the secondary market for more highly rated securities. There are fewer dealers in the market for below investment grade securities than investment grade obligations. The prices quoted by different dealers may vary significantly, and the spread between the bid and asked price is generally much larger than for higher quality instruments. Under adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for below investment grade securities could contract further, independent of any specific adverse change in the condition of a particular issuer, and these instruments may become illiquid. As a result, it may be more difficult to sell these securities or we may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if such securities were widely traded. This may affect adversely our ability to make required distribution or interest payments on our outstanding senior securities. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower-rated or unrated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices used in calculating our NAV.

Because investors generally perceive that there are greater risks associated with lower quality securities of the type in which we may invest a portion of our assets, the yields and prices of such securities may tend to fluctuate more than those for higher rated securities. In the lower quality segments of the debt securities market, changes in perceptions of issuers’ creditworthiness tend to occur more frequently and in a more pronounced manner than do changes in higher quality segments of the debt securities market, resulting in greater yield and price volatility.

Factors having an adverse impact on the market value of below investment grade securities may have an adverse effect on our NAV and the market value of our common stock. In addition, we may incur additional expenses to the extent we are required to seek recovery upon a default in payment of principal or interest on our portfolio holdings. In certain circumstances, we may be required to foreclose on an issuer’s assets and take possession of its property or operations. In such circumstances, we would incur additional costs in disposing of such assets and potential liabilities from operating any business acquired.

Counterparty Risk .  We may be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to certain derivative agreements entered into by us. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, we may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. We may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.

Effects of Terrorism .  Energy infrastructure companies, and the market for their securities, are subject to disruption as a result of terrorist activities, such as the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001; war, such as the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq and their aftermaths; and other geopolitical events, including upheaval in the Middle East or other energy producing regions. Cyber hacking could also cause significant disruption and harm to energy infrastructure companies. The U.S. government has issued warnings that energy assets might be specific targets of terrorist activity. Such events have led, and in the future may lead, to short-term market volatility and may have long-term effects on companies in the energy infrastructure industry and markets. Such events may also adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Anti-Takeover Provisions .  Our Charter and Bylaws include provisions that could delay, defer or prevent other entities or persons from acquiring control of us, causing us to engage in certain transactions or modifying our structure. These provisions may be regarded as “anti-takeover” provisions. Such provisions could limit the ability of common stockholders to sell their shares at a premium over the then-current market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of us. See “Certain Provisions in the Company’s Charter and Bylaws.”

Management Risk .  Our Adviser was formed in 2002 to provide portfolio management to institutional and high-net worth investors seeking professional management of their MLP investments. Our Adviser has been managing our portfolio since we began operations. As of February 28, 2019, our Adviser had client assets under management of approximately $16.3 billion. To the extent that the Adviser’s assets under management continue to grow, the Adviser may have to hire additional personnel and, to the extent it is unable to hire qualified individuals, its operations may be adversely affected.

Subsidiary Risks .  By investing in any Subsidiary, we will be indirectly exposed to the risks associated with such Subsidiary’s investments.  The instruments that will be held by any Subsidiary will generally be similar to those that are permitted to be held by the Company and will be subject to the same risks that apply to similar investments if held directly by the Company.  The Subsidiaries will not be registered under the 1940 Act, and, unless otherwise noted in the prospectus, will not be subject to all of the protections of the 1940 Act.  However, we will wholly own and control any Subsidiary, and we and any Subsidiary will each be managed by our Adviser and will share the same portfolio management team.  Our Board of Directors will have oversight responsibility for the investment activities of the Company, including its investment in the Subsidiaries, and our role as sole shareholder of any Subsidiary.  Changes in the laws of the United States and/or any jurisdiction in which a Subsidiary if formed could result in our inability or the inability of the Subsidiaries to operate as described in this prospectus and our statement of additional information and could adversely affect the Company.

Additional Risks to Common Stockholders

Leverage Risk .  Our use of leverage through the issuance of Tortoise Preferred Shares and Tortoise Notes along with the issuance of any additional preferred stock or debt securities, and any additional borrowings or other transactions involving indebtedness (other than for temporary or emergency purposes) are or would be considered “senior securities” for purposes of the 1940 Act and create risks. Leverage is a speculative technique that may adversely affect common stockholders. If the return on securities acquired with borrowed funds or other leverage proceeds does not exceed the cost of the leverage, the use of leverage could cause us to lose money. Successful use of leverage depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict or hedge correctly interest rates and market movements, and there is no assurance that the use of a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is used. Because the fee paid to the Adviser will be calculated on the basis of Managed Assets, the fees will increase when leverage is utilized, giving the Adviser an incentive to utilize leverage.

Our issuance of senior securities involves offering expenses and other costs, including interest payments, which are borne indirectly by our common stockholders. Fluctuations in interest rates could increase interest or distribution payments on our senior securities, and could reduce cash available for distributions on common stock. Increased operating costs, including the financing cost associated with any leverage, may reduce our total return to common stockholders.

The 1940 Act and/or the rating agency guidelines applicable to senior securities impose asset coverage requirements, distribution limitations, voting right requirements (in the case of the senior equity securities), and restrictions on our portfolio composition and our use of certain investment techniques and strategies. The terms of any senior securities or other borrowings may impose additional requirements, restrictions and limitations that are more stringent than those currently required by the 1940 Act, and the guidelines of the rating agencies that rate outstanding senior securities. These requirements may have an adverse effect on us and may affect our ability to pay distributions on common stock and preferred stock. To the extent necessary, we intend to redeem our senior securities to maintain the required asset coverage. Doing so may require that we liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would not otherwise be desirable to do so. Nevertheless, it is not anticipated that the 1940 Act requirements, the terms of any senior securities or the rating agency guidelines will impede the Adviser in managing our portfolio in accordance with our investment objective and policies. See “Leverage — Use of Leverage.”

Market Impact Risk .  The sale of our common stock (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices in the secondary market for our common stock. An increase in the number of common shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for our common stock.

Dilution Risk .  The voting power of current stockholders will be diluted to the extent that current stockholders do not purchase shares in any future common stock offerings or do not purchase sufficient shares to maintain their percentage interest.

If we are unable to invest the proceeds of such offering as intended, our per share distribution may decrease and we may not participate in market advances to the same extent as if such proceeds were fully invested as planned.

Market Discount Risk .  Our common stock has traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to NAV. We cannot predict whether our shares will trade in the future at a premium or discount to NAV. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from NAV, but in some cases have traded above NAV. Continued development of alternatives as a vehicle for investment in MLP securities may contribute to reducing or eliminating any premium or may result in our shares trading at a discount. The risk of the shares of common stock trading at a discount is a risk separate from the risk of a decline in our NAV as a result of investment activities. Our NAV will be reduced immediately following an offering of our common or preferred stock, due to the offering costs for such stock, which are borne entirely by us. Although we also bear the offering costs of debt securities, such costs are amortized over time and therefore do not impact our NAV immediately following an offering.

Whether stockholders will realize a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes upon the sale of our common stock depends upon whether the market value of the common shares at the time of sale is above or below the stockholder’s basis in such shares, taking into account transaction costs, and is not directly dependent upon our NAV. Because the market value of our common stock will be determined by factors such as the relative demand for and supply of the shares in the market, general market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, below or above NAV, or at, below or above the public offering price for common stock.

Additional Risks to Senior Security Holders

Generally, an investment in preferred stock or debt securities (collectively, “senior securities”) is subject to the following risks:

Interest Rate Risk .  Distributions and interest payable on our senior securities are subject to interest rate risk. To the extent that distributions or interest on such securities are based on short-term rates, our leverage costs may rise so that the amount of distributions or interest due to holders of senior securities would exceed the cash flow generated by our portfolio securities. To the extent that our leverage costs are fixed, our leverage costs may increase when our senior securities mature. This might require that we sell portfolio securities at a time when we would otherwise not do so, which may adversely affect our future ability to generate cash flow. In addition, rising market interest rates could negatively impact the value of our investment portfolio, reducing the amount of assets serving as asset coverage for senior securities.

Senior Leverage Risk .  Preferred stock will be junior in liquidation and with respect to distribution rights to debt securities and any other borrowings. Senior securities representing indebtedness may constitute a substantial lien and burden on preferred stock by reason of their prior claim against our income and against our net assets in liquidation. We may not be permitted to declare distributions or other distributions with respect to any series of preferred stock unless at such time we meet applicable asset coverage requirements and the payment of principal or interest is not in default with respect to the Tortoise Notes or any other borrowings.

Our debt securities, upon issuance, are expected to be unsecured obligations and, upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, will rank: (1) senior to all of our outstanding common stock and any outstanding preferred stock; (2) on a parity with any of our unsecured creditors and any unsecured senior securities representing our indebtedness; and (3) junior to any of our secured creditors. Secured creditors of ours may include, without limitation, parties entering into interest rate swap, floor or cap transactions, or other similar transactions with us that create liens, pledges, charges, security interests, security agreements or other encumbrances on our assets.

Ratings and Asset Coverage Risk .  To the extent that senior securities are rated, a rating does not eliminate or necessarily mitigate the risks of investing in our senior securities, and a rating may not fully or accurately reflect all of the credit and market risks associated with a security. A rating agency could downgrade the rating of our shares of preferred stock or debt securities, which may make such securities less liquid in the secondary market, though probably with higher resulting interest rates. If a rating agency downgrades, or indicates a potential downgrade to, the rating assigned to a senior security, we may alter our portfolio or redeem some senior securities. We may voluntarily redeem a senior security under certain circumstances to the extent permitted by its governing documents.

Inflation Risk .  Inflation is the reduction in the purchasing power of money resulting from an increase in the price of goods and services. Inflation risk is the risk that the inflation adjusted or “real” value of an investment in preferred stock or debt securities or the income from that investment will be worth less in the future. As inflation occurs, the real value of the preferred stock or debt securities and the distributions or interest payable to holders of preferred stock or interest payable to holders of debt securities declines.

Decline in Net Asset Value Risk .  A material decline in our NAV may impair our ability to maintain required levels of asset coverage for our preferred stock or debt securities.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Directors and Officers

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. Accordingly, our Board of Directors provides broad supervision over our affairs, including supervision of the duties performed by the Adviser. Our officers are responsible for our day-to-day operations. The names and business addresses of our directors and officers, together with their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years, are set forth in the statement of additional information. Each director and officer will hold office until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he resigns or is removed in the manner provided by law.  Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each director and officer is 11550 Ash Street, Suite 300, Leawood, Kansas 66211.  The Board of Directors consists of a majority of directors who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser or its affiliates.

Investment Adviser

Pursuant to an advisory agreement, the Adviser provides us with investment research and advice and furnishes us with an investment program consistent with our investment objective and policies, subject to the supervision of the Board. The Adviser determines which portfolio securities will be purchased or sold, arranges for the placing of orders for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities, selects brokers or dealers to place those orders, maintains books and records with respect to our securities transactions and reports to the Board on our investments and performance.

The Adviser is located at 11550 Ash Street, Suite 300, Leawood, Kansas 66211. The Adviser specializes in energy investing across the energy value chain, including infrastructure and MLPs. The Adviser was formed in October 2002 to provide portfolio management services to institutional and high-net worth investors seeking professional management of their MLP investments. As of February 28, 2019, the Adviser had approximately $16.3 billion of client assets under management. The Adviser’s investment committee for the Company is comprised of six individuals.

The Adviser also serves as investment adviser to Tortoise Power and Energy Infrastructure Fund, Inc. (“TPZ”), Tortoise Midstream Energy Fund, Inc. (“NTG”), Tortoise Pipeline & Energy Fund, Inc. (“TTP”) and Tortoise Energy Independence Fund, Inc. (“NDP”), which are nondiversified, closed-end investment management companies, open-end funds, private funds and separately managed accounts that invest in MLPs. TPZ, which commenced operations on July 31, 2009, invests in a portfolio consisting primarily of securities issued by power and energy infrastructure companies.  NTG, which commenced operations on July 30, 2010, invests primarily in energy infrastructure MLPs and their affiliates, with an emphasis on natural gas infrastructure MLPs.  TTP, which commenced operations on October 31, 2011, invests primarily in pipeline companies that engage in the business of transporting natural gas, natural gas liquids, crude oil and refined products and to a lesser extent, on other energy infrastructure companies.  NDP, which commenced operations on July 31, 2012, invests primarily in equity securities of companies that provide access to North American oil and gas production growth.  To the extent certain MLP securities or other energy infrastructure company securities meet our investment objective and the objectives of other investment companies or accounts managed by the Adviser, we may compete with such companies or accounts for the same investment opportunities.

Our Adviser is indirectly controlled by Lovell Minnick Partners LLC (“Lovell Minnick”) and is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Tortoise Investments, LLC (“Tortoise Investments”).  Tortoise Investments holds multiple wholly owned essential asset and income-oriented SEC registered investment advisers. An entity formed by Lovell Minnick owned by certain private funds sponsored by Lovell Minnick and a group of institutional co-investors owns a controlling interest in Tortoise Investments. Certain employees in the Tortoise Investments complex, including all of our Managing Directors, also own interests in Tortoise Investments.

As of February 28, 2019, our Adviser had 98 employees.

Primary responsibility for the day-to-day management of our investment portfolio is the joint responsibility of a team of portfolio managers consisting of Brian A. Kessens, James R. Mick, Matthew G.P. Sallee, Robert J. Thummel, Jr., Stephen Pang, Brett Jergens and Nicholas S. Holmes.  The investment committee of the Adviser, comprised of certain of these portfolio managers and other employees of the Adviser, provides investment strategy oversight to the portfolio management team who implements the strategy.  While responsibility for monitoring, review, and analysis of individual securities is spread among various individual members of the portfolio management team, all portfolio management decisions and reviews are based on a team approach.  Biographical information about each portfolio manager named above is set forth below.

Brian A. Kessens .  Mr. Kessens joined the Adviser in 2008. He has been a senior portfolio manager of the Adviser since February 2019, a Managing Director of the Adviser since January 2015, and a member of the Investment Committee of our Adviser since June 30, 2015. He was a portfolio manager of the Adviser from July 2013 to January 2019. He was a senior investment analyst of the Adviser from June 2012 to July 2013, and an investment analyst from 2008 to June 2012.  Previously, from 2004 to 2008, he was a vice president in Citigroup’s global energy investment banking practice. Prior to Citigroup, he served from 1997 to 2002 as a field artillery officer in the United States Army. Mr. Kessens earned a Master of Business Administration from Columbia Business School in New York and a Bachelor of Science in economics from the United States Military Academy at West Point. He earned his CFA designation in 2006.

James R. Mick .  Mr. Mick joined the Adviser in 2006. He has been a senior portfolio manager of the Adviser since February 2019, a Managing Director of the Adviser since January 2014, and a member of the Investment Committee of our Adviser since June 30, 2015.  He was a portfolio manager of the Adviser from July 2013 to January 2019. He was a senior investment analyst of the Adviser from June 2012 to July 2013, an investment analyst from 2011 to June 2012, and a research analyst from 2006 to 2011.  Previously, he was a senior finance specialist at General Electric Insurance Solutions (now Swiss Re) from 2003 to 2006 and a senior auditor at Ernst & Young from 2000 to 2003. Mr. Mick earned Bachelor of Science degrees in business administration and accounting and a Master of Accounting and Information Systems degree from the University of Kansas. He earned his CFA designation in 2010.

Matthew G.P. Sallee .  Mr. Sallee joined the Adviser in 2005.  He has been a senior portfolio manager of the Adviser since February 2019, a Managing Director of the Adviser since January 2014, and a member of the Investment Committee of our Adviser since June 30, 2015.  He was a portfolio manager of the Adviser from July 2013 to January 2019. He was a senior investment analyst of the Adviser from June 2012 to July 2013, an investment analyst from 2009 to June 2012, and a research analyst from 2005 to 2009.  Previously, he served for five years (from 2000 to 2005) as a senior financial analyst with Aquila, Inc., where he was responsible for analysis of capital allocation at the firm’s communications infrastructure subsidiary, Everest Connections. Mr. Sallee graduated magna cum laude from the University of Missouri with a degree in business administration.  He earned his CFA designation in 2009.

Robert J. Thummel, Jr.   Mr. Thummel joined the Adviser in 2004.  He has been a senior portfolio manager of the Adviser since February 2019, a Managing Director of the Adviser since January 2014, and a member of the Investment Committee of our Adviser since June 30, 2015.  He was a portfolio manager of the Adviser from July 2013 to January 2019. He was a senior investment analyst of the Adviser from June 2012 to July 2013, and an investment analyst from 2004 to June 2012.  Mr. Thummel was previously the president of TYN from 2008 until the fund was merged into the Company in June 2014.  Previously, he was director of finance at KLT Inc., a subsidiary of Great Plains Energy, from 1998 to 2004 and a senior auditor at Ernst & Young from 1995 to 1998. Mr. Thummel earned a Bachelor of Science in accounting from Kansas State University and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Kansas.

Stephen Pang   Mr. Pang joined the Adviser in 2015.  He has been a portfolio manager of the Adviser since January 2018.  He was an investment analyst of the Adviser from January 2015 to January 2018 and a Managing Director of the Adviser since January 2019.  Previously, he was a director in Credit Suisse’s Equity Capital Markets Group. Prior to joining Credit Suisse in 2012, he spent eight years in Citigroup’s Investment Banking Division where he focused on equity underwriting and corporate finance in the energy sector. Mr. Pang earned a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the University of Richmond.  He earned his CFA designation in 2016.

Brett Jergens   Mr. Jergens joined the Adviser in 2007.  He has been a portfolio manager of the Adviser since January 2018.  He was an investment analyst of the Adviser from December 2010 to January 2018, and a research analyst from June 2007 to December 2010.  Previously, he was a vice president at Enterprise Bank & Trust from 2006 to 2007, a financial planner and head of investments at Searcy Financial Services from 2004 to 2006 and a tax accountant at KPMG LLP from 2002 to 2004. Mr. Jergens earned Bachelor of Science degrees in finance and accounting from Kansas State University.  He earned his CFA designation in 2011.

Nicholas S. Holmes .  Mr. Holmes joined the Adviser in 2010. He has been a portfolio manager of the Adviser since January 2019.  He was an investment analyst of the Adviser from January 2015 to December 2018. He was a research analyst from January 2012 to December 2014 and an assist research analyst from January 2010 to December 2011. Mr. Holmes earned a Bachelor of Arts in political science from Yale University and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Kansas. He earned his CFA designation in 2013.

The statement of additional information provides additional information about the compensation structure of, the other accounts managed by, and the ownership of our securities by the portfolio managers listed above.

Compensation and Expenses

Under the advisory agreement, we pay the Adviser quarterly, as compensation for the services rendered by it, a fee equal on an annual basis to 0.95% of our average monthly Managed Assets up to $2,500,000,000, 0.90% of our average monthly Managed Assets between $2,500,000,000 and $3,500,000,000, and 0.85% of our average monthly Managed Assets above $3,500,000,000. Managed Assets means our total assets (including any assets attributable to leverage that may be outstanding but excluding any net deferred tax assets) minus accrued liabilities other than (1) deferred tax liability, (2) debt entered into for the purpose of leverage and (3) the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. Our Adviser does not charge an advisory fee based on net deferred tax assets. Because the fee paid to the Adviser is determined on the basis of our Managed Assets, the Adviser’s interest in determining whether we should incur additional leverage will conflict with our interests. Because deferred taxes are not taken into account in calculating Managed Assets, the Adviser may have an incentive to defer taxes rather than incur taxes in the current period. When we have a high level of deferred tax liability at the time the Adviser’s fee is calculated, the Adviser’s fee is higher than it would be if we had a lower level of deferred tax liability. Our average monthly Managed Assets are determined for the purpose of calculating the management fee by taking the average of the monthly determinations of Managed Assets during a given calendar quarter. The fees are payable for each calendar quarter within five days after the end of that quarter.  The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive all fees due under the Advisory Agreement related to the net proceeds received from the issuance of additional common stock under the Company’s at-the-market equity program for a six month period following the date of issuance.

On December 21, 2017, the Company held a special stockholder meeting to consider a vote on a new investment advisory agreement between the Company and the Adviser. The Company’s stockholders voted to approve the new investment advisory agreement between the Company and the Adviser which became effective upon the closing of the change in ownership of the parent company of the Adviser on January 31, 2018. The new investment advisory agreement for the Company is substantially identical to its former investment advisory agreement, except for the effective dates and the termination dates, and simply continues the relationship between the Company and the Adviser. The advisory agreement has a term ending on December 31, 2019 and may be continued from year to year thereafter as provided in the 1940 Act.  The new advisory agreement was most recently approved by the Board of Directors in October 2017.  A discussion regarding the basis of the Board of Directors’ decision to approve the new advisory agreement is available in our Annual Report to stockholders for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2017.

We bear all expenses not specifically assumed by the Adviser incurred in our operations and will bear the expenses of all future offerings. Expenses we bear include, but are not limited to, the following: (1) expenses of maintaining and continuing our existence and related overhead, including, to the extent services are provided by personnel of the Adviser or its affiliates, office space and facilities and personnel compensation, training and benefits; (2) registration under the 1940 Act; (3) commissions, spreads, fees and other expenses connected with the acquisition, holding and disposition of securities and other investments, including placement and similar fees in connection with direct placements in which we participate; (4) auditing, accounting and legal expenses; (5) taxes and interest; (6) governmental fees; (7) expenses of listing our shares with a stock exchange, and expenses of the issue, sale, repurchase and redemption (if any) of our interests, including expenses of conducting tender offers for the purpose of repurchasing our interests; (8) expenses of registering and qualifying us and our shares under federal and state securities laws and of preparing and filing registration statements and amendments for such purposes; (9) expenses of communicating with stockholders, including website expenses and the expenses of preparing, printing and mailing press releases, reports and other notices to stockholders and of meetings of stockholders and proxy solicitations therefor; (10) expenses of reports to governmental officers and commissions; (11) insurance expenses; (12) association membership dues; (13) fees, expenses and disbursements of custodians and subcustodians for all services to us (including without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities and other investments, keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of NAV); (14) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents, dividend paying agents, stockholder servicing agents and registrars for all services to us; (15) compensation and expenses of our directors who are not members of the Adviser’s organization; (16) pricing and valuation services employed by us; (17) all expenses incurred in connection with leveraging of our assets through a line of credit, or issuing and maintaining notes or preferred stock; (18) all expenses incurred in connection with the offerings of our common and preferred stock and debt securities; and (19) such non-recurring items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection with litigation, proceedings and claims and our obligation to indemnify our directors, officers and stockholders with respect thereto.

CLOSED-END COMPANY STRUCTURE

We are a nondiversified closed-end management investment company and as such our stockholders will not have the right to cause us to redeem their shares. Instead, our common stock will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including distribution levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), NAV, call protection, distribution stability, portfolio credit quality, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors.

Shares of common stock of closed-end companies frequently trade at a discount to their NAV. This characteristic of shares of closed-end management investment companies is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that our NAV may decrease as a result of investment activities. To the extent that our common stock does trade at a discount, the Board of Directors may from time to time engage in open-market repurchases or tender offers for shares after balancing the benefit to stockholders of the increase in the NAV per share resulting from such purchases against the decrease in our assets and potential increase in the expense ratio of our expenses to assets and the decrease in asset coverage with respect to any outstanding senior securities. The Board of Directors believes that in addition to the beneficial effects described above, any such purchases or tender offers may result in the temporary narrowing of any discount but will not have any long-term effect on the level of any discount. There is no guarantee or assurance that the Board of Directors will decide to engage in any of these actions. There is also no guarantee or assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in the shares trading at a price equal or close to NAV per share. Any stock repurchases or tender offers will be made in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the 1940 Act and the principal stock exchange on which the common stock is traded.

Conversion to an open-end mutual fund is extremely unlikely in light of our investment objective and policies and would require stockholder approval of an amendment to our Charter. If we converted to an open-end mutual fund, we would be required to redeem all Tortoise Notes and Tortoise Preferred Shares then outstanding (requiring us, in turn, to liquidate a significant portion of our investment portfolio), and our common stock would no longer be listed on the NYSE or any other exchange. In contrast to a closed-end management investment company, shareholders of an open-end mutual fund may require a fund to redeem its shares of common stock at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by the 1940 Act or the rules thereunder) at their NAV. In addition, certain of our investment policies and restrictions are incompatible with the requirements applicable to an open-end investment company. Accordingly, conversion to an open-end investment company would require material changes to our investment policies.

CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

The following is a general summary of certain federal income tax considerations affecting us and our security holders. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to security holders in light of their particular circumstances or who are subject to special rules, such as banks, thrift institutions and certain other financial institutions, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, brokers and dealers in securities or currencies, certain securities traders, tax-exempt investors, individual retirement accounts, certain tax-deferred accounts, and foreign investors. Tax matters are very complicated, and the tax consequences of an investment in and holding of our securities will depend on the particular facts of each investor’s situation. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the application to their own circumstances of the general federal income taxation rules described below and with respect to other federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences to them before making an investment in our securities. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion assumes that investors are U.S. persons and hold our securities as capital assets. More detailed information regarding the federal income tax consequences of investing in our securities is in the statement of additional information.

Company Federal Income Taxation

We are treated as a corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. Thus, we are obligated to pay federal and state income tax on our taxable income. We invest our assets primarily in MLPs, which generally are treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. As a partner in the MLPs, we must report our allocable share of the MLP’s taxable income in computing our taxable income regardless of whether the MLPs make any distributions. Based upon our review of the historic results of the type of MLPs in which we invest, we expect that the cash flow received by us with respect to our MLP investments will exceed the taxable income allocated to us. There is no assurance that our expectation regarding the tax character of MLP distributions will be realized. If this expectation is not realized, there may be greater tax expense borne by us and less cash available to distribute to stockholders or to pay to creditors. In addition, we will take into account in determining our taxable income the amounts of gain or loss recognized on the sale of MLP interests. Currently, the federal income tax rate for a corporation is 21 percent. The extent to which we are required to pay corporate income tax could materially reduce our cash available to make distributions on the common shares.

We are not treated as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). The Internal Revenue Code generally provides that a regulated investment company does not pay an entity level income tax, provided that it distributes all of its income. Our assets do not, and are not expected to, meet current tests for qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes. Although the federal income tax laws permit regulated investment companies to invest up to 25% of their total assets in securities of certain MLPs, this would not allow us to pursue our objective. Therefore, the regulated investment company taxation rules have no application to us or to our stockholders.

Because we are treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, our financial statements reflect deferred tax assets or liabilities according to generally accepted accounting principles. This differs from many closed-end funds that are taxed as regulated investment companies under the Internal Revenue Code. Deferred income taxes reflect (i) taxes on unrealized gains/(losses), which are attributable to the temporary difference between fair market value and tax basis, (ii) the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and (iii) the net tax benefit of accumulated net operating losses and capital losses. To the extent we have a deferred tax asset, consideration is given as to whether or not a valuation allowance is required. We periodically assess the need to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based on the criterion established by the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS” No. 109) that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Our assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative losses, forecasts of future profitability (which are highly dependent on future MLP cash distributions), the duration of statutory carryforward periods and the associated risk that  capital loss carryforwards may expire unused. In addition, a substantial change in our ownership may limit our ability to utilize our loss carryforwards. We periodically review the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on the weight of available evidence. Accordingly, realization of a deferred tax asset is dependent on whether there will be sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character within the carryforward periods to realize a portion or all of the deferred tax benefit. We will accrue deferred federal income tax liability associated with that portion of MLP distributions considered to be a tax-deferred return of capital, as well as capital appreciation of our investments. Upon the sale of an MLP security, we may be liable for previously deferred taxes, if any. We will rely to some extent on information provided by the MLPs, which is not necessarily timely, to estimate deferred tax liability for purposes of financial statement reporting and determining our NAV. From time to time we will modify our estimates or assumptions regarding our deferred tax liability as new information becomes available.

Federal Income Taxation of Common and Preferred Stock

Federal Income Tax Treatment of Holders of Common Stock .  Unlike a holder of a direct interest in MLPs, a stockholder will not include its allocable share of our income, gains, losses or deductions in computing its own taxable income. Instead, since we are of the opinion that, under present law, the common stock will constitute equity, distributions with respect to such shares (other than distributions in redemption of shares subject to Section 302(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes. Generally, a corporation’s earnings and profits are computed based upon taxable income, with certain specified adjustments. As explained above, based upon the historic performance of the MLPs, we anticipate that the distributed cash from the MLPs will exceed our share of the MLPs’ income and our gain on the sale of MLP interests. Our current earnings and profits may be increased if our portfolio turnover is increased, which may occur to utilize our capital loss carryforwards.  Thus, a reduction in the return of capital portion of the distributions we receive from the MLPs or an increase in our portfolio turnover may increase our current earnings and profits and increase the portion of our distributions treated as dividends as opposed to a tax deferred return of capital.  In addition, earnings and profits are treated generally, for federal income tax purposes, as first being used to pay distributions on preferred stock, and then to the extent remaining, if any, to pay distributions on the common stock. Thus, we anticipate a portion of the distribution of DCF will be treated as dividend income and the remainder as tax deferred return of capital. To the extent that distributions to a stockholder exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the stockholder’s basis in shares of stock with respect to which the distribution is made will be reduced, which may increase the amount of gain realized upon the sale of such shares. If a stockholder has no further basis in its shares, the stockholder will report any excess distributions as capital gain if the stockholder holds such shares as a capital asset.

Dividends of current or accumulated earnings and profits generally will be taxable as ordinary income to holders but are expected to be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is generally subject to reduced rates of federal income taxation for noncorporate investors and are also expected to be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporate stockholders under Section 243 of the Internal Revenue Code. Under federal income tax law, qualified dividend income received by individual and other noncorporate stockholders is taxed at long-term capital gain rates, which is variable based on the stockholder’s taxable income (as of the date of this prospectus, a maximum rate of 20%). Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends from domestic corporations and dividends from non-U.S. corporations that meet certain criteria. To be treated as qualified dividend income, the stockholder must hold the shares paying otherwise qualifying dividend income more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date (or more than 90 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before the ex-dividend date in the case of certain preferred stock dividends attributable to periods exceeding 366 days). A stockholder’s holding period may be reduced for purposes of this rule if the stockholder engages in certain risk reduction transactions with respect to the common or preferred stock.

Corporate holders should be aware that certain limitations apply to the availability of the dividends received deduction, including limitations on the aggregate amount of the deduction that may be claimed and limitations based on the holding period of the shares of common or preferred stock on which the dividend is paid, which holding period may be reduced if the holder engages in risk reduction transactions with respect to its shares. Corporate holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these limitations to their particular situation.

If a common stockholder participates in our Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan, such stockholder will be treated as receiving the amount of the distributions made by the Company, which amount generally will be either equal to the amount of the cash distribution the stockholder would have received if the stockholder had elected to receive cash or, for shares issued by the Company, the fair market value of the shares issued to the stockholder.

Federal Income Tax Treatment of Holders of Preferred Stock .  Under present law, we are of the opinion that preferred stock will constitute equity, and thus distributions with respect to preferred stock (other than distributions in redemption of preferred stock subject to Section 302(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes. Such dividends generally will be taxable as ordinary income to holders but are expected to be treated as qualified dividend income that is generally subject to reduced rates of federal income taxation for noncorporate investors and are also expected to be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporate stockholders under Section 243 of the Internal Revenue Code. Please see the discussion above on qualified dividend income and the dividends received deductions.

Earnings and profits are generally treated, for federal income tax purposes, as first being used to pay distributions on the preferred stock, and then to the extent remaining, if any, to pay distributions on the common stock. Distributions in excess of the Company’s earnings and profits, if any, will first reduce a stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her preferred stock and, after the adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to a stockholder who holds such shares as a capital asset.

Sale of Shares .  The sale of shares of common or preferred stock by holders will generally be a taxable transaction for federal income tax purposes. Holders of shares of stock who sell such shares will generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the net proceeds of the sale and their adjusted tax basis in the shares sold. If the shares are held as a capital asset at the time of the sale, the gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss. Similarly, a redemption by us (including a redemption resulting from our liquidation), if any, of all the shares actually and constructively held by a stockholder generally will give rise to capital gain or loss under Section 302(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, provided that the redemption proceeds do not represent declared but unpaid dividends. Other redemptions may also give rise to capital gain or loss, but certain conditions imposed by Section 302(b) of the Internal Revenue Code must be satisfied to achieve such treatment.

Capital gain or loss will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for more than one year and will be short-term capital gain or loss if the disposed shares were held for one year or less. Net long-term capital gain recognized by a noncorporate U.S. holder generally will be subject to federal income tax at a variable rate based on the stockholder’s taxable income (as of the date of this prospectus, a maximum rate of 20%) than net short-term capital gain or ordinary income (as of the date of this prospectus a maximum rate of 37%  For corporate holders, capital gain is generally taxed at the same rate as ordinary income, that is, currently at 21%. A holder’s ability to deduct capital losses may be limited.

Losses on sales or other dispositions of shares may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules in the event of other investments in the Company (including those made pursuant to reinvestment of dividends) or other substantially identical stock or securities are purchased within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after a sale or other disposition of shares. In such a case, the disallowed portion of any loss generally would be included in the federal income tax basis of the shares acquired. Stockholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their individual circumstances to determine whether any particular transaction in the Company’s shares is properly treated as a sale for federal income tax purposes and the tax treatment of any gains or losses recognized in such transactions.

Investment by Tax-Exempt Investors and Regulated Investment Companies .  Employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations and regulated investment companies may want to invest in our securities. Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). Because we are a corporation for federal income tax purposes, an owner of shares of common or preferred stock will not report on its federal income tax return any of our items of income, gain, loss and deduction. Therefore, a tax-exempt investor generally will not have UBTI attributable to its ownership or sale of our common or preferred stock unless its ownership of the stock is debt-financed. In general, stock would be debt-financed if the tax-exempt owner of stock incurs debt to acquire the stock or otherwise incurs or maintains debt that would not have been incurred or maintained if the stock had not been acquired.

For federal income tax purposes, a regulated investment company or “mutual fund,” may not have more than 25% of the value of its total assets, at the close of any quarter, invested in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships, which will include most MLPs. Shares of our common stock are not securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership and will not be treated as such for purposes of calculating the limitation imposed upon regulated investment companies.

Backup Withholding .  We may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of all distributions (including redemption proceeds) payable to stockholders who fail to provide us with their correct taxpayer identification number, who fail to make required certifications or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) that they are subject to backup withholding (or if we have been so notified). Certain corporate and other stockholders specified in the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Other Taxation .  Foreign stockholders, including stockholders who are nonresident alien individuals, may be subject to U.S. withholding tax on certain distributions at a rate of 30% or such lower rates as may be prescribed by any applicable treaty. Our distributions also may be subject to state and local taxes.

Federal Income Taxation of Debt Securities

Federal Income Tax Treatment of Holders of Debt Securities .  Under present law, we are of the opinion that the debt securities will constitute indebtedness of the Company for federal income tax purposes, which the discussion below assumes. We intend to treat all payments made with respect to the debt securities consistent with this characterization.

Taxation of Interest .  Payments or accruals of interest on debt securities generally will be taxable to you as ordinary interest income at the time such interest is received (actually or constructively) or accrued, in accordance with your regular method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.

Purchase, Sale and Redemption of Debt Securities .  Initially, your tax basis in debt securities acquired generally will be equal to your cost to acquire such debt securities. This basis will increase by the amounts, if any, that you include in income under the rules governing market discount, and will decrease by the amount of any amortized premium on such debt securities, as discussed below. When you sell or exchange any of your debt securities, or if any of your debt securities are redeemed, you generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount you realize on the transaction (less any accrued and unpaid interest, which will be subject to federal income tax as interest in the manner described above) and your tax basis in the debt securities relinquished.

Except as discussed below with respect to market discount, the gain or loss that you recognize on the sale, exchange or redemption of any of your debt securities generally will be capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the disposed debt securities were held for more than one year and will be short-term capital gain or loss if the disposed debt securities were held for one year or less. Net long-term capital gain recognized by a noncorporate U.S. holder generally will be subject to federal income tax at a lower rate (as of the date of this prospectus a maximum rate of 20%) than net short-term capital gain or ordinary income (as of the date of this prospectus a maximum rate of 37%). For corporate holders, capital gain is generally taxed for federal income tax purposes at the same rate as ordinary income, that is, as of the date of this prospectus at 21%. A holder’s ability to deduct capital losses may be limited.

Amortizable Premium .  If you purchase debt securities at a cost greater than their stated principal amount, plus accrued interest, you will be considered to have purchased the debt securities at a premium, and you generally may elect to amortize this premium as an offset to interest income, using a constant yield method, over the remaining term of the debt securities. If you make the election to amortize the premium, it generally will apply to all debt instruments that you hold at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies, as well as any debt instruments that you subsequently acquire. In addition, you may not revoke the election without the consent of the IRS. If you elect to amortize the premium, you will be required to reduce your tax basis in the debt securities by the amount of the premium amortized during your holding period. If you do not elect to amortize premium, the amount of premium will be included in your tax basis in the debt securities. Therefore, if you do not elect to amortize the premium and you hold the debt securities to maturity, you generally will be required to treat the premium as a capital loss when the debt securities are redeemed.

Market Discount .  If you purchase debt securities at a price that reflects a “market discount,” any principal payments on or any gain that you realize on the disposition of the debt securities generally will be treated as ordinary interest income to the extent of the market discount that accrued on the debt securities during the time you held such debt securities. “Market discount” is defined under the Internal Revenue Code as, in general, the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity over the purchase price of the debt security, except that if the market discount is less than 0.25% of the stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity, the market discount is considered to be zero. In addition, you may be required to defer the deduction of all or a portion of any interest paid on any indebtedness that you incurred or continued to purchase or carry the debt securities that were acquired at a market discount. In general, market discount will be treated as accruing ratably over the term of the debt securities, or, at your election, under a constant yield method.

You may elect to include market discount in gross income currently as it accrues (on either a ratable or constant yield basis), in lieu of treating a portion of any gain realized on a sale of the debt securities as ordinary income. If you elect to include market discount on a current basis, the interest deduction deferral rule described above will not apply and you will increase your basis in the debt security by the amount of market discount you include in gross income. If you do make such an election, it will apply to all market discount debt instruments that you acquire on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies. This election may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding .  In general, information reporting requirements will apply to payments of principal, interest, and premium, if any, paid on debt securities and to the proceeds of the sale of debt securities paid to U.S. holders other than certain exempt recipients. Information reporting generally will apply to payments of interest on the debt securities to non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such payments.  Copies of the information returns reporting such interest payments and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. In addition, for non-U.S. Holders, information reporting will apply to the proceeds of the sale of debt securities within the United States or conducted through United States-related financial intermediaries unless the certification requirements described below have been complied with and the statement described below in “Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders” has been received (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person) or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

We may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of all payments (including redemption proceeds) payable to holders of debt securities who fail to provide us with their correct taxpayer identification number, who fail to make required certifications or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding (or if we have been so notified). Certain corporate and other shareholders specified in the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS. If you are a non-U.S. Holder, you may have to comply with certification procedures to establish your non-U.S. status in order to avoid backup withholding tax requirements. The certification procedures required to claim the exemption from withholding tax on interest income described below will satisfy these requirements.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders .  If you are a non-resident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “non-U.S. Holder”), the payment of interest on the debt securities generally will be considered “portfolio interest” and thus generally will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. This exemption will apply to you provided that (1) interest paid on the debt securities is not effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, (2) you are not a bank whose receipt of interest on the debt securities is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (3) you do not actually or constructively own 10 percent or more of the combined voting power of all classes of the Company’s stock entitled to vote, (4) you are not a controlled foreign corporation that is related, directly or indirectly, to the Company through stock ownership, and (5) you satisfy the certification requirements described below.

To satisfy the certification requirements, either (1) the beneficial owner of any debt securities must certify, under penalties of perjury, that such  owner is a non-U.S. person and must provide such owner’s name, address and taxpayer identification number, if any, on an appropriate IRS Form W-8 (or an acceptable substitute or successor form), or (2) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customer securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business and holds the debt securities on behalf of the beneficial owner thereof must certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has received a valid and properly executed appropriate IRS Form W-8 (or an acceptable substitute or successor form) from the beneficial owner and comply with certain other requirements. Special certification rules apply for debt securities held by a foreign partnership and other intermediaries.

Interest on debt securities received by a non-U.S. Holder that is not excluded from U.S. federal withholding tax under the portfolio interest exemption as described above generally will be subject to withholding at a 30% rate, except where (1) the interest is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, in which case the interest will generally be subject to U.S. income tax on a net basis as applicable to U.S. holders generally or (2) a non-U.S. Holder can claim the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty to reduce or eliminate such withholding tax. To claim the benefit of an income tax treaty or to claim an exemption from withholding because the interest is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, a non-U.S. Holder must timely provide the appropriate, properly executed IRS forms. These forms may be required to be periodically updated. Also, a non-U.S. Holder who is claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty may be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and to provide certain documentary evidence issued by foreign governmental authorities to prove residence in the foreign country.

Any capital gain that a non-U.S. Holder realizes on a sale, exchange or other disposition of debt securities generally will be exempt from U.S. federal income tax, including withholding tax. This exemption will not apply to you if your gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. or you are an individual holder and are present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition.

Additional Considerations

Unearned Income Medicare Tax .   For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a 3.8 percent tax generally is imposed on some or all of the net investment income of certain individuals with modified adjusted gross income of over $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of joint filers or surviving spouses or $125,000 if married and filing separately) and on some or all of the undistributed net investment income of certain estates and trusts. With respect to individuals, the tax is imposed on the lesser of (i) the individual’s net investment income for such taxable year or (ii) the excess of the individual’s modified adjusted gross income for such taxable year over the applicable threshold amount (generally $200,000 but $250,000 if filing jointly or a surviving spouse and $125,000 if married and filing separately).  For these purposes, “net investment income” will generally include interest (including interest on our debt securities), dividends (including dividends paid with respect to our stock), annuities, royalties, rent, net gain attributable to the disposition of property not held in a trade or business (including net gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our stock and debt securities) and certain other income, but will be reduced by any deductions properly allocable to such income or net gain.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) Withholding . Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (“FATCA”) generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments of dividends, interest or gross proceeds from the disposition of stock or a debt instrument paid after December 31, 2012 to certain non-U.S. entities, including certain foreign financial institutions and investment funds, unless such non-U.S. entity complies with certain reporting requirements regarding its U.S. account holders and its U.S. owners. Pursuant to U.S. Treasury regulations and other Treasury guidance, these rules generally were not effective for payments of dividends and interest prior to July 1, 2014, and were not effective, in the case of payments of gross proceeds, until January 1, 2017, and, even after such effective dates, the new withholding obligations do not apply to payments on, or with respect to, debt obligations that are outstanding on July 1, 2014 unless such obligations are significantly modified (and thus are treated as being reissued for U.S. federal income tax purposes) after such date. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding FATCA and whether it may be relevant to their acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Notes.

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Company and its security holders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative and administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive.  Security holders (and prospective holders) are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, foreign, state, local income or other taxes.

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

We compute the NAV of our common stock as of the close of trading of the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) no less frequently than the last business day of each calendar month and at such other times as the Board may determine. When considering an offering of common stock, we calculate our NAV on a more frequent basis, generally daily, to the extent necessary to comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act. We currently make our NAV available for publication daily.  The NAV per share of common stock equals our NAV divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock. Our NAV equals the value of our total assets (the value of the securities held plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received and net deferred tax assets) less (i) all of our liabilities (including accrued expenses and both current and net deferred tax liabilities), (ii) accumulated and unpaid distributions on any outstanding preferred stock, (iii) the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock, (iv) accrued and unpaid interest payments on any outstanding indebtedness, (v) the aggregate principal amount of any outstanding indebtedness, and (vi) any distributions payable on our common stock.

Pursuant to an agreement with U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (the “Accounting Services Provider”), the Accounting Services Provider values our assets in accordance with valuation procedures adopted by the Board of Directors. The Accounting Services Provider obtains securities market quotations from independent pricing services approved by the Adviser and ratified by the Board of Directors. Securities for which market quotations are readily available shall be valued at “market value.” Any other securities shall be valued “pursuant to fair value methodologies approved by the Board.”

Valuation of certain assets at market value will be as follows:


for equity securities, the Accounting Services Provider will first use readily available market quotations and will obtain direct written broker-dealer quotations if a security is not traded on an exchange or over-the-counter or quotations are not available from an approved pricing service;


for fixed income securities, the Accounting Services Provider will use readily available market quotations based upon the last sale price of a security on the day we value our assets or a market value from a pricing service or by obtaining a direct written broker-dealer quotation from a dealer who has made a market in the security; and


other assets will be valued at market value pursuant to the valuation procedures.

If the Accounting Services Provider cannot obtain a market value or the Adviser determines that the value of a security as so obtained does not represent a fair value as of the valuation time (due to a significant development subsequent to the time its price is determined or otherwise), fair value for the security shall be determined pursuant to the valuation procedures. A report of any prices determined pursuant to fair value methodologies will be presented to the Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof for approval at the next regularly scheduled board meeting.

AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND CASH PURCHASE PLAN

Our Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) allows participating common stockholders to reinvest distributions in additional shares of our common stock and allows participants to purchase additional shares of our common stock through additional optional cash investments in amounts from a minimum of $100 to a maximum of $5,000 per month. Shares of common stock will be issued by us under the Plan when our common stock is trading at a premium to NAV. If our common stock is trading at a discount to NAV, shares distributed under the Plan will be purchased on the open market at market price. Shares of common stock issued directly from us under the Plan will be acquired at the greater of (1) NAV at the close of business on the payment date of the distribution or on the day preceding the relevant cash purchase investment date or (2) 95% of the market price per common share on the distribution payment date or on the day preceding the relevant cash purchase investment date. See below for more details about the Plan.

Automatic Dividend Reinvestment

If a stockholder’s shares are registered directly with us or with a brokerage firm that participates in our Plan, all distributions are automatically reinvested for stockholders by the Plan Agent, Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Plan Agent”), in additional shares of our common stock (unless a stockholder is ineligible or elects otherwise). Stockholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all distributions payable in cash paid by check mailed directly to the stockholder of record (or, if the shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by the Plan Agent, as dividend paying agent. Such stockholders may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all distributions in cash by sending written, telephone or Internet instructions to the Plan Agent, as dividend paying agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by giving notice in writing to the Plan Agent; such termination will be effective with respect to a particular distribution if notice is received prior to the record date for such distribution.

Whenever we declare a distribution payable either in shares or in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash, and participants in the Plan will receive the amount set forth below in shares of common stock. The shares are acquired by the Plan Agent for the participant’s account, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional common stock directly from us (“Additional Common Stock”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding common stock on the open market (“open-market purchases”) on the NYSE or elsewhere. If, on the payment date, the NAV per share of our common stock is equal to or less than the market price per share of common stock plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition being referred to herein as “market premium”), the Plan Agent will receive Additional Common Stock from us for each participant’s account. The number of shares of Additional Common Stock to be credited to the participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the distribution by the greater of (i) the NAV per share of common stock on the payment date, or (ii) 95% of the market price per share of common stock on the payment date.

If, on the payment date, the NAV per share of common stock exceeds the market price plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition being referred to herein as “market discount”), the Plan Agent will invest the distribution amount in shares acquired in open-market purchases as soon as practicable but not later than thirty (30) days following the payment date. We expect to declare and pay quarterly distributions. The weighted average price (including brokerage commissions) of all common stock purchased by the Plan Agent as Plan Agent will be the price per share of common stock allocable to each participant.

The Plan Agent maintains all stockholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of each acquisition made for the participant’s account as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 60 days after the date thereof. Shares in the account of each Plan participant may be held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form in the Plan Agent’s name or that of its nominee, and each stockholder’s proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held pursuant to the Plan first in accordance with the instructions of the participants, and then with respect to any proxies not returned by such participant, in the same proportion as the Plan Agent votes the proxies returned by the participants.

There are no brokerage charges with respect to shares issued directly by us as a result of distributions payable either in shares or in cash. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred with respect to the Plan Agent’s open-market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of distributions. If a participant elects to have the Plan Agent sell part or all of his or her common stock and remit the proceeds, such participant will be charged his or her pro rata share of brokerage commissions on the shares sold plus a $15.00 transaction fee.

The automatic reinvestment of distributions will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such distributions. See “Certain Federal Income Tax Matters.”

Stockholders participating in the Plan may receive benefits not available to stockholders not participating in the Plan. If the market price plus commissions of our shares of common stock is higher than the NAV, participants in the Plan will receive shares of our common stock at less than they could otherwise purchase such shares and will have shares with a cash value greater than the value of any cash distribution they would have received on their shares. If the market price plus commissions is below the NAV, participants will receive distributions of shares of common stock with a NAV greater than the value of any cash distribution they would have received on their shares. However, there may be insufficient shares available in the market to make distributions in shares at prices below the NAV. Also, because we do not redeem our common stock, the price on resale may be more or less than the NAV. See “Certain Federal Income Tax Matters” for a discussion of the federal income tax consequences of the Plan.

Cash Purchase Option

Participants in the Plan may elect to purchase additional shares of common stock through optional cash investments in amounts ranging from $100 to $5,000 per month unless a request for waiver has been granted. Optional cash investments may be delivered to the Plan Agent by personal check, by automatic or electronic bank account transfer or by online access at www.computershare.com. We reserve the right to reject any purchase order. We do not accept cash, travelers checks, third party checks, money orders and checks drawn on non-US banks.

In order for participants to participate in the cash investment option in any given month, the Plan Agent must receive from the participant any optional cash investment no later than two business days prior to the monthly investment date (the “payment date”) for purchase of common shares on the next succeeding purchase date. All optional cash investments received on or prior to the payment date will be applied by the Plan Agent to purchase shares on the next succeeding purchase date. Participants may obtain a schedule of relevant dates on our website at www.tortoiseadvisors.com or by calling 1-866-362-9331.

Common stock purchased pursuant to this option will be issued by us when our shares are trading at a premium to NAV. If our common stock is trading at a discount to NAV, shares of common stock will be purchased in the open market by the Plan Agent as described above with respect to reinvestments of distributions.

General

Experience under the Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, we reserve the right to amend or terminate the Plan if in the judgment of the Board of Directors such a change is warranted. The Plan may be terminated by the Plan Agent or us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 60 days prior to the effective date of the termination. Upon any termination, the Plan Agent will cause a certificate or certificates to be issued for the full shares held by each participant under the Plan and cash adjustment for any fraction of a share of common stock at the then current market value of common stock to be delivered to him or her. If preferred, a participant may request the sale of all of the common stock held by the Plan Agent in his or her Plan account in order to terminate participation in the Plan. If such participant elects in advance of such termination to have the Plan Agent sell part or all of his or her shares, the Plan Agent is authorized to deduct from the proceeds a $15.00 transaction fee plus a $0.05 fee per share for the transaction. If a participant has terminated his or her participation in the Plan but continues to have common stock registered in his or her name, he or she may re-enroll in the Plan at any time by notifying the Plan Agent in writing at the address below. The terms and conditions of the Plan may be amended by the Plan Agent or by us at any time. Any such amendments to the Plan may be made by mailing to each participant appropriate written notice at least 30 days prior to the effective date of the amendment, except, when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or the rules or policies of the SEC or any other regulatory authority, such prior notice does not apply. The amendment shall be deemed to be accepted by each participant unless, prior to the effective date thereof, the Plan Agent receives notice of the termination of the participant’s account under the Plan. Any such amendment may include an appointment by the Plan Agent of a successor Plan Agent, subject to our prior written approval of the successor Plan Agent.

All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to Computershare Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-3170.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The information contained under this heading is only a summary and is subject to the provisions contained in our Charter and Bylaws and the laws of the State of Maryland.

Common Stock

General .  Our Charter authorizes us to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share. The Board of Directors may, without any action by the stockholders, amend our Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue under our Charter and the 1940 Act. Additionally, the Charter authorizes our Board of Directors, without any action by our stockholders, to classify and reclassify any unissued common stock and preferred stock into other classes or series of stock from time to time by setting or changing the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series. Although there is no present intention of doing so, we could issue a class or series of stock that could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of us that might otherwise be in the stockholders’ best interests. Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not liable for our debts or obligations.

All common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus and any related prospectus supplement will be, upon issuance, duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. All outstanding common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus and any related prospectus supplement will be of the same class and will have identical rights, as described below. Holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive distributions when authorized by the Board of Directors and declared by us out of assets legally available for the payment of distributions. Holders of common stock have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption or appraisal rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our securities. All shares of common stock have equal distribution, liquidation and other rights.

Distributions .  We intend to pay out substantially all of our DCF to holders of common stock through quarterly distributions. DCF is the amount we receive as cash or paid-in-kind distributions from MLPs, affiliates of MLPs or other securities in which we invest, and interest payments received on debt securities we own, less current or anticipated operating expenses, taxes on our taxable income, and leverage costs we pay (including costs related to Tortoise Notes, Tortoise Preferred Shares and borrowings under our credit facility). Our Board of Directors has adopted a policy of declaring what it believes to be sustainable distributions.  In determining distributions, our Board of Directors considers a number of current and anticipated factors, including, among others:  DCF; realized and unrealized gains; leverage amounts and rates; current and deferred taxes payable; and potential volatility in returns from our investments and the overall market.  Over the long term, we expect to distribute substantially all of our DCF to holders of our common stock.   It is expected that we will declare and pay a distribution to holders of common stock at the end of each fiscal quarter. There is no assurance that we will continue to make regular distributions.

If a stockholder’s shares are registered directly with us or with a brokerage firm that participates in the Plan, distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional common stock under the Plan unless a stockholder elects to receive distributions in cash. If a stockholder elects to receive distributions in cash, payment will be made by check. The federal income tax treatment of distributions is the same whether they are reinvested in our shares or received in cash. See “Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan.”

The yield on our common stock will likely vary from period to period depending on factors including the following:


market conditions;


the timing of our investments in portfolio securities;


the securities comprising our portfolio;


changes in interest rates (including changes in the relationship between short-term rates and long-term rates);


the amount and timing of the use of borrowings and other leverage by us;


the effects of leverage on our common stock (discussed above under “Leverage”);


the timing of the investment of offering proceeds and leverage proceeds in portfolio securities; and


our net assets and operating expenses.

Consequently, we cannot guarantee any particular yield on our common stock, and the yield for any given period is not an indication or representation of future yields on the common stock.

Limitations on Distributions .  So long as shares of preferred stock are outstanding, holders of shares of common stock will not be entitled to receive any distributions from us unless we have paid all accumulated distributions on preferred stock, and unless asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to preferred stock would be at least 200% after giving effect to such distributions. See “Leverage.”

So long as senior securities representing indebtedness are outstanding, holders of shares of common stock will not be entitled to receive any distributions from us unless we have paid all accrued interest on such senior indebtedness, and unless asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to any outstanding senior indebtedness would be at least 300% after giving effect to such distributions. See “Leverage.”

Liquidation Rights .  Common stockholders are entitled to share ratably in the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, after payment of or adequate provision for all known debts and liabilities, including any outstanding debt securities or other borrowings and any interest accrued thereon. These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of our stock, including the preferred stock. The rights of common stockholders upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up are subordinated to the rights of holders of Tortoise Notes and Tortoise Preferred Shares.

Voting Rights .  Each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. The presence of the holders of shares of common stock entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. The Charter provides that, except as otherwise provided in the Bylaws, directors shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote thereon. The Bylaws provide that directors are elected by a plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Consequently, at each annual meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote will be able to elect all of the successors of the class of directors whose terms expire at that meeting provided that holders of preferred stock have the right to elect two directors at all times. Pursuant to the Charter and Bylaws, the Board of Directors may amend the Bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

Under the rules of the NYSE applicable to listed companies, we normally will be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders in each fiscal year. If we are converted to an open-end company or if for any other reason the shares are no longer listed on the NYSE (or any other national securities exchange the rules of which require annual meetings of stockholders), we may amend our Bylaws so that we are not otherwise required to hold annual meetings of stockholders.

Issuance of Additional Shares .  The provisions of the 1940 Act generally require that the public offering price of common stock of a closed-end investment company (less underwriting commissions and discounts) must equal or exceed the NAV of such company’s common stock (calculated within 48 hours of pricing), unless such sale is made with the consent of a majority of the company’s outstanding common stockholders.

Market .  Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “TYG.” Common stock issued pursuant to this prospectus and related prospectus supplement will trade on the NYSE.

Transfer Agent, Dividend Paying Agent and Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan Agent .  Computershare Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-3170, serves as the transfer agent and the Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan agent and Computershare, Inc. serves as the dividend paying agent for our common stock.

Preferred Stock

General .  Our Charter authorizes the issuance of up to 65,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions or redemption as determined by the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors may, without any action by the stockholders, amend our Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue. Additionally, the Charter authorizes the Board of Directors, without any action by the stockholders, to classify and reclassify any unissued preferred stock into other classes or series of stock from time to time by setting or changing the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series.

Preferred stock ranks junior to our debt securities, and senior to all common stock. Under the 1940 Act, we may only issue one class of senior equity securities, which in the aggregate may represent no more than 50% of our total assets. So long as Tortoise Preferred Shares are outstanding, additional issuances of preferred stock must be considered to be of the same class as Tortoise Preferred Shares under the 1940 Act and interpretations thereunder and must rank on a parity with the Tortoise Preferred Shares with respect to the payment of distributions and upon the distribution of our assets. The details on how to buy and sell preferred stock will be described in a related prospectus supplement, including the following:


the form and title of the security;


the aggregate liquidation preference of preferred stock;


the distribution rate of the preferred stock;


any optional or mandatory redemption provisions;


any provisions concerning conversion, amortization, sinking funds, and/or retirement;


any transfer agent, paying agents or security registrar; and


any other terms of the preferred stock.

Distributions .  Holders of preferred stock will be entitled to receive cash distributions, when, as and if authorized by the Board of Directors and declared by us, out of funds legally available therefor. The prospectus supplement for preferred stock will describe the distribution payment provisions for those shares. Distributions so declared and payable shall be paid to the extent permitted under Maryland law and to the extent available and in preference to and priority over any distribution declared and payable on the common stock. Because of our emphasis on investments in MLPs, which are expected to generate cash in excess of the taxable income allocated to holders, it is possible that distributions payable on preferred stock could exceed current and accumulated our earnings and profits, which would be treated for federal income tax purposes as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the basis of the shares on which the distribution is paid and thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of the preferred stock.

Limitations on Distributions .  So long as we have senior securities representing indebtedness outstanding, holders of preferred stock will not be entitled to receive any distributions from us unless asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to outstanding debt securities and preferred stock would be at least 200% after giving effect to such distributions. See “Leverage.”

Liquidation Rights .  In the event of any voluntary or our involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of preferred stock would be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution, which is expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus accumulated and unpaid distributions, whether or not declared, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of common stock. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of preferred stock will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of our assets. Preferred stock ranks junior to our debt securities upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Voting Rights .  Except as otherwise indicated in the Charter or Bylaws, or as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of preferred stock have one vote per share and vote together with holders of common stock as a single class.

The 1940 Act requires that the holders of any preferred stock, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two directors at all times. The remaining directors will be elected by holders of common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding (including Tortoise Notes), the holders of any shares of preferred stock have the right to elect a majority of the directors at any time two years’ accumulated distributions on any preferred stock are unpaid. The 1940 Act also requires that, in addition to any approval by stockholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of shares of any outstanding preferred stock, voting separately as a class, would be required to (i) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the preferred stock, and (ii) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the 1940 Act, including, among other things, changes in our subclassification as a closed-end investment company or changes in our fundamental investment restrictions. See “Certain Provisions in the Company’s Charter and Bylaws.” As a result of these voting rights, our ability to take any such actions may be impeded to the extent that any shares of our preferred stock are outstanding.

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred stock, voting as a separate class, will be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of holders of preferred stock so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers. The class vote of holders of preferred stock described above will in each case be in addition to any other vote required to authorize the action in question.

We will have the right (to the extent permitted by applicable law) to purchase or otherwise acquire any preferred stock, so long as we are current in the payment of distributions on the preferred stock and on any other of our shares ranking on a parity with the preferred stock with respect to the payment of distributions or upon liquidation.

Market .  The details on how to buy and sell preferred stock, along with other terms of preferred stock, will be described in a related prospectus supplement. We cannot assure you that any secondary market will exist or, that if a secondary market does exist, whether it will provide holders with liquidity.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form .  Unless otherwise indicated in the related prospectus supplement, preferred stock will be issued in book-entry form and will be represented by one or more share certificates in registered global form. The global certificates will be held by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. DTC will maintain the certificates in specified denominations per share through its book-entry facilities.

We may treat the persons in whose names any global certificates are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Therefore, so long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of the global certificates, DTC or such nominee will be considered the sole holder of outstanding preferred stock.

A global certificate may not be transferred except as a whole by DTC, its successors or their respective nominees, subject to the provisions restricting transfers of shares contained in the related articles supplementary.

Debt Securities

General .  Under Maryland law and our Charter, we may borrow money, without prior approval of holders of common and preferred stock to the extent permitted by our investment restrictions and the 1940 Act. We may issue debt securities, including additional Tortoise Notes, or other evidence of indebtedness (including bank borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such notes or borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security our assets to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or rating agency guidelines. Any borrowings, including without limitation the Tortoise Notes, will rank senior to the preferred stock and the common stock.

Under the 1940 Act, we may only issue one class of senior securities representing indebtedness, which in the aggregate, may represent no more than 33 1/3% of our total assets. So long as Tortoise Notes are outstanding, additional debt securities must rank on a parity with Tortoise Notes with respect to the payment of interest and upon the distribution of our assets. A prospectus supplement will include specific terms relating to the offering. Subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, we may issue debt securities, in which case the details on how to buy and sell such debt securities, along with other terms of such debt securities, will be described in a related prospectus supplement. The terms to be stated in a prospectus supplement will include the following:


the form and title of the security;


the aggregate principal amount of the securities;


the interest rate of the securities;


the maturity dates on which the principal of the securities will be payable;


any events of default or covenants;


any optional or mandatory redemption provisions;


any provisions concerning conversion, amortization, sinking funds, and/or retirement;


the trustees, transfer agent, paying agents or security registrar; and


any other terms of the securities.

Interest .  For debt securities, the prospectus supplement will describe the interest payment provisions relating to those debt securities. Interest on debt securities shall be payable when due as described in the related prospectus supplement. If we do not pay interest when due, it will trigger an event of default and we will be restricted from declaring distributions and making other distributions with respect to our common stock and preferred stock.

Limitations .  Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, immediately after issuing any senior securities representing indebtedness, we must have an asset coverage of at least 300%. Asset coverage means the ratio which the value of our total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, bears to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. We currently are subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that have issued ratings for outstanding Tortoise Notes, including restrictions related to asset coverage and portfolio composition. Such restrictions may be more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. Other types of borrowings also may result in our being subject to similar covenants in credit agreements.

Events of Default and Acceleration of Maturity of Debt Securities; Remedies .  Unless stated otherwise in the related prospectus supplement, it is anticipated that any one of the following events will constitute an “event of default” for that series:


default in the payment of any interest upon a series of debt securities when it becomes due and payable and the continuance of such default for 30 days;


default in the payment of the principal of, or premium on, a series of debt securities at its stated maturity;


default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of ours in any document governing the Tortoise Notes, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after written notice has been given to us;


certain voluntary or involuntary proceedings involving us and relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws;


if, on the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, the debt securities have a 1940 Act asset coverage of less than 100%; or


any other “event of default” provided with respect to a series, including a default in the payment of any redemption price payable on the redemption date.

Upon the occurrence and continuance of an event of default, the holders of a majority in principal amount of a series of outstanding debt securities or the trustee may declare the principal amount of that series of debt securities immediately due and payable upon written notice to us. A default that relates only to one series of debt securities does not affect any other series and the holders of such other series of debt securities are generally not entitled to receive notice of such a default. Upon an event of default relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, acceleration of maturity occurs automatically with respect to all series. At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to a series of debt securities has been made, and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series, by written notice to us and the trustee, may rescind and annul the declaration of acceleration and its consequences if all events of default with respect to that series of debt securities, other than the non-payment of the principal of that series of debt securities which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived and other conditions have been met.

Liquidation Rights .  In the event of (a) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to us or to our creditors, as such, or to our assets, or (b) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or (c) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of ours, then (after any payments with respect to any secured creditor of ours outstanding at such time) and in any such event the holders of debt securities shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of all debt securities (including any interest accruing thereon after the commencement of any such case or proceeding), or provision shall be made for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of the debt securities, before the holders of any common or preferred stock of the Company are entitled to receive any payment on account of any redemption proceeds, liquidation preference or distributions from such shares. The holders of debt securities shall be entitled to receive, for application to the payment thereof, any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, including any such payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of ours being subordinated to the payment of the debt securities, which may be payable or deliverable in respect of the debt securities in any such case, proceeding, dissolution, liquidation or other winding up event.

Unsecured creditors of ours may include, without limitation, service providers including the Adviser, custodian, administrator, broker-dealers and the trustee, pursuant to the terms of various contracts with us. Secured creditors of ours may include without limitation parties entering into any interest rate swap, floor or cap transactions, or other similar transactions with us that create liens, pledges, charges, security interests, security agreements or other encumbrances on our assets.

A consolidation, reorganization or merger of the Company with or into any other company, or a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of our assets in consideration for the issuance of equity securities of another company shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

Voting Rights .  Debt securities have no voting rights, except to the extent required by law or as otherwise provided in the documents governing the Tortoise Notes relating to the acceleration of maturity upon the occurrence and continuance of an event of default. In connection with any other borrowings (if any), the 1940 Act does in certain circumstances grant to the lenders certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal.

Market .  The details on how to buy and sell our debt securities, along with other terms of such debt securities, will be described in a related prospectus supplement. We cannot assure you that any secondary market will exist or if a secondary market does exist, whether it will provide holders with liquidity.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form .  Unless otherwise stated in the related prospectus supplement, debt securities will be issued in book-entry form and will be represented by one or more notes in registered global form. The global notes will be deposited with a custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. DTC will maintain the notes in designated denominations through its book-entry facilities.

We may treat the persons in whose names any notes, including the global notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Therefore, so long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of the global notes, DTC or such nominee will be considered the sole holder of outstanding notes. We may give effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or its nominee.

A global note may not be transferred except as a whole by DTC, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the global note may be transferred or exchanged for definitive securities in accordance with the rules and procedures of DTC. In addition, a global note may be exchangeable for notes in definitive form if:


DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a depository and we do not appoint a successor within 60 days;


we, at our option, notify the appropriate party in writing that we elect to cause the issuance of notes in definitive form; or


an event of default has occurred and is continuing.

In each instance, upon surrender by DTC or its nominee of the global note, notes in definitive form will be issued to each person that DTC or its nominee identifies as being the beneficial owner of the related notes.

The holder of any global note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including its participants and persons who may hold interests through DTC participants, to take any action which a holder is entitled to take.

RATING AGENCY GUIDELINES

The Rating Agencies, which assign ratings to our senior securities, impose asset coverage requirements, which may limit our ability to engage in certain types of transactions and may limit our ability to take certain actions without confirming that such action will not impair the ratings. As of the date of this prospectus, the outstanding Tortoise Notes and Tortoise Preferred Shares are currently rated by Fitch.  Fitch, and any other agency that may rate our debt securities or preferred stock in the future, are collectively referred to as the “Rating Agencies.”

We may, but are not required to, adopt any modification to the guidelines that may hereafter be established by any Rating Agency. Failure to adopt any modifications, however, may result in a change in the ratings described above or a withdrawal of ratings altogether. In addition, any Rating Agency may, at any time, change or withdraw any rating. The Board may, without stockholder approval, modify, alter or repeal certain of the definitions and related provisions which have been adopted pursuant to each Rating Agency’s guidelines (“Rating Agency Guidelines”) only in the event we receive written confirmation from the Rating Agency or Agencies that any amendment, alteration or repeal would not impair the ratings then assigned to the senior securities.

We are required to satisfy two separate asset maintenance requirements with respect to outstanding debt securities and with respect to outstanding preferred stock: (1) we must maintain assets in our portfolio that have a value, discounted in accordance with guidelines set forth by each Rating Agency, at least equal to the aggregate principal amount/aggregate liquidation preference of the debt securities/preferred stock, respectively, plus specified liabilities, payment obligations and other amounts (the “Basic Maintenance Amount”); and (2) we must satisfy the 1940 Act asset coverage requirements.

Basic Maintenance Amounts .  We must maintain, as of each valuation date on which senior securities are outstanding, eligible assets having an aggregate discounted value at least equal to the applicable Basic Maintenance Amount, which is calculated separately for debt securities and preferred stock for each Rating Agency that is then rating the senior securities and so requires. If we fail to maintain eligible assets having an aggregated discounted value at least equal to the applicable Basic Maintenance Amount as of any valuation date and such failure is not cured, we will be required in certain circumstances to redeem certain of the senior securities.

The applicable Basic Maintenance Amount is defined in the Rating Agency’s Guidelines. Each Rating Agency may amend the definition of the applicable Basic Maintenance Amount from time to time.

The market value of our portfolio securities (used in calculating the discounted value of eligible assets) is calculated using readily available market quotations when appropriate, and in any event, consistent with our valuation procedures. For the purpose of calculating the applicable Basic Maintenance Amount, portfolio securities are valued in the same manner as we calculate our NAV. See “Determination of Net Asset Value.”

Each Rating Agency’s discount factors, the criteria used to determine whether the assets held in our portfolio are eligible assets, and the guidelines for determining the discounted value of our portfolio holdings for purposes of determining compliance with the applicable Basic Maintenance Amount are based on Rating Agency Guidelines established in connection with rating the senior securities. The discount factor relating to any asset, the applicable basic maintenance amount requirement, the assets eligible for inclusion in the calculation of the discounted value of our portfolio and certain definitions and methods of calculation relating thereto may be changed from time to time by the applicable Rating Agency, without our approval, or the approval of our Board of Directors or stockholders.

A Rating Agency’s Guidelines will apply to the senior securities only so long as that Rating Agency is rating such securities. We will pay certain fees to Fitch and any other Rating Agency that may provide a rating for the senior securities. The ratings assigned to the senior securities are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold the senior securities. Such ratings may be subject to revision or withdrawal by the assigning Rating Agency at any time.

1940 Act Asset Coverage .  We are also required to maintain, with respect to senior securities, as of the last business day on any month in which any senior securities are outstanding, asset coverage of at least 300% for debt securities and 200% for preferred stock (or such other percentage as may in the future be specified in or under the 1940 Act as the minimum asset coverage for senior securities representing shares of a closed-end investment company as a condition of declaring distributions on its common stock).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, we have agreed, while the Tortoise Preferred Shares are outstanding, to maintain asset coverage of at least 225%.  If we fail to maintain the applicable 1940 Act or other more stringent agreed upon asset coverage as of the last business day of the week, month or other period required with respect to the applicable senior security and such failure is not cured within 30 days (the “Asset Coverage Cure Date”), we will be required to redeem certain senior securities.

Notices .  Under the current Rating Agency Guidelines, in certain circumstances, we are required to deliver to any Rating Agency which is then rating the senior securities (1) a certificate with respect to the calculation of the applicable Basic Maintenance Amount; (2) a certificate with respect to the calculation of the applicable 1940 Act asset coverage and the value of our portfolio holdings; and (3) a letter prepared by our independent accountants regarding the accuracy of such calculations.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Rating Agency Guidelines, as they may be amended from time to time by each Rating Agency will be reflected in a written document and may be amended by each Rating Agency without the vote, consent or approval of the Company, the Board of Directors or any stockholder of the Company.

A summary of the current Rating Agency Guidelines are included as Appendix A to our statement of additional information.  The full Rating Agency Guidelines will be provided to any holder of senior securities promptly upon request made by such holder to the Company by writing the Company at 11550 Ash Street, Suite 300, Leawood, Kansas 66211.

CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE COMPANY’S CHARTER AND BYLAWS

The following description of certain provisions of the Charter and Bylaws is only a summary. For a complete description, please refer to the Charter and Bylaws, which have been filed as exhibits to our registration statement on Form N-2, of which this prospectus forms a part.

The Maryland General Corporation Law and our Charter and Bylaws include provisions that could delay, defer or prevent other entities or persons from acquiring control of us, causing us to engage in certain transactions or modifying our structure. These provisions may be regarded as “anti-takeover” provisions. Such provisions could limit the ability of stockholders to sell their shares at a premium over the then-current market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of us.  We have not elected to become subject to the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act.

Classification of the Board of Directors; Election of Directors

Our Charter provides that the number of directors may be established only by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Bylaws, but may not be less than one. The Bylaws provide that, unless the Bylaws are amended, the number of directors may not be greater than nine. Subject to any applicable limitations of the 1940 Act, any vacancy may be filled, at any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if those remaining directors do not constitute a quorum. Pursuant to the Charter, the Board of Directors is divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. Upon the expiration of their current terms, which expire in 2020, 2021 and 2019, respectively, directors of each class will be elected to serve until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualify. Each year only one class of directors will be elected by the stockholders. The classification of the Board of Directors should help to assure the continuity and stability of our strategies and policies as determined by the Board of Directors.

The classified Board provision could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time-consuming and difficult. At least two annual meetings of stockholders, instead of one, generally will be required to effect a change in a majority of the Board of Directors. Thus, the classified Board provision could increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. The staggered terms of directors may delay, defer or prevent a change in control of the Board, even though a change in control might be in the best interests of the stockholders.

Removal of Directors

The Charter provides that a director may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the provision in the charter and Bylaws authorizing only the Board of Directors to fill vacant directorships, precludes stockholders from removing incumbent directors, except for cause and by a substantial affirmative vote, and filling the vacancies created by the removal with nominees of stockholders.

Approval of Extraordinary Corporate Actions; Amendment of Charter and Bylaws

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a statutory share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless declared advisable by the Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, a Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for stockholder approval of these matters by a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our Charter generally provides for approval of Charter amendments and extraordinary transactions by the stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our Charter also provides that certain Charter amendments and any proposal for our conversion, whether by merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company or any proposal for our liquidation or dissolution requires the approval of stockholders entitled to cast at least 80 percent of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter. However, if such amendment or proposal is approved by at least two-thirds of our continuing directors (in addition to the approval by our Board of Directors otherwise required), such amendment or proposal may be approved by stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such a matter. The “continuing directors” are defined in our Charter as the directors named in our Charter as well as those directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of the continuing directors then on the Board of Directors.

Our Charter and Bylaws provide that the Board of Directors has the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of our Bylaws.

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

The Bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to notice of the meeting, (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (3) by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of notice and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the Bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in the Company’s notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) pursuant to notice of the meeting by the Company, (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (3) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that Directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of notice and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the Bylaws.

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

An unspecified number of shares of our common stock may be offered and sold for resale from time to time under this prospectus by certain of our stockholders; provided, however, that no stockholder will be authorized to use this prospectus for an offering of our common stock without first obtaining our consent. We may consent to the use of this prospectus by certain of our stockholders for a limited period of time and subject to certain limitations and conditions depending on the terms of any agreements between us and such stockholders. The identity of any selling stockholder, including any material relationship between us and our affiliates and such selling stockholder, the percentage of our common stock owned by such selling stockholder prior to the offering, the number of shares of our common stock to be offered by such selling stockholder, the percentage of our common stock to be owned (if greater than one percent) by such selling stockholder following the offering, and the price and terms upon which our shares of common stock are to be sold by such selling stockholder will be set forth in a prospectus supplement to this prospectus.  We will not receive any of the proceeds from the common stock sold by any selling stockholder.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may sell our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, and certain of our stockholders may sell our common stock, on an immediate, continuous or delayed basis, in one or more offerings under this prospectus and any related prospectus supplement. The aggregate amount of securities that may be offered by us and any selling stockholders is limited to $375,000,000. We may offer our common stock, preferred stock and debt securities: (1) directly to one or more purchasers, including existing common stockholders in a rights offering; (2) through agents; (3) through underwriters; (4) through dealers; or (5) pursuant to our Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan. Any selling stockholders may offer our common stock: (1) directly to one or more purchasers; (2) through agents; (3) through underwriters; or (4) through dealers. In the case of a rights offering, the applicable prospectus supplement will set forth the number of shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of each right and the other terms of such rights offering. Each prospectus supplement relating to an offering of securities will state the terms of the offering, including as applicable:


the names and addresses of any agents, underwriters or dealers;


any sales loads or other items constituting underwriters’ compensation;


any discounts, commissions, or fees allowed or paid to dealers or agents;

77

 
the public offering or purchase price of the offered securities and the net proceeds we will receive from the sale; provided, however, that we will not receive any of the proceeds from a sale of our common stock by any selling stockholder; and


any securities exchange on which the offered securities may be listed.

Direct Sales

We may sell our common stock, preferred stock and debt securities, or certain of our stockholders may sell our common stock, directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the 1933 Act for any resales of the securities. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. We, or any selling stockholder, may use electronic media, including the Internet, to sell offered securities directly. The terms of any of those sales will be described in a prospectus supplement.

By Agents

We may offer our common stock, preferred stock and debt securities, or certain of our stockholders may sell our common stock, through agents that we or they designate. Any agent involved in the offer and sale will be named and any commissions payable by us, or any selling stockholder, will be described in the prospectus supplement. Unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement, the agents will be acting on a best efforts basis for the period of their appointment.

By Underwriters

We may offer and sell securities, or certain of our stockholders may offer our common stock, from time to time to one or more underwriters who would purchase the securities as principal for resale to the public, either on a firm commitment or best efforts basis. If we sell securities, or a selling stockholder offers our common stock, to underwriters, we and such selling stockholder will execute an underwriting agreement with them at the time of the sale and will name them in the prospectus supplement. In connection with these sales, the underwriters may be deemed to have received compensation from us or such selling stockholder in the form of underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters also may receive commissions from purchasers of securities for whom they may act as agent. Unless otherwise stated in the prospectus supplement, the underwriters will not be obligated to purchase the securities unless the conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement are satisfied, and if the underwriters purchase any of the securities, they will be required to purchase all of the offered securities. The underwriters may sell the offered securities to or through dealers, and those dealers may receive discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters as well as from the purchasers for whom they may act as agent. Any public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.

If a prospectus supplement so indicates, we may grant the underwriters an option to purchase additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of the prospectus supplement, to cover any overallotments.

By Dealers

We may offer and sell securities, or certain of our stockholders may offer our common stock, from time to time to one or more dealers who would purchase the securities as principal. The dealers then may resell the offered securities to the public at fixed or varying prices to be determined by those dealers at the time of resale. The names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction will be set forth in the prospectus supplement.

General Information

Agents, underwriters, or dealers participating in an offering of securities may be deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts and commission received by them and any profit realized by them on resale of the offered securities for whom they act as agent, may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the 1933 Act.

78

We may offer to sell securities, or certain of our stockholders may offer our common stock, either at a fixed price or at prices that may vary, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices.

Ordinarily, each series of offered securities will be a new issue of securities and will have no established trading market.

To facilitate an offering of common stock in an underwritten transaction and in accordance with industry practice, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock or any other security. Those transactions may include overallotment, entering stabilizing bids, effecting syndicate covering transactions, and reclaiming selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer.


An overallotment in connection with an offering creates a short position in the common stock for the underwriter’s own account.


An underwriter may place a stabilizing bid to purchase the common stock for the purpose of pegging, fixing, or maintaining the price of the common stock.


Underwriters may engage in syndicate covering transactions to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of the common stock by bidding for, and purchasing, the common stock or any other securities in the open market in order to reduce a short position created in connection with the offering.


The managing underwriter may impose a penalty bid on a syndicate member to reclaim a selling concession in connection with an offering when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in syndicate covering transactions or otherwise.

Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

Any underwriters to whom the offered securities are sold for offering and sale may make a market in the offered securities, but the underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-making at any time without notice. The offered securities may or may not be listed on a securities exchange. We cannot assure you that there will be a liquid trading market for the offered securities.

Under agreements entered into with us, underwriters and agents and related persons (or and their affiliates) may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the 1933 Act, or to contribution for payments the underwriters or agents may be required to make.

The underwriters, agents, and their affiliates may engage in financial or other business transactions with us and our subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

The maximum commission or discount to be received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) or independent broker-dealer will not be greater than eight percent of the initial gross proceeds from the sale of any security being sold. In connection with any rights offering to our common stockholders, we may also enter into a standby underwriting arrangement with one or more underwriters pursuant to which the underwriter(s) will purchase our common stock remaining unsubscribed for after the rights offering.

The aggregate offering price specified on the cover of this prospectus relates to the offering of the securities not yet issued as of the date of this prospectus.

To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the underwriters may from time to time act as a broker or dealer and receive fees in connection with the execution of our portfolio transactions after the underwriters have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, each may act as a broker while it is an underwriter.

79

A prospectus and accompanying prospectus supplement in electronic form may be made available on the websites maintained by underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of securities for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Such allocations of securities for internet distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, securities may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell securities to online brokerage account holders.

Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan

We may issue and sell shares of common stock pursuant to our Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan.

ADMINISTRATOR AND CUSTODIAN

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, serves as our administrator and provides certain back-office support such as payment of expenses and preparation of financial statements and related schedules. We pay the administrator a monthly fee computed at an annual rate of 0.04% of the first $1 billion of our Managed Assets, 0.01% on the next $500 million of our Managed Assets and 0.005% on the balance of our Managed Assets.

U.S. Bank N.A., 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, serves as our custodian. We pay the custodian a monthly fee computed at an annual rate of 0.004% of our portfolio assets, plus portfolio transaction fees.

LEGAL MATTERS

Husch Blackwell LLP (“HB”), Kansas City, Missouri, serves as our counsel.  Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by HB. HB may rely on the opinion of Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland, on certain matters of Maryland law. If certain legal matters in connection with an offering of securities are passed upon by counsel for the placement agents or underwriters of such offering, such counsel to the placement agents or underwriters will be named in a prospectus supplement.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and the 1940 Act and are required to file reports, including annual and semi-annual reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We voluntarily file quarterly shareholder reports. Our most recent annual shareholder report filed with the SEC is for our fiscal year ended November 30, 2018. These documents are available on the SEC’s EDGAR system and can be inspected and copied for a fee at the SEC’s public reference room, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Additional information about the operation of the public reference room facilities may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-5850.

This prospectus does not contain all of the information in our registration statement, including amendments, exhibits, and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by this reference.

Additional information about us can be found in our Registration Statement (including amendments, exhibits, and schedules) on Form N-2 filed with the SEC. The SEC maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains our Registration Statement, other documents incorporated by reference, and other information we have filed electronically with the SEC, including proxy statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act.

80


Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation

$375,000,000

Common Stock
Preferred Stock
Debt Securities



PROSPECTUS

_______ ___, 2019



81


TORTOISE ENERGY INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”, “we” or “our”), is a nondiversified, closed-end management investment company that commenced operations in February 2004.

This Statement of Additional Information relates to the offering, on an immediate, continuous or delayed basis, of up to $375,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of our common stock, preferred stock and debt securities in one or more offerings. This Statement of Additional Information does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with our prospectus dated _______, 2019 and any related prospectus supplement. This Statement of Additional Information does not include all information that you should consider before purchasing any of our securities. You should obtain and read our prospectus and any related prospectus supplements prior to purchasing any of our securities. A copy of our prospectus and any related prospectus supplement may be obtained without charge by calling (866) 362-9331. You also may obtain a copy of our prospectus and any related prospectus supplement on the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus and any related prospectus supplement.

This Statement of Additional Information is dated _______, 2019.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Investment Limitations
S-1
Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies
S-3
Management of the Company
S-15
Net Asset Value
S-27
Portfolio Transactions
S-29
Certain Federal Income Tax Matters
S-30
Proxy Voting Policies
S-37
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
S-38
Administrator and Custodian
S-38
Internal Accountant
S-38
Additional Information
S-38
Financial Statements
S-39
Appendix A – Rating of Investments
A-1

i

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

This section supplements the disclosure in the prospectus and provides additional information on our investment limitations. Investment limitations identified as fundamental may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities (which for this purpose and under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), means the lesser of (1) 67% of the shares represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares).

Investment limitations stated as a maximum percentage of our assets are only applied immediately after, and because of, an investment or a transaction by us to which the limitation is applicable (other than the limitations on borrowing). Accordingly, any later increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, net assets or other circumstances will not be considered in determining whether the investment complies with our investment limitations. All limitations that are based on a percentage of total assets include assets obtained through leverage.

Fundamental Investment Limitations

The following are our fundamental investment limitations set forth in their entirety. We may not:

(1) issue senior securities, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and interpretive positions of the SEC thereunder;

(2) borrow money, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and interpretive positions of the SEC thereunder;

(3) make loans, except by the purchase of debt obligations, by entering into repurchase agreements or through the lending of portfolio securities and as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and interpretive positions of the SEC thereunder;

(4) concentrate (invest 25% or more of total assets) our investments in any particular industry, except that we will concentrate our assets in the group of industries constituting the energy infrastructure sector;

(5) underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that we may be considered an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), in the disposition of restricted securities held in our portfolio;

(6) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except that we may invest in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies that invest in real estate or interests therein; and

(7) purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except that we may purchase or sell options and futures contracts or invest in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities.

All other investment policies are considered nonfundamental and may be changed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) without prior approval of our outstanding voting securities.

Nonfundamental Investment Policies

We have adopted the following nonfundamental policies:

 
(1)
Under normal circumstances, we will invest at least 90% of our total assets in securities of energy infrastructure companies.

S-1


(2)
Under normal circumstances, we will invest at least 70% of our total assets in equity securities issued by master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) and midstream entities.


(3)
We may invest up to 30% of our total assets in restricted securities, primarily through direct placements. Subject to this policy, we may invest without limitation in illiquid securities. The types of restricted securities that we may purchase include securities of private energy infrastructure companies, including clean-energy related private equity investments, and privately issued securities of publicly traded energy infrastructure companies. Restricted securities, whether issued by public companies or private companies, are generally considered illiquid. Investments in private companies that do not have any publicly traded shares or units are limited to 5% of our total assets.


(4)
We may invest up to 25% of our total assets in debt securities of energy infrastructure companies, including securities rated below investment grade (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”). Below investment grade debt securities will be rated at least B3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and at least B- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (“S&P”) at the time of purchase, or comparably rated by another statistical rating organization or if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality by the Adviser.


(5)
We will not invest more than 10% of our total assets in any single issuer.


(6)
We will not engage in short sales.

For purposes of nonfundamental restrictions (3)-(5), during the periods in which we anticipate receiving proceeds from an offering of securities pursuant to this registration statement, we include the amount of the anticipated proceeds in our calculation of total assets. Accordingly, holdings in the specified securities may temporarily exceed the amounts shown.

Currently under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have asset coverage of at least 300% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of indebtedness (i.e., such indebtedness may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of our total assets including the amount borrowed, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities). Additionally, currently under the 1940 Act, we may not declare any distribution upon our common or preferred stock, or purchase any such stock, unless our aggregate indebtedness has, at the time of the declaration of any such distribution or at the time of any such purchase, an asset coverage of at least 300% after deducting the amount of such distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be. Currently under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to issue preferred stock unless immediately after such issuance we have asset coverage of at least 200% of the total of the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation value of the outstanding preferred stock (i.e., the aggregate principal amount of such indebtedness and liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the value of our total assets, including the proceeds of such issuance, less liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities). In addition, currently under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to declare any distribution on our common stock or purchase any such common stock unless, at the time of such declaration or purchase, we would satisfy this 200% asset coverage requirement test after deducting the amount of such distribution or share price.

Under the 1940 Act, a “senior security” does not include any promissory note or evidence of indebtedness where such loan is for temporary purposes only and in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the total assets of the issuer at the time the loan is made. A loan is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within sixty days and is not extended or renewed. Both transactions involving indebtedness and any preferred stock issued by us would be considered senior securities under the 1940 Act, and as such, are subject to the asset coverage requirements discussed above.

Currently under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to lend money or property to any person, directly or indirectly, if such person controls or is under common control with us, except for a loan from us to a company which owns all of our outstanding securities. Currently, under interpretive positions of the staff of the SEC, we may not have on loan at any given time securities representing more than one-third of our total assets.

S-2

We interpret our policies with respect to borrowing and lending to permit such activities as may be lawful, to the full extent permitted by the 1940 Act or by exemption from the provisions therefrom pursuant to an exemptive order of the SEC.

We interpret our policy with respect to concentration to include energy infrastructure companies, as defined in the prospectus and below. See “Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies.”

Under the 1940 Act, we may, but do not intend to, invest up to 10% of our total assets in the aggregate in shares of other investment companies and up to 5% of our total assets in any one investment company, provided the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting stock of the acquired investment company at the time such shares are purchased. As a shareholder in any investment company, we will bear our ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of our advisory fees and other expenses with respect to assets so invested. Holders of common stock would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent we invest in other investment companies. In addition, the securities of other investment companies also may be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks described herein and in the prospectus. The net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares. A material decline in net asset value may impair our ability to maintain asset coverage on preferred stock and debt securities, including any interest and principal for debt securities.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The prospectus presents our investment objective and the principal investment strategies and risks. This section supplements the disclosure in the prospectus and provides additional information on our investment policies, strategies and risks. Restrictions or policies stated as a maximum percentage of our assets are only applied immediately after a portfolio investment to which the policy or restriction is applicable (other than the limitations on borrowing). Accordingly, any later increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, net assets or other circumstances will not be considered in determining whether the investment complies with our restrictions and policies.

Our investment objective is to seek a high level of total return with an emphasis on current distributions paid to stockholders. For purposes of our investment objective, total return includes capital appreciation of, and all distributions received from, securities in which we invest regardless of the tax character of the distribution. There is no assurance that we will achieve our objective. Our investment objective and the investment policies discussed below are nonfundamental. Our Board may change the investment objective, or any policy or limitation that is not fundamental, without a stockholder vote. Stockholders will receive at least 60 days prior written notice of any change to the nonfundamental investment policy of investing at least 90% of total assets in energy infrastructure companies. Unlike most other investment companies, we are not treated as a regulated investment company under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). Therefore, we are taxed as a “C” corporation and will be subject to federal and applicable state corporate income taxes.

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 90% of total assets (including assets obtained through leverage) in securities of energy infrastructure companies. Energy infrastructure companies engage in the business of transporting, processing, storing, distributing or marketing natural gas, natural gas liquids (primarily propane), coal, crude oil or refined petroleum products, or exploring, developing, managing or producing such commodities. Companies that provide energy-related services to the foregoing businesses also are considered energy infrastructure companies, if they derive at least 50% of revenues from the provision of energy-related services to such companies. We invest at least 70% of our total assets in a portfolio of equity securities of energy infrastructure companies that are MLPs or other midstream entities that the Adviser believes offer attractive distribution rates and capital appreciation potential. MLP equity securities (known as “units”) currently consist of common units, convertible subordinated units, and limited liability company common units. We also may invest in other securities, consistent with our investment objective and fundamental and nonfundamental policies.

The following pages contain more detailed information about the types of issuers and instruments in which we may invest, strategies the Adviser may employ in pursuit of our investment objective and a discussion of related risks. The Adviser may not buy these instruments or use these techniques unless it believes that doing so will help us achieve our objective.

S-3

Energy Infrastructure Companies

For purposes of our policy of investing 90% of our total assets in securities of energy infrastructure companies, an energy infrastructure company is one that derives each year at least 50% of its revenues from “Qualifying Income” under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code or one that derives at least 50% of its revenues from providing services directly related to the generation of Qualifying Income. Qualifying Income is defined as including any income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipelines transporting gas, oil or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resource (including fertilizer, geothermal energy, and timber).

MLPs are limited partnerships that derive each year at least 90% of their gross income from Qualifying Income and are generally taxed as partnerships for federal income tax purposes, thereby eliminating federal income tax at the entity level. The business of energy infrastructure MLPs is affected by supply and demand for energy commodities because most MLPs derive revenue and income based upon the volume of the underlying commodity transported, processed, distributed, and/or marketed. Specifically, processing and coal MLPs may be directly affected by energy commodity prices. Propane MLPs own the underlying energy commodity, and therefore have direct exposure to energy commodity prices, although the Adviser seeks high quality MLPs that are able to mitigate or manage direct margin exposure to commodity prices. Pipeline MLPs have indirect commodity exposure to oil and gas price volatility because although they do not own the underlying energy commodity, the general level of commodity prices may affect the volume of the commodity the MLP delivers to its customers and the cost of providing services such as distributing natural gas liquids. The MLP sector in general could be hurt by market perception that MLPs’ performance and valuation are directly tied to commodity prices.

Although we emphasize investments in MLPs, we also may invest in energy infrastructure companies that are not organized as MLPs. Non-MLP companies may include companies that operate energy assets but which are organized as corporations or limited liability companies rather than in partnership form. Generally, the partnership form is more suitable for companies that operate assets which generate more stable cash flows. Companies that operate “midstream” assets (e.g., transporting, processing, storing, distributing and marketing) tend to generate more stable cash flows than those that engage in exploration and development or delivery of products to the end consumer. Non-MLP companies also may include companies that provide services directly related to the generation of income from energy-related assets, such as oil drilling services, pipeline construction and maintenance, and compression services.

Energy infrastructure companies (other than most pipeline MLPs) do not operate as “public utilities” or “local distribution companies,” and, therefore, are not subject to rate regulation by state or federal utility commissions. However, energy infrastructure companies may be subject to greater competitive factors than utility companies, including competitive pricing in the absence of regulated tariff rates, which could reduce revenues and adversely affect profitability. Most pipeline MLPs are subject to government regulation concerning the construction, pricing and operation of pipelines. Pipeline MLPs are able to set prices (rates or tariffs) to cover operating costs, depreciation and taxes, and provide a return on investment. These rates are monitored by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) which seeks to ensure that consumers receive adequate and reliable supplies of energy at the lowest possible price while providing energy suppliers and transporters a just and reasonable return on capital investment and the opportunity to adjust to changing market conditions.

Energy infrastructure entities in which we will invest generally can be classified in the following categories:

Pipeline Entities. Pipeline entities are common carrier transporters of natural gas, natural gas liquids (primarily propane, ethane, butane and natural gasoline), crude oil or refined petroleum products (gasoline, diesel fuel and jet fuel). Pipeline entities also may operate ancillary businesses such as storage and marketing of such products. Revenue is derived from capacity and transportation fees. Historically, pipeline output has been less exposed to cyclical economic forces due to its low cost structure and government-regulated nature. In addition, most pipeline entities have limited direct commodity price exposure because they do not own the product being shipped.

S-4

Gathering and Processing Entities. Gathering and p rocessing entities are gatherers and processors of natural gas as well as providers of transportation, fractionation and storage of natural gas liquids (“NGLs”). Revenue is derived from providing services to natural gas producers, which require treatment or processing before their natural gas commodity can be marketed to utilities and other end user markets. Revenue for the processor may be fee based or tied to the prices of the natural gas and NGL commodities.

Propane Entities. Propane entities are distributors of propane to homeowners for space and water heating. Revenue is derived from the resale of the commodity on a margin over wholesale cost. The ability to maintain margin is a key to profitability. Propane serves approximately 3% of the household energy needs in the United States, largely for homes beyond the geographic reach of natural gas distribution pipelines. Approximately 70% of annual cash flow is earned during the winter heating season (October through March). Accordingly, volumes are weather dependent, but have utility type functions similar to electricity and natural gas.

Coal Entities. Coal entities own, lease and manage coal reserves. Revenue is derived from production and sale of coal, or from royalty payments related to leases to coal producers. Electricity generation is the primary use of coal in the United States. Demand for electricity and supply of alternative fuels to generators are the primary drivers of coal demand. Coal entities are subject to operating and production risks, such as: the entity or a lessee meeting necessary production volumes; federal, state and local laws and regulations which may limit the ability to produce coal; the entity’s ability to manage production costs and pay mining reclamation costs; and the effect on demand that the Clean Air Act standards or other laws, regulations or trends have on coal end-users.

Marine Shipping Entities . Marine shipping entities are primarily marine transporters of natural gas, crude oil or refined petroleum products. Marine shipping entities derive revenue from charging customers for the transportation of these products utilizing the entities’ vessels. Transportation services are typically provided pursuant to a charter or contract, the terms of which vary depending on, for example, the length of use of a particular vessel, the amount of cargo transported, the number of voyages made, the parties operating a vessel or other factors.

MLPs and other midstream entities typically achieve distribution growth by internal and external means. MLPs and other midstream entities achieve growth internally by experiencing higher commodity volume driven by the economy and population, and through the expansion of existing operations including increasing the use of underutilized capacity, pursuing projects that can leverage and gain synergies with existing infrastructure and pursuing so called “greenfield projects.” External growth is achieved by making accretive acquisitions.

MLPs and other midstream entities are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and health and safety laws as well as laws and regulations specific to their particular activities. Such laws and regulations address: health and safety standards for the operation of facilities, transportation systems and the handling of materials; air and water pollution requirements and standards; solid waste disposal requirements; land reclamation requirements; and requirements relating to the handling and disposition of hazardous materials. Energy infrastructure MLPs and midstream entities are subject to the costs of compliance with such laws applicable to them, and changes in such laws and regulations may affect adversely their results of operations.

MLPs and midstream entities operating interstate pipelines and storage facilities are subject to substantial regulation by FERC, which regulates interstate transportation rates, services and other matters regarding natural gas pipelines including: the establishment of rates for service; regulation of pipeline storage and liquefied natural gas facility construction; issuing certificates of need for companies intending to provide energy services or constructing and operating interstate pipeline and storage facilities; and certain other matters. FERC also regulates the interstate transportation of crude oil, including: regulation of rates and practices of oil pipeline companies; establishing equal service conditions to provide shippers with equal access to pipeline transportation; and establishment of reasonable rates for transporting petroleum and petroleum products by pipeline.  Certain MLPs regulated by the FERC have the right, but are not obligated, to redeem all of their common units held by an investor who is not subject to U.S. federal income taxation at market value, with the purchase price payable in cash or via a three-year interest-bearing promissory note.  In the event any MLP in which we invest undertakes a redemption of their common units, the financial condition and results of operation of such MLP could be adversely impacted.

S-5

Energy infrastructure companies may be subject to liability relating to the release of substances into the environment, including liability under federal “SuperFund” and similar state laws for investigation and remediation of releases and threatened releases of hazardous materials, as well as liability for injury and property damage for accidental events, such as explosions or discharges of materials causing personal injury and damage to property. Such potential liabilities could have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition and results of operations of energy infrastructure companies.

Energy infrastructure companies are subject to numerous business related risks, including: deterioration of business fundamentals reducing profitability due to development of alternative energy sources, consumer sentiment with respect to global warming, changing demographics in the markets served, unexpectedly prolonged and precipitous changes in commodity prices and increased competition which takes market share; the lack of growth of markets requiring growth through acquisitions; disruptions in transportation systems; the dependence of certain entities upon the energy exploration and development activities of unrelated third parties; availability of capital for expansion and construction of needed facilities; a significant decrease in natural gas production due to depressed commodity prices or otherwise; the inability of entities to successfully integrate recent or future acquisitions; and the general level of the economy.

Energy infrastructure companies, and the market for their securities, are subject to disruption as a result of terrorist activities, such as the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001; war, such as the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq and their aftermaths; and other geopolitical events, including upheaval in the Middle East or other energy producing regions. Cyber hacking could also cause significant disruption and harm to energy infrastructure companies. The U.S. government has issued warnings that energy assets might be specific targets of terrorist activity. Such events have led, and in the future may lead, to short-term market volatility and may have long-term effects on companies in the energy infrastructure industry and markets. Such events may also adversely affect our business and financial condition. To the extent terrorism results in a lower level economic activity, energy consumption could be adversely affected, which would reduce revenues and impede growth. Terrorist or war related disruption of the capital markets could also affect the ability of energy infrastructure companies to raise needed capital.

Master Limited Partnerships

An MLP is an entity that is generally taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and that derives each year at least 90% of its gross income from Qualifying Income. An MLP is typically a limited partnership, the interests in which (known as units) are traded on securities exchanges or over-the-counter. Organization as a partnership and compliance with the Qualifying Income rules generally eliminates federal income tax at the entity level.

An MLP has one or more general partners (who may be individuals, corporations, or other partnerships) which manage the partnership, and limited partners, which provide capital to the partnership but have no role in its management. Typically, the general partner is owned by company management or another publicly traded sponsoring corporation. When an investor buys units in an MLP, he or she becomes a limited partner.

MLPs are formed in several ways. A nontraded partnership may decide to go public. Several nontraded partnerships may roll up into a single MLP. A corporation may spin-off a group of assets or part of its business into an MLP of which it is the general partner, to realize the assets’ full value on the marketplace by selling the assets and using the cash proceeds received from the MLP to address debt obligations or to invest in higher growth opportunities, while retaining control of the MLP. A corporation may fully convert to an MLP, although the tax consequences make this an unappealing option for most corporations. Unlike the ways described above, it is also possible for a newly formed entity to commence operations as an MLP from its inception.

The sponsor or general partner of an MLP, other energy companies, and utilities may sell assets to MLPs in order to generate cash to fund expansion projects or repay debt. The MLP structure essentially transfers cash flows generated from these acquired assets directly to MLP limited partner unit holders.

S-6

In the case of an MLP buying assets from its sponsor or general partner, the transaction is intended to be based upon comparable terms in the acquisition market for similar assets. To help insure that appropriate protections are in place, the board of the MLP generally creates an independent committee to review and approve the terms of the transaction. The committee often obtains a fairness opinion and can retain counsel or other experts to assist its evaluation. Since both parties normally have a significant equity stake in the MLP, both parties are aligned to see that the transaction is accretive and fair to the MLP.

MLPs tend to pay relatively higher distributions than other types of companies, and we intend to use these MLP distributions in an effort to meet our investment objective.

As a motivation for the general partner to successfully manage the MLP and increase cash flows, the terms of MLP partnership agreements typically provide that the general partner receives a larger portion of the net income as distributions reach higher target levels. As cash flow grows, the general partner receives a greater interest in the incremental income compared to the interest of limited partners. Although the percentages vary among MLPs, the general partner’s marginal interest in distributions generally increases from 2% to 15% at the first designated distribution target level moving to up to 25% and ultimately to 50% as pre-established distribution per unit thresholds are met. Nevertheless, the aggregate amount of distributions to limited partners will increase as MLP distributions reach higher target levels. Given this incentive structure, the general partner has an incentive to streamline operations and undertake acquisitions and growth projects in order to increase distributions to all partners.

Because the MLP itself generally does not pay federal income tax, its income or loss is allocated to its investors, irrespective of whether the investors receive any cash payment or other distributions from the MLP. An MLP typically makes quarterly cash distributions. Although they resemble corporate dividends, MLP distributions are treated differently for federal income tax purposes. The MLP distribution is treated as a return of capital to the extent of the investor’s basis in his MLP interest and, to the extent the distribution exceeds the investor’s basis in the MLP interest, generally as capital gain. The investor’s original basis is the price paid for the units. The basis is adjusted downwards with each distribution and allocation of deductions (such as depreciation) and losses, and upwards with each allocation of income and gain.

The partner generally will not incur federal income tax on distributions until (1) he sells his MLP units and pays tax on his gain, which gain is increased due to the basis decrease resulting from prior distributions; or (2) his basis reaches zero. When the units are sold, the difference between the sales price and the investor’s adjusted basis is gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.

For a further discussion and a general description of MLP federal income tax matters, see the section entitled “Certain Federal Income Tax Matters–Federal Income Taxation of MLPs.”

The Company’s Investments

The types of securities in which we may invest include, but are not limited to, the following:

Equity Securities . Consistent with our investment objective, we may invest up to 100% of our total assets in equity securities issued by energy infrastructure companies.  Equity securities currently consist of common and preferred stock, limited partner interests, convertible securities, warrants and depository receipts of companies that are organized as corporations, (that are treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes) (“LLCs”) or limited partnerships, MLP common units and convertible subordinated units, and common units, subordinated units and preferred units of LLCs (each discussed below).

The value of equity securities will be affected by changes in the stock markets, which may be the result of domestic or international political or economic news, changes in interest rates or changing investor sentiment. At times, stock markets can be volatile and stock prices can change substantially. Equity securities risk will affect our net asset value per share, which will fluctuate as the value of the securities held by us change. Not all stock prices change uniformly or at the same time, and not all stock markets move in the same direction at the same time. Other factors affect a particular stock’s prices, such as poor earnings reports by an issuer, loss of major customers, major litigation against an issuer, or changes in governmental regulations affecting an industry. Adverse news affecting one company can sometimes depress the stock prices of all companies in the same industry. Not all factors can be predicted.

S-7

Investing in securities of smaller companies may involve greater risk than is associated with investing in more established companies. Smaller capitalization companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources; may lack management depth or experience; and may be more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic developments than larger, more established companies.

MLP Common Units . MLP common units represent an equity ownership interest in a partnership, providing limited voting rights and entitling the holder to a share of the company’s success through distributions and/or capital appreciation. Unlike stockholders of a corporation, common unit holders do not elect directors annually and generally have the right to vote only on certain significant events, such as mergers, a sale of substantially all of the assets, removal of the general partner or material amendments to the partnership agreement. MLPs are required by their partnership agreements to distribute a large percentage of their current operating earnings. Common unit holders generally have first right to a minimum quarterly distribution (“MQD”) prior to distributions to the convertible subordinated unit holders or the general partner (including incentive distributions). Common unit holders typically have arrearage rights if the MQD is not met. In the event of liquidation, MLP common unit holders have first rights to the partnership’s remaining assets after bondholders, other debt holders, and preferred unit holders have been paid in full. MLP common units trade on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter.

Limited Liability Company Common Units. Some energy infrastructure companies in which we may invest have been organized as LLCs. Such LLCs are treated in the same manner as MLPs for federal income tax purposes and, unless otherwise noted, the term MLP includes all entities that are treated in the same manner as MLPs for federal income tax purposes, regardless of their form of organization. Consistent with our investment objective and policies, we may invest in common units or other securities of such LLCs including preferred and subordinated units and debt securities. LLC common units represent an equity ownership interest in an LLC, entitling the holders to a share of the LLC’s success through distributions and/or capital appreciation. Similar to MLPs, LLCs typically do not pay federal income tax at the entity level and are required by their operating agreements to distribute a large percentage of their current operating earnings. LLC common unit holders generally have first right to a MQD prior to distributions to subordinated unit holders and typically have arrearage rights if the MQD is not met. In the event of liquidation, LLC common unit holders have a right to the LLC’s remaining assets after bondholders, other debt holders and preferred unit holders, if any, have been paid in full. LLC common units typically trade on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter.

In contrast to MLPs, LLCs have no general partner and there are no incentives that entitle management or other unit holders to increased percentages of cash distributions as distributions reach higher target levels. In addition, LLC common unit holders typically have voting rights with respect to the LLC, whereas MLP common units have limited voting rights.

MLP Convertible Subordinated Units . MLP convertible subordinated units typically are issued by MLPs to founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to MLPs, and institutional investors. The purpose of the convertible subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash to be distributed to common unit holders. We expect to purchase convertible subordinated units in direct placements from such persons. Convertible subordinated units generally are not entitled to distributions until holders of common units have received specified MQD, plus any arrearages, and may receive less than common unit holders in distributions upon liquidation. Convertible subordinated unit holders generally are entitled to MQD prior to the payment of incentive distributions to the general partner, but are not entitled to arrearage rights. Therefore, convertible subordinated units generally entail greater risk than MLP common units. They are generally convertible automatically into the senior common units of the same issuer at a one-to-one ratio upon the passage of time or the satisfaction of certain financial tests. Although the means by which convertible subordinated units convert into senior common units depend on a security’s specific terms, MLP convertible subordinated units typically are exchanged for common shares. These units generally do not trade on a national exchange or over-the-counter, and there is no active market for convertible subordinated units. The value of a convertible security is a function of its worth if it were converted into the underlying common units. Convertible subordinated units generally have similar voting rights to MLP common units. Distributions may be paid in cash or in-kind.

S-8

Equity Securities of MLP Affiliates . In addition to equity securities of MLPs, we may also invest in equity securities of MLP affiliates, by purchasing securities of limited liability entities that own general partner interests of MLPs. General partner interests of MLPs are typically retained by an MLP’s original sponsors, such as its founders, corporate partners, entities that sell assets to the MLP and investors such as the entities from which we may purchase general partner interests. An entity holding general partner interests, but not its investors, can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the entity’s investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests often confer direct board participation rights and, in many cases, operating control over the MLP. These interests themselves are generally not publicly traded, although they may be owned by publicly traded entities. General partner interests receive cash distributions, typically 2% of the MLP’s aggregate cash distributions, which are contractually defined in the partnership agreement. In addition, holders of general partner interests typically hold incentive distribution rights (“IDRs”), which provide them with a larger share of the aggregate MLP cash distributions as the distributions to limited partner unit holders are increased to prescribed levels. General partner interests generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.

Non-MLP Equity Securities . In addition to equity securities of MLPs, we may also invest in common and preferred stock, limited partner interests, convertible securities, warrants and depository receipts of companies that are organized as corporations, limited liability companies or limited partnerships. Common stock generally represents an equity ownership interest in an issuer. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long-term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and may under-perform relative to fixed-income securities during certain periods. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock we hold. Also, prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which we have exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, which increases borrowing costs and the costs of capital.

Debt Securities . We may invest up to 25% of our total assets in debt securities of energy infrastructure companies, including certain securities rated below investment grade (“junk bonds”). The debt securities we invest in may have fixed or variable principal payments and all types of interest rate and dividend payment and reset terms, including fixed rate, adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment in kind and auction rate features. If a security satisfies our minimum rating criteria at the time of purchase and is subsequently downgraded below such rating, we will not be required to dispose of such security. If a downgrade occurs, the Adviser will consider what action, including the sale of such security, is in our best interest and our stockholders’ best interests.

Below Investment Grade Debt Securities . We may invest up to 25% of our assets in below investment grade securities. The below investment grade debt securities in which we invest are rated from B3 to Ba1 by Moody’s, from B- to BB+ by S&P’s, are comparably rated by another nationally recognized rating agency or are unrated but determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality.

Investment in below investment grade securities involves substantial risk of loss. Below investment grade debt securities or comparable unrated securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s ability to pay interest and principal and are susceptible to default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and business developments. The market values for high yield securities tend to be very volatile, and these securities are less liquid than investment grade debt securities. For these reasons, investment in below investment grade securities is subject to the following specific risks:


·
increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to a deteriorating economic environment;


·
greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality;

S-9


·
adverse company specific events are more likely to render the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments; and


·
if a negative perception of the below investment grade debt market develops, the price and liquidity of below investment grade debt securities may be depressed. This negative perception could last for a significant period of time.

Adverse changes in economic conditions are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of a below investment grade debt issuer to make principal payments and interest payments than an investment grade issuer. The principal amount of below investment grade securities outstanding has proliferated in the past decade as an increasing number of issuers have used below investment grade securities for corporate financing. An economic downturn could affect severely the ability of highly leveraged issuers to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity. Similarly, down-turns in profitability in specific industries, such as the energy infrastructure industry, could adversely affect the ability of below investment grade debt issuers in that industry to meet their obligations. The market values of lower quality debt securities tend to reflect individual developments of the issuer to a greater extent than do higher quality securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Factors having an adverse impact on the market value of lower quality securities we own may have an adverse effect on our net asset value and the market value of our common stock. In addition, we may incur additional expenses to the extent we are required to seek recovery upon a default in payment of principal or interest on our portfolio holdings. In certain circumstances, we may be required to foreclose on an issuer’s assets and take possession of its property or operations. In such circumstances, we would incur additional costs in disposing of such assets and potential liabilities from operating any business acquired.

The secondary market for below investment grade securities may not be as liquid as the secondary market for more highly rated securities, a factor which may have an adverse effect on our ability to dispose of a particular security when necessary to meet our liquidity needs. There are fewer dealers in the market for below investment grade securities than investment grade obligations. The prices quoted by different dealers may vary significantly and the spread between the bid and asked price is generally much larger than higher quality instruments. Under adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for below investment grade securities could contract further, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer, and these instruments may become illiquid. As a result, we could find it more difficult to sell these securities or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if such securities were widely traded. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated or unrated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices used in calculating our net asset value.

Because investors generally perceive that there are greater risks associated with lower quality debt securities of the type in which we may invest a portion of our assets, the yields and prices of such securities may tend to fluctuate more than those for higher rated securities. In the lower quality segments of the debt securities market, changes in perceptions of issuers’ creditworthiness tend to occur more frequently and in a more pronounced manner than do changes in higher quality segments of the debt securities market, resulting in greater yield and price volatility.

We will not invest in distressed, below investment grade securities (those that are in default or the issuers of which are in bankruptcy). If a debt security becomes distressed while held by us, we may be required to bear extraordinary expenses in order to protect and recover our investment if it is recoverable at all.

See Appendix A to this Statement of Additional Information for a description of ratings of Moody’s, Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) and S&P.

Restricted, Illiquid and Thinly-Traded Securities . We may invest up to 30% of our total assets in restricted securities.  The types of restricted securities that we may purchase include securities of private energy infrastructure companies, including clean-energy related private equity investments, and privately issued securities of publicly traded energy infrastructure companies.  Restricted securities obtained by means of direct placement are less liquid than securities traded in the open market; therefore, we may not be able to readily sell such securities. Investments currently considered by the Adviser to be illiquid because of such restrictions include convertible subordinated units and certain direct placements of common units. Such securities are unlike securities that are traded in the open market and which can be expected to be sold immediately if the market is adequate. The sale price of securities that are not readily marketable may be lower or higher than our most recent determination of their fair value. Additionally, the value of these securities typically requires more reliance on the judgment of the Adviser than that required for securities for which there is an active trading market. Due to the difficulty in valuing these securities and the absence of an active trading market for these investments, we may not be able to realize these securities’ true value, or may have to delay their sale in order to do so.

S-10

Restricted securities generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, or in a registered public offering. The Adviser has the ability to deem restricted securities as liquid. To enable us to sell our holdings of a restricted security not registered under the 1933 Act, we may have to cause those securities to be registered. When we must arrange registration because we wish to sell the security, a considerable period may elapse between the time the decision is made to sell the security and the time the security is registered so that we could sell it. We would bear the risks of any downward price fluctuation during that period.

In recent years, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, including private placements, repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities and corporate bonds and notes. These instruments are often restricted securities because the securities are either themselves exempt from registration or sold in transactions not requiring registration, such as Rule 144A transactions. Institutional investors generally will not seek to sell these instruments to the general public, but instead will often depend on an efficient institutional market in which such unregistered securities can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. Therefore, the fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or certain institutions is not dispositive of the liquidity of such investments.

Rule 144A under the 1933 Act establishes a “safe harbor” from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act for resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. Institutional markets for restricted securities that exist or may develop as a result of Rule 144A may provide both readily ascertainable values for restricted securities and the ability to liquidate an investment. An insufficient number of qualified institutional buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A-eligible securities held by us, however, could affect adversely the marketability of such portfolio securities and we might not be able to dispose of such securities promptly or at reasonable prices.

We also may invest in securities that may not be restricted, but are thinly-traded. Although securities of certain MLPs trade on the NYSE, NYSE Alternext U.S. (formerly known as AMEX), the NASDAQ National Market or other securities exchanges or markets, such securities may trade less than those of larger companies due to their relatively smaller capitalizations. Such securities may be difficult to dispose of at a fair price during times when we believe it is desirable to do so. Thinly-traded securities are also more difficult to value, and the Adviser’s judgment as to value will often be given greater weight than market quotations, if any exist. If market quotations are not available, thinly-traded securities will be valued in accordance with procedures established by the Board. Investment of our capital in thinly-traded securities may restrict our ability to take advantage of market opportunities. The risks associated with thinly-traded securities may be particularly acute in situations in which our operations require cash and could result in us borrowing to meet our short term needs or incurring losses on the sale of thinly-traded securities.

Commercial Paper . We may invest in commercial paper. Commercial paper is a debt obligation usually issued by corporations and may be unsecured or secured by letters of credit or a surety bond. Commercial paper usually is repaid at maturity by the issuer from the proceeds of the issuance of new commercial paper. As a result, investment in commercial paper is subject to the risk that the issuer cannot issue enough new commercial paper to satisfy its outstanding commercial paper, also known as rollover risk.

Asset-backed commercial paper is a debt obligation generally issued by a corporate-sponsored special purpose entity to which the corporation has contributed cash-flowing receivables like credit card receivables, auto and equipment leases, and other receivables. Investment in asset-backed commercial paper is subject to the risk that insufficient proceeds from the projected cash flows of the contributed receivables are available to repay the commercial paper.

S-11

U.S. Government Securities . We may invest in U.S. Government securities. There are two broad categories of U.S. Government-related debt instruments: (a) direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, and (b) securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies.

Examples of direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury are Treasury bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. These instruments are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the United States. They differ primarily in interest rates, the length of maturities and the dates of issuance. Treasury bills have original maturities of one year or less. Treasury notes have original maturities of one to ten years, and Treasury bonds generally have original maturities of greater than ten years.

Some agency securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, and others are backed only by the rights of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, while still others, such as the securities of the Federal Farm Credit Bank, are supported only by the credit of the issuer. With respect to securities supported only by the credit of the issuing agency or by an additional line of credit with the U.S. Treasury, there is no guarantee that the U.S. Government will provide support to such agencies, and such securities may involve risk of loss of principal and interest.

Repurchase Agreements . We may enter into “repurchase agreements” backed by U.S. Government securities. A repurchase agreement arises when we purchase a security and simultaneously agree to resell it to the vendor at an agreed upon future date. The resale price is greater than the purchase price, reflecting an agreed upon market rate of return that is effective for the period of time we hold the security and that is not related to the coupon rate on the purchased security. Such agreements generally have maturities of no more than seven days and could be used to permit us to earn interest on assets awaiting long-term investment. We require continuous maintenance by our custodian for our account in the Federal Reserve/Treasury Book-Entry System of collateral in an amount equal to, or in excess of, the market value of the securities that are the subject of a repurchase agreement. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are considered illiquid securities. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, we could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying security and losses, including: (a) possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period while we seek to enforce our rights thereto; (b) possible subnormal levels of income and lack of access to income during this period; and (c) expenses of enforcing our rights.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements . We may enter into reverse repurchase agreements for temporary purposes with banks and securities dealers if the creditworthiness of the bank or securities dealer has been determined by the Adviser to be satisfactory. A reverse repurchase agreement is a repurchase agreement in which we are the seller of, rather than the investor in, securities and agree to repurchase them at an agreed-upon time and price. Use of a reverse repurchase agreement may be preferable to a regular sale and later repurchase of securities because it avoids certain market risks and transaction costs.

At the time when we enter into a reverse repurchase agreement, liquid assets (such as cash, U.S. Government securities or other “high-grade” debt obligations) having a value at least as great as the purchase price of the securities to be purchased will be segregated on our books and held by our custodian throughout the period of the obligation. The use of reverse repurchase agreements creates leverage which increases our investment risk. If the income and gains on securities purchased with the proceeds of these transactions exceed the cost, our earnings or net asset value will increase faster than otherwise would be the case; conversely, if the income and gains fail to exceed the cost, earnings or net asset value would decline faster than otherwise would be the case. We intend to enter into reverse repurchase agreements only if the income from the investment of the proceeds is greater than the expense of the transaction, because the proceeds are invested for a period no longer than the term of the reverse repurchase agreement.

Margin Borrowing . Although we do not currently intend to, we may in the future use margin borrowing of up to 33 1/3% of total assets for investment purposes when the Adviser believes it will enhance returns. Margin borrowing creates certain additional risks. For example, should the securities that are pledged to brokers to secure margin accounts decline in value, or should brokers from which we have borrowed increase their maintenance margin requirements (i.e., reduce the percentage of a position that can be financed), then we could be subject to a “margin call,” pursuant to which we must either deposit additional funds with the broker or suffer mandatory liquidation of the pledged securities to compensate for the decline in value. In the event of a precipitous drop in the value of our assets, we might not be able to liquidate assets quickly enough to pay off the margin debt and might suffer mandatory liquidation of positions in a declining market at relatively low prices, thereby incurring substantial losses. For these reasons, the use of borrowings for investment purposes is considered a speculative investment practice. Any use of margin borrowing by us would be subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, including the prohibition from us issuing more than one class of senior securities, and the asset coverage requirements discussed earlier in this Statement of Additional Information. See “Investment Limitations.”

S-12

Interest Rate Transactions . We may, but are not required to, use interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps and floors in an attempt to reduce the interest rate risk arising from our leveraged capital structure. There is no assurance that the interest rate hedging transactions into which we enter will be effective in reducing our exposure to interest rate risk. Hedging transactions are subject to correlation risk, which is the risk that payment on our hedging transactions may not correlate exactly with our payment obligations on senior securities.

The use of interest rate transactions is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. In an interest rate swap, we would agree to pay to the other party to the interest rate swap (which is known as the “counterparty”) a fixed rate payment in exchange for the counterparty agreeing to pay to us a variable rate payment that is intended to approximate our variable rate payment obligation on any variable rate borrowings. The payment obligations would be based on the notional amount of the swap. In an interest rate cap, we would pay a premium to the counterparty to the interest rate cap and, to the extent that a specified variable rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, would receive from the counterparty payments of the difference based on the notional amount of such cap. In an interest rate floor, we would be entitled to receive, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, our use of interest rate transactions could enhance or decrease distributable cash flow (generally, cash from operations less certain operating expenses and reserves) available to the shares of our common stock. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the value of the interest rate transactions could decline, and could result in a decline in the net asset value of the shares of our common stock. In addition, if the counterparty to an interest rate transaction defaults, we would not be able to use the anticipated net receipts under the interest rate transaction to offset our cost of financial leverage. When interest rate swap transactions are outstanding, we will segregate liquid assets with our custodian in an amount equal to our net payment obligation under the swap.

Delayed-Delivery Transactions . Securities may be bought and sold on a delayed-delivery or when-issued basis. These transactions involve a commitment to purchase or sell specific securities at a predetermined price or yield, with payment and delivery taking place after the customary settlement period for that type of security. Typically, no interest accrues to the purchaser until the security is delivered. We may receive fees or price concessions for entering into delayed-delivery transactions.

When purchasing securities on a delayed-delivery basis, the purchaser assumes the rights and risks of ownership, including the risks of price and yield fluctuations and the risk that the security will not be issued as anticipated. Because payment for the securities is not required until the delivery date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with our investments. If we remain substantially fully invested at a time when delayed-delivery purchases are outstanding, the delayed-delivery purchases may result in a form of leverage. When delayed-delivery purchases are outstanding, we will segregate appropriate liquid assets with our custodian to cover the purchase obligations. When we have sold a security on a delayed- delivery basis, we do not participate in further gains or losses with respect to the security. If the other party to a delayed-delivery transaction fails to deliver or pay for the securities, we could miss a favorable price or yield opportunity or suffer a loss.

Securities Lending . We may lend securities to parties such as broker-dealers or institutional investors. Securities lending allows us to retain ownership of the securities loaned and, at the same time, to earn additional income. Since there may be delays in the recovery of loaned securities, or even a loss of rights in collateral supplied should the borrower fail financially, loans will be made only to parties deemed by the Adviser to be of good credit and legal standing. Furthermore, loans of securities will only be made if, in the Adviser’s judgment, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

S-13

The Adviser understands that it is the current view of the SEC staff that we may engage in loan transactions only under the following conditions: (1) we must receive 100% collateral in the form of cash or cash equivalents (e.g., U.S. Treasury bills or notes) from the borrower; (2) the borrower must increase the collateral whenever the market value of the securities loaned (determined on a daily basis) rises above the value of the collateral; (3) after giving notice, we must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (4) we must receive reasonable interest on the loan or a flat fee from the borrower, as well as amounts equivalent to any dividends, interest, or other distributions on the securities loaned and to any increase in market value; (5) we may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (6) the Board must be able to vote proxies on the securities loaned, either by terminating the loan or by entering into an alternative arrangement with the borrower.

Temporary and Defensive Investments . Pending investment of offering or leverage proceeds, we may invest such proceeds in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its instrumentalities or agencies, short-term debt securities, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and other bank obligations, commercial paper rated in the highest category by a rating agency or other liquid fixed income securities deemed by the Adviser to be of similar quality (collectively, “short-term securities”), or we may invest in cash or cash equivalents, all of which are expected to provide a lower yield than the securities of energy infrastructure companies. We also may invest in short-term securities or cash on a temporary basis to meet working capital needs including, but not limited to, for collateral in connection with certain investment techniques, to hold a reserve pending payment of distributions, and to facilitate the payment of expenses and settlement of trades.

Under adverse market or economic conditions, we may invest up to 100% of our total assets in short-term securities or cash. The yield on short-term securities or cash may be lower than the returns on MLPs or yields on lower rated fixed income securities. To the extent we invest in short-term securities or cash for defensive purposes, such investments are inconsistent with, and may result in our not achieving, our investment objective.

Covered Call Options Strategy

We may also seek to provide current income from gains earned through a covered call option strategy.  A call option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of such call option the right to buy the security underlying the call option from the writer of such call option at a specified price (exercise price) at any time during the term of the option.  At the time the call option is sold, the writer of a call option receives a premium from the buyer of such call option.

If we write a call option on a security or basket of securities, we have the obligation upon exercise of such call option to deliver the underlying security or securities upon payment of the exercise price. As the writer of such call options, in effect, during the term of the option, in exchange for the premium received by us, we sell the potential appreciation above the exercise price in the value of securities covered by the options. Therefore, we forego part of the potential appreciation for part of our equity portfolio in exchange for the call premium received, but retain the risk of potential decline in those securities below the price which is equal to the excess of the exercise price of the call option over the premium per share received on the call option.

If we write a call option, we may terminate our obligation by effecting a closing purchase transaction. This is accomplished by purchasing a call option with the same terms as the option previously written. However, once we have been assigned an exercise notice, we will be unable to effect a closing purchase transaction. There can be no assurance that a closing purchase transaction can be effected when we so desire.

Other principal factors affecting the market value of an option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price and price volatility of the underlying security and the time remaining until the expiration date of the option. Gains and losses on investments in options depend, in part, on the ability of our Adviser to predict correctly the effect of these factors.

When we write a call option, an amount equal to the premium received by us will be recorded as a liability and will be subsequently adjusted to the current fair value of the option written. Premiums received from writing options that expire unexercised are treated by us as realized gains from investments on the expiration date. If we repurchase a written call option prior to its exercise, the difference between the premium received and the amount paid to repurchase the option is treated as a realized gain or realized loss.  If a call option is exercised, the premium is added to the proceeds from the sale of the underlying security in determining whether we have realized a gain or loss.

S-14

Although our Adviser will attempt to take appropriate measures to minimize the risks relating to writing covered call options, there can be no assurance that we will succeed in any option-writing program we undertake.

Subsidiaries

If our Adviser determines it to be appropriate or necessary, we may form one or more wholly owned subsidiaries in one or more jurisdictions (each, a “Subsidiary,” and together, the “Subsidiaries”), each of which would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We may invest either directly or indirectly through the Subsidiaries. We will be the sole shareholder of any Subsidiary, and it is currently expected that shares of any Subsidiary will not be sold or offered to other investors.

We may invest an aggregate of up to 5% of our total assets in Subsidiaries. We anticipate investing in certain private clean energy-related issuers indirectly through the Subsidiaries.

The Subsidiaries will not be registered under the 1940 Act and will not be subject to all of the investor protections of the 1940 Act. In addition, changes in the laws of the United States and/or any jurisdiction in which a Subsidiary is formed could result in our inability or the inability of the Subsidiaries to operate as described in this prospectus and our statement of additional information and could adversely affect the Company. Our Board of Directors has oversight responsibility for the investment activities of the Company, including the Company’s investments in any Subsidiary, and our role as the sole shareholder of any Subsidiary.

The assets of any Subsidiaries and the assets of the Company, taken as a whole, will be subject to the same investment restrictions and limitations, and the Subsidiary will be subject to the same compliance policies and procedures, as the Company. As a result, investments held through a Subsidiary will be taken into account in determining compliance with the investment policies and restrictions that apply to the management of the Company, and, in particular, to the requirements relating to portfolio leverage, affiliated transactions and the timing and method of the valuation of any Subsidiary’s portfolio investments.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Directors and Officers

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. Accordingly, the Board of Directors provides broad supervision over our affairs, including supervision of the duties performed by the Adviser. Our officers are responsible for our day-to-day operations. Our directors and officers and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth below. Each director and officer will hold office until his successor is duly elected and qualifies, or until he resigns or is removed in the manner provided by law. The Board of Directors is divided into three classes. Directors of each class are elected to serve until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualify. Each year only one class of directors is elected by the stockholders. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each director and officer is 11550 Ash Street, Suite 300, Leawood, Kansas 66211. The Board of Directors consists of a majority of directors who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser or its affiliates (“Independent Directors”).

S-15

Name and
Age*
 
Position(s)
Held
With
Company
and Length of
Time Served
 
Principal Occupation During
Past Five Years

Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Director (1)

Other Public
Company
Directorships
Held During
Past
Five Years
Independent
Directors
 
 
 


Conrad S.
Ciccotello
(Born 1960)
 
Class I Director;
Director since 2003
 
Professor and the Director, Reiman School of Finance, University of Denver (faculty member since 2017); Associate Professor and Chairman  of the Department of Risk Management and Insurance, Director of the Asset and Wealth Management Program, Robinson College of Business, Georgia State University (1999-2017); Investment Consultant to the University System of Georgia for its defined contribution retirement plan (2008-2017); Formerly Faculty Member, Pennsylvania State University (1997-1999); Published a number of academic and professional journal articles on investment company performance and structure, with a focus on MLPs.
 
7
 
CorEnergy Infrastructure Trust, Inc.; Peachtree Alternative Strategies Fund;
                 
Rand C. Berney
(Born 1955)
 
Class II Director;
Director since January 1, 2014
 
Executive-in-Residence and Professor for Professional Ethics Course, College of Business Administration, Kansas State University since 2012; Formerly Senior Vice President of Corporate Shared Services of ConocoPhillips from 2009 to 2012, Vice President and Controller of ConocoPhillips from 2002 to 2009, and Vice President and Controller of Phillips Petroleum Company from 1997 to 2002; Member of the Oklahoma Society of CPAs, the Financial Executive Institute, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Institute of Internal Auditors and the Institute of Management Accountants.
 
6
  None
                 
Jennifer Paquette
 
Class II Director, Director since May 18, 2018
 
Retired in 2017; Previously Chief Investment Officer of the Public Employees’ Retirement Association of Colorado (“Colorado PERA”) from 2003 to 2017; Held various positions within Colorado PERA from 1999 to 2003 and 1995 to 1996; Formerly Vice-President Institutional Account Executive at Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith from 1991 to 1994; Vice President, Portfolio Manager and Analyst at Alliance Capital Management from 1987 to 1991; Portfolio Assistant and Assistant at Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management from 1985 to 1987; CFA charterholder.
 
6
  None

S-16

Name and
Age*
 
Position(s)
Held
With
Company
and Length of
Time Served
 
Principal Occupation During
Past Five Years
 
Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Director (1)
 
Other Public
Company
Directorships
Held During
Past
Five Years
Alexandra A.
Herger
(Born 1957)
 
Class III Director;
Director since January 1, 2015
 
Retired in 2014; Previously interim vice president of exploration for Marathon Oil and director of international exploration and new ventures for Marathon Oil from 2008 to 2014; Held various positions with Shell Exploration and Production Co. between 2002 and 2008; Member of the Society of Exploration Geophysicists, the American Association of Petroleum Geologists, the Houston Geological Society and the Southeast Asia Petroleum Exploration Society; Member of the 2010 Leadership Texas/Foundation for Women’s Resources since 2010; Director of Panoro Energy ASA, an international independent oil and gas company listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange.
 
6
  None
Interested
Directors and
Officers (2)
               
H. Kevin Birzer
(Born 1959)
 
Class III Director;
Director and Chairman of the Board since 2003
 
Member of the Board of Directors of the Adviser; Managing Director of the Adviser and member of the Investment Committee of the Adviser since 2002; Director and Chairman of the Board of TEAF since its inception in March 2019; Director and Chairman of the Board of each of the Company, TPZ, NTG, TTP and NDP since its inception, and of each of TYY and TYN from its inception until its merger into the Company effective June 23, 2014; CFA charterholder.
 
6
  None
                 
P. Bradley Adams
(Born 1960)
 
Chief Executive Officer since June 30, 2015; Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer since May 18, 2017.
 
Managing Director of the Adviser since January 2013; Director of Financial Operations of the Adviser from 2005 to January 2013; Chief Executive Officer of NTG, TPZ, TTP and NDP since June 30, 2015; Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer of NTG, TPZ, TTP and NDP since May 2017; Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of TEAF since its inception; Chief Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer of TSIFX since its inception; Chief Financial Officer of the Company from May 2011 to June 30, 2015, of NTG from 2010 to June 30, 2015, of TPZ from May 2011 to June 30, 2015, of each of TTP and NDP from its inception to June 30, 2015, and of each of TYY and TYN from May 2011 to June 23, 2014;
 
N/A
 
None

S-17

Name and
Age*
 
Position(s)
Held
With
Company
and Length of
Time Served
 
Principal Occupation During
Past Five Years
 
Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Director (1)
 
Other Public
Company
Directorships
Held During
Past
Five Years
Matthew G.P.
Sallee
(Born 1978)
 
President since June 30, 2015
 
Senior Portfolio Manager of the Adviser since February 2019; Managing Director of the Adviser since January 2014; Member of the Investment Committee of the Adviser since June 30, 2015; Portfolio Manager of the Adviser from July 2013 to January 2019; CFA charterholder.
 
N/A
 
None
                 
Nicholas S.
Holmes
(Born 1985)
 
Vice President since June 30, 2015
 
Director and Portfolio Manager of the Adviser since January 2019; Investment Analyst of the Adviser from January 2015 to December 2018; Research Analyst of the Adviser from January 2012 through December 2014; Vice President of NTG since June 30, 2015.  CFA charterholder.
 
N/A
 
None
                 
Shobana Gopal
(Born 1962)
 
Vice President since June 30, 2015
 
Director, Tax of the Adviser since January 2013; Vice President of each of TPZ, NTG, TTP and NDP since June 30, 2015 ; Vice President of TEAF since its inception; Vice President of TSIFX since its inception.
 
N/A
 
None
                 
Diane Bono
(Born 1958)
 
Chief Compliance Officer since June 2006; Secretary since May 2013
 
Managing Director of the Adviser since January 2018;  Chief Compliance Officer of the Adviser since June 2006; Chief Compliance Officer of each of TPZ, NTG, TTP and NDP since its inception, and of each of TYY and TYN from June 2006 to June 23, 2014; Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary of TEAF since its inception; Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary of TSIFX since its inception; Secretary of each of the Company, TPZ, NTG, TTP and NDP since May 2013, and of each of TYY and TYN from May 2013 to June 23, 2014.
 
N/A
 
None



(1)
This number includes TPZ, NTG, TTP, NDP and the Company and, which Tortoise Essential Assets Income Fund ("TEAF") was launched in March , 2019. Our Adviser also serves as the investment adviser to TPZ, NTG, TTP, NDP, TEAF and two open-end investment companies. For Mr. Ciccotello, this number also includes the Tortoise Tax-Advantaged Social Infrastructure Fund, Inc. (“TSIFX”), whose investment adviser is an affiliate of our Adviser.

(2)
As a result of their respective positions held with our Adviser or its affiliates, these individuals are considered “interested persons” within the meaning of the 1940 Act.

*The address of each director and officer is 11550 Ash Street, Suite 300, Leawood, Kansas 66211.

S-18

In addition to the experience provided in the table above, each director possesses the following qualifications, attributes and skills, each of which factored  into the conclusion to invite them to join our Board of Directors: Mr. Ciccotello, experience as a college professor, a Ph.D. in finance and expertise in energy infrastructure MLPs; Mr. Berney, experience as a college professor, executive leadership and business experience; Ms. Herger, executive leadership and business experience; Ms. Paquette, investment management experience as a chief investment officer of a state public employees’ retirement association; and Mr. Birzer, investment management experience as an executive, portfolio manager and leadership roles with our Adviser.

Other attributes and qualifications considered for each director in connection with their selection to join our Board of Directors were their character and integrity and their willingness and ability to serve and commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a director for both us and for other funds in the Tortoise fund complex. In addition, as to each director other than Mr. Birzer, their status as an Independent Director; and, as to Mr. Birzer, his roles with our Adviser were an important factor in their selection as directors. No experience, qualification, attribute or skill was by itself controlling.

Mr. Birzer serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Birzer is an “interested person” of ours within the meaning of the 1940 Act. The appointment of Mr. Birzer as Chairman reflects the Board of Director’s belief that his experience, familiarity with our day-to-day operations and access to individuals with responsibility for our management and operations provides the Board of Directors with insight into our business and activities and, with his access to appropriate administrative support, facilitates the efficient development of meeting agendas that address our business, legal and other needs and the orderly conduct of meetings of the Board of Directors. Mr. Ciccotello serves as Lead Independent Director. The Lead Independent Director will, among other things, chair executive sessions of the three directors who are Independent Directors, serve as a spokesperson for the Independent Directors and serve as a liaison between the Independent Directors and our management. The Independent Directors will regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. The Board of Directors also has determined that its leadership structure, as described above, is appropriate in light of our size and complexity, the number of Independent Directors and the Board of Directors’ general oversight responsibility. The Board of Directors also believes that its leadership structure not only facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Directors from management, but also enhances the independent and orderly exercise of its responsibilities.

We have an audit and valuation committee that consists of four directors (the “Audit Committee”) who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of the 1940 Act (“Independent Directors”). The Audit Committee members are Conrad S. Ciccotello (Chairman), Rand C. Berney, Alexandra A. Herger and Jennifer Paquette. The Audit Committee’s function is to oversee our accounting policies, financial reporting and internal control system. The Audit Committee makes recommendations regarding the selection of our independent registered public accounting firm, reviews the independence of such firm, reviews the scope of the audit and internal controls, considers and reports to the Board on matters relating to our accounting and financial reporting practices, and performs such other tasks as the full Board deems necessary or appropriate. The Audit Committee held four meetings in the fiscal year ended November 30, 2018.

We also have a Nominating and Governance Committee that consists exclusively of four Independent Directors. The Nominating and Governance Committee’s function is to (i) identify individuals qualified to become Board members and recommend to the Board the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders and to fill any vacancies; (ii) monitor the structure and membership of Board committees; recommend to the Board director nominees for each committee; (iii) review issues and developments related to corporate governance issues and develop and recommend to the Board corporate governance guidelines and procedures, to the extent necessary or desirable; and (iv) actively seek individuals who meet the standards for directors set forth in our Bylaws, who meet the requirements of any applicable laws or exchange requirements and who are otherwise qualified to become board members for recommendation to the Board. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider shareholder recommendations for nominees for membership to the Board so long as such recommendations are made in accordance with our Bylaws. Nominees recommended by stockholders in compliance with the Company’s Bylaws will be evaluated on the same basis as other nominees considered by the Nominating and Governance Committee.  The Nominating and Governance Committee members are Conrad S. Ciccotello, Rand C. Berney, Alexandra A. Herger (Chairman) and Jennifer Paquette. The Nominating and Governance Committee held three meetings in the fiscal year ended November 30, 2018.

S-19

We also have a Compliance Committee that consists exclusively of four Independent Directors. The Compliance Committee’s function is to review and assess management’s compliance with applicable securities laws, rules and regulations, monitor compliance with our Code of Ethics, and handle other matters as the Board or committee chair deems appropriate. The Compliance Committee members are Conrad S. Ciccotello, Rand C. Berney (Chairman), Alexandra A. Herger and Jennifer Paquette. The Compliance Committee held two meetings in the fiscal year ended November 30, 2018.

We also have an Executive Committee consisting of  H. Kevin Birzer and Conrad S. Ciccotello that has authority to exercise the powers of the Board (i) to address emergency matters where assembling the full Board in a timely manner is impracticable, or (ii) to address matters of an administrative or ministerial nature.  Mr. Birzer is an “interested person” within the meaning of the 1940 Act.  In the absence of either member of the Executive Committee, the remaining member is authorized to act alone.  The Executive Committee held no meetings in the fiscal year ended November 30, 2018.

The Board of Directors’ role in our risk oversight reflects its responsibility under applicable state law to oversee generally, rather than to manage, our operations. In line with this oversight responsibility, the Board of Directors will receive reports and make inquiry at its regular meetings and as needed regarding the nature and extent of significant risks (including investment, compliance and valuation risks) that potentially could have a materially adverse impact on our business operations, investment performance or reputation, but relies upon our management to assist it in identifying and understanding the nature and extent of such risks and determining whether, and to what extent, such risks may be eliminated or mitigated. In addition to reports and other information received from our management regarding our investment program and activities, the Board of Directors as part of its risk oversight efforts will meet at its regular meetings and as needed with our Adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer to discuss, among other things, risk issues and issues regarding our policies, procedures and controls. The Board of Directors may be assisted in performing aspects of its role in risk oversight by the Audit Committee and such other standing or special committees as may be established from time to time. For example, the Audit Committee will regularly meet with our independent public accounting firm to review, among other things, reports on our internal controls for financial reporting.

The Board of Directors believes that not all risks that may affect us can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve our goals and objectives, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the directors as to risk management matters are typically summaries of relevant information and may be inaccurate or incomplete. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the risk management oversight of the Board of Directors is subject to substantial limitations.

Directors and officers who are interested persons of the Company or the Administrator will receive no salary or fees from us. For the 2019 fiscal year, each Independent Director receives from us an annual retainer of $33,800 (plus an additional $3,000 for the Chairman of the Audit Committee and an additional $1,000 for each other committee Chairman) and a fee of $1,000 (and reimbursement for related expenses) for each meeting of the Board or Audit Committee attended in person (or $500 for each Board or Audit Committee meeting attended telephonically, or for each Audit Committee meeting attended in person that is held on the same day as a Board meeting), and an additional $500 for each other committee meeting attended in person or telephonically. No director or officer is entitled to receive pension or retirement benefits from us.

S-20

The table below sets forth the compensation paid to the directors by us for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2018.

Name and Position With
the Company
 
Aggregate
Compensation From
the Company
   
Aggregate
Compensation
From
the Company
and Fund
Complex
Paid to
Directors**
 
Independent Directors
           
Conrad S. Ciccotello
 
$
48,100
   
$
196,600
 
Rand C. Berney
 
$
46,100
   
$
171,600
 
Charles E. Heath*
    17,497     $ 65,722  
Alexandra A. Herger
 
$
46,100
   
$
171,600
 
Jennifer Paquette*
 
$
28,603
   
$
105,878
 

* Mr. Heath retired from the Board of Directors effective May 18, 2018.  Ms. Paquette was elected as a Director of each of the Company, NTG, TTP, TPZ and NDP on May 18, 2018.

** Includes NTG, TPZ, TTP, NDP, the Company and for Mr. Ciccotello, TSIFX.

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each director of the Company as of December 31, 2018.

Name of Director
 
Aggregate Dollar Range of
Company Securities
Beneficially Owned By
Director*
   
Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in all
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by
Director in Family of
Investment Companies**
 
Independent Directors
           
Conrad S. Ciccotello
 
Over $100,000
   
Over $100,000
 
Rand C. Berney
 
$
10,001-$50,000
   
$
50,001-$100,000
 
Alexandra A. Herger
 
$
1-$10,000
   
$
10,001-$50,000
 
Jennifer Paquette
 
$
1-$10,000
   
$
10,001-$50,000
 
Interested Director
               
H. Kevin Birzer
 
Over $100,000
   
Over $100,000
 


*As of December 31, 2018, the officers and directors of the Company, as a group, owned less than 1% of any class of the Company’s outstanding shares of stock.

**Includes the Company, TPZ, NTG, TTP and NDP and for Mr. Ciccotello, TSIFX.

Control Persons

As of February 28, 2019, to the knowledge of the Company, the following persons owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of our common shares:

   
Shares Held
   
Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares
 
National Financial Services LLC
245 Summer Street
Boston, MA  02210
   
7,496,295
     
13.98
%
Morgan Stanley
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC*
1585 Broadway
New York, NY  10036
   
7,233,699
     
13.49
%
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
211 Main Street
San Francisco, CA  94105
   
6,100,665
     
11.37
%
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
One Bryant Park
New York, NY 10036
   
4,687,188
     
8.74
%

S-21

*Pursuant to an Amendment to Schedule 13G filing on February 12, 2019, Morgan Stanley and its wholly owned subsidiary, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, report beneficial ownership as of December 31, 2018 of 2,224,318.  Per the Schedule 13G, the securities being reported on by Morgan Stanley as a parent holding company are owned, or may be deemed to be beneficially owned, by Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley.

As of February 28, 2019 to the knowledge of the Company , the following persons owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of our mandatorily redeemable preferred shares:

   
Shares Held
   
Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares
 
Babson Capital Management LLC*
470 Atlantic Ave
Boston, MA  02210-2208
   
4,600,000
     
27.9
%
                 
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA  01111
               
                 
Voya Financial, Inc.**
230 Park Ave.
14th Floor,
New York, NY 10169
   
2,700,000
     
16.4
%
                 
The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America***
7 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10004
   
2,100,000
     
12.7
%
                 
Knights of Columbus****
One Columbus Plaza
New Haven, CT  06510
   
2,100,000
     
12.7
%
                 
Principal Global Investors, LLC*****
Principal Life Insurance Company
RGA Reinsurance Company
711 High Street, G-26
Des Moines, IA 50392
   
1,800,000
     
10.9
%
                 
Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America****
730 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10017
   
1,400,000
     
8.5
%
                 
Athene Asset Management, L.P.******
Athene Annuity and Life Company
Royal Neighbors of America
7700 Mills Civic Parkway
West Des Moines, IA 50266
   
1,360,000
     
8.2
%

(*)
Information based on Schedule 13G amendment filed on January 7, 2015. Babson Capital Management LLC reports that, in its capacity as investment adviser, it has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the 4,600,000 shares of Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Stock held in certain advisory accounts owned (directly or indirectly) by affiliated entities and therefore may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Babson Capital Management LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company (“MassMutual”), the direct beneficial owner of 4,415,000 shares of Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Stock. In addition, C.M. Life Insurance Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MassMutual, owns 185,000 shares of Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Stock, which therefore may be deemed to be indirectly owned by MassMutual.
(**)
Information based on a Schedule 13G filed on February 13, 2015. The Schedule 13G was filed by Voya Financial, Inc. as the ultimate parent corporation of the following entities, each of which is a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Voya Financial, Inc.: Voya Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company, Voya Insurance and Annuity Company, ReliaStar Life Insurance Company, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York and Voya Investment Management, LLC (as investment adviser to the foregoing subsidiaries). Voya Financial, Inc. reports that it has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares listed in the table above.
(***)
Information based on a Schedule 13G amendment filed on January 13, 2017. The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America reports that it has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares listed in the table above.
(****)
Information based on a Securities Purchase Agreement dated October 9, 2014.
(*****)
Information based on a Securities Purchase Agreement dated October 9, 2014 through which Principal Global Investors, LLC obtained beneficial ownership of shares on behalf of Principal Life Insurance Company and RGA Reinsurance Company.
(******)
Information based on a Securities Purchase Agreement dated October 9, 2014 through which Athene Asset Management, L.P. obtained beneficial ownership of shares on behalf of Athene Asset and Life Company and Royal Neighbors of America in its capacity as investment adviser.

S-22

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty which is established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our Charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and the 1940 Act.

Our Charter authorizes, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and the 1940 Act, us to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer of ours and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her status as a present or former director or officer of ours or as a present or former director, officer, partner or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our Bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director of ours and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her status as a present or former director or officer of ours and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our obligation to indemnify any director, officer or other individual, however, is limited by the 1940 Act which prohibits us from indemnifying any director, officer or other individual (including advancing legal fees or making payments for settlements and judgments) from any liability resulting from the willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence in the performance of duties or reckless disregard of applicable obligations and duties of the directors, officers or other individuals. To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and the 1940 Act, our Charter and Bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of ours or a predecessor of ours.

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our Charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith, or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation, and (b) a written undertaking by him or on his behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met. Our obligation to indemnify any director, officer or other individual, however, is limited by the 1940 Act, which prohibits us from indemnifying any director, officer or other individual from any liability resulting from the willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence in the performance of duties or reckless disregard of applicable obligations and duties of the directors, officers or other individuals.

S-23

Investment Adviser

Our investment adviser is Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C. (the “Adviser”), a registered investment adviser specializing in energy investing across the energy value chain, including infrastructure and MLPs.

Our Adviser is indirectly controlled by Lovell Minnick Partners LLC (“Lovell Minnick”) and is an indirectly wholly owned subsidiary of Tortoise Investments, LLC (“Tortoise Investments”).  Tortoise Investments holds multiple wholly owned essential asset and income-oriented SEC registered investment advisers. A vehicle formed by Lovell Minnick owned by certain private funds sponsored by Lovell Minnick and a group of institutional co-investors owns a controlling interest in Tortoise Investments. Certain employees in the Tortoise Investments complex, including all of our Managing Directors, also own interests in Tortoise Investments. Our Adviser is located at 11550 Ash Street, Suite 300, Leawood, Kansas 66211.  As of February 28, 2019, our Adviser had approximately $16.3 billion in assets under management in the energy sector.

Pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Adviser, subject to overall supervision by the Board, manages our investments. The Adviser regularly provides us with investment research advice and supervision and will furnish continuously an investment program for us, consistent with our investment objective and policies.

Primary responsibility for the day-to-day management of our investment portfolio is the joint responsibility of a team of portfolio managers consisting of Brian A. Kessens, James R. Mick, Matthew G.P. Sallee, Robert J. Thummel, Jr., Stephen Pang, Brett Jergens and Nicholas Holmes.  The investment committee of the Adviser, comprised of certain of these portfolio managers and other employees of the Adviser, provides investment strategy oversight to the portfolio management team who implements the strategy.  While responsibility for monitoring, review, and analysis of individual securities is spread among various individual members of the portfolio management team, all portfolio management decisions and reviews are based on a team approach.  Each of Messrs. Kessens, Mick, Sallee, Thummel, Pang, Jergens and Holmes has an employment-related agreement with the Adviser and receives base compensation for the services he provides.  They are also eligible for an annual cash bonus based on the Adviser’s earnings and the satisfaction of certain other conditions.  The Adviser’s earnings are based in part on the value of assets held in our portfolio, as the Adviser’s fee is a percentage of our average monthly Managed Assets. Additional benefits received by Messrs. Kessens, Mick, Sallee, Thummel, Pang, Jergens and Holmes are normal and customary employee benefits generally available to all full-time employees. Each of Messrs. Kessens, Mick, Sallee, Thummel, Pang, Jergens and Holmes owns an equity interest in Tortoise Investments, LLC and each thus benefits from increases in the net income of the Adviser.

S-24

The following table provides information about the number of and total assets in other accounts managed by the portfolio managers as of November 30, 2018.

Name of Manager
 
Number of
Accounts
   
Total Assets of
Accounts
   
Number of
Accounts
Paying a
Performance
Fee
   
Total Assets of
Accounts Paying
a Performance
Fee
 
Brian A. Kessens
                       
Registered investment companies
   
9
   
$
6,525,397,279
     
0
     
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
   
15
   
$
856,630,585
      0    
 
Other accounts
   
951
   
$
6,992,554,006
      1
    $ 186,199,450  
James R. Mick
                               
Registered investment companies
   
9
   
$
6,525,397,279
     
0
     
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
   
15
   
$
856,630,585
      0
   
 
Other accounts
   
951
   
$
6,992,554,006
      1
    $ 186,199,450  
Matthew G.P. Sallee
                               
Registered investment companies
   
9
   
$
6,525,397,279
     
0
     
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
   
15
   
$
856,630,585
      0
   
 
Other accounts
   
951
   
$
6,992,554,006
      1
    $ 186,199,450  
Robert J. Thummel, Jr.
                               
Registered investment companies
   
9
   
$
6,525,397,279
     
0
     
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
   
15
   
$
856,630,585
      0
   
 
Other accounts
   
951
   
$
6,992,554,006
      1
    $ 186,199,450  
Stephen Pang
                               
Registered investment companies
   
9
   
$
6,525,397,279
     
0
     
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
   
15
   
$
856,630,585
      0
   
 
Other accounts
   
951
   
$
6,992,554,006
      1
    $ 186,199,450  
Brett Jergens
                               
Registered investment companies
   
9
   
$
6,525,397,279
     
0
     
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
   
15
   
$
856,630,585
      0
   
 
Other accounts
   
951
   
$
6,992,554,006
      1
    $ 186,199,450  
Nicholas S. Holmes
                               
Registered investment companies
   
9
   
$
6,525,397,279
     
0
     
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
   
15
   
$
856,630,585
      0
   
 
Other accounts
   
951
   
$
6,992,554,006
      1
    $ 186,199,450  

None of the portfolio managers receive any direct compensation from us or any other of the managed accounts reflected in the table above.

The following table sets forth the dollar range of our equity securities beneficially owned by each of portfolio managers as of November 30, 2018 .

Name of Manager
 
Aggregate Dollar Range of
Company
Securities Beneficially Owned by
Manager
 
Brian A. Kessens
 
$
10,001 - $50,000
 
James R. Mick
 
$
1 - $10,000
 
Matthew G.P. Sallee
 
$
100,001 - $500,000
 
Robert J. Thummel, Jr.
 
$
10,001 - $50,000
 
Stephen Pang
 
$
10,001 - $50,000
 
Brett Jergens
 
$
10,001 - $50,000
 
Nicholas S. Holmes
  $
10,001 - $50,000
 

S-25

In addition to portfolio management services, the Adviser is obligated to supply our Board and officers with certain statistical information and reports, to oversee the maintenance of various books and records and to arrange for the preservation of records in accordance with applicable federal law and regulations. Under the Advisory Agreement, we pay to the Adviser quarterly, as compensation for the services rendered and expenses paid by it, a fee equal to an annual rate of 0.95% of our average monthly Managed Assets up to $2,500,000,000, 0.90% of our average monthly Managed Assets between $2,500,000,000 and $3,500,000,000, and 0.85% of our average monthly Managed Assets above $3,500,000,000.  Managed Assets means the total assets of the Company (including any assets attributable to leverage that may be outstanding and excluding any net deferred tax asset) minus accrued liabilities other than (1) net deferred tax liability, (2) debt entered into for the purpose of leverage and (3) the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock.  The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive all fees due under the Advisory Agreement related to the net proceeds received from the issuance of additional common stock under the Company’s at-the-market equity program for a six month period following the date of issuance.

Because the management fees paid to the Adviser are based upon a percentage of our Managed Assets, fees paid to the Adviser will be higher if we are leveraged; thus, the Adviser will have an incentive to use leverage. Because the fee reimbursement agreement is based on Managed Assets, to the extent we are engaged in leverage, the gross dollar amount of the Adviser’s fee reimbursement obligations to us will increase. The Adviser intends to use leverage only when it believes it will serve the best interests of our stockholders. Our average monthly Managed Assets are determined for the purpose of calculating the management fee by taking the average of the monthly determinations of Managed Assets during a given calendar quarter. The fees are payable for each calendar quarter within five days of the end of that quarter. Net deferred tax assets are not included in the calculation of our management fee.

For our fiscal year ending November 30, 2016, the Adviser received $23,421,107 as compensation for advisory services, net of $100,067 in reimbursed fees and expenses.  For our fiscal year ending November 30, 2017, the Adviser received $24,431,976 as compensation for advisory services, net of $35,684 in reimbursed fees and expenses. For our fiscal year ending November 30, 2018, the Adviser received $21,994,642 as compensation for advisory services, net of $529,050 in reimbursed fees and expenses.

The Advisory Agreement provides that we will pay all expenses other than those expressly stated to be payable by the Adviser, which expenses payable by us shall include, without implied limitation: (1) expenses of maintaining the Company and continuing our existence and related overhead, including, to the extent services are provided by personnel of the Adviser or its affiliates, office space and facilities and personnel compensation, training and benefits; (2) registration under the 1940 Act; (3) commissions, spreads, fees and other expenses connected with the acquisition, holding and disposition of securities and other investments including placement and similar fees in connection with direct placements in which we participate; (4) auditing, accounting and legal expenses; (5) taxes and interest; (6) governmental fees; (7) expenses of listing our shares with a stock exchange, and expenses of issuance, sale, repurchase and redemption (if any) of our interests, including expenses of conducting tender offers for the purpose of repurchasing our interests; (8) expenses of registering and qualifying us and our shares under federal and state securities laws and of preparing and filing registration statements and amendments for such purposes; (9) expenses of communicating with stockholders; including website expenses and the expenses of preparing, printing and mailing press releases, reports and other notices to stockholders and of meetings of stockholders and proxy solicitations therefor; (10) expenses of reports to governmental officers and commissions; (11) insurance expenses; (12) association membership dues; (13) fees, expenses and disbursements of custodians and sub custodians for all services to us (including without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities and other investments, keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of net asset values); (14) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents, dividend paying agents, stockholder servicing agents and registrars for all services to us; (15) compensation and expenses of our directors who are not members of the Adviser’s organization; (16) pricing and valuation services employed by us; (17) all expenses incurred in connection with leveraging of our assets through a line of credit, or issuing and maintaining preferred stock or instruments evidencing indebtedness of the Company; (18) all expenses incurred in connection with the offering of our common and preferred stock and debt securities; and (19) such non-recurring items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection with litigation, proceedings and claims and our obligation to indemnify our directors, officers and stockholders with respect thereto.

S-26

The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will not be liable in any way for any default, failure or defect in any of the securities comprising our portfolio if it has satisfied the duties and the standard of care, diligence and skill set forth in the Advisory Agreement. However, the Adviser shall be liable to us for any loss, damage, claim, cost, charge, expense or liability resulting from the Adviser’s willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence or disregard by the Adviser of the Adviser’s duties or standard of care, diligence and skill set forth in the Advisory Agreement or a material breach or default of the Adviser’s obligations under the Advisory Agreement.

On December 21, 2017, the Company held a special stockholder meeting to consider a vote on a new investment advisory agreement between the Company and the Adviser. The Company’s stockholders voted to approve the new investment advisory agreement between the Company and the Adviser which became effective upon the closing of the change in ownership of the parent company of the Adviser on January 31, 2018. The new investment advisory agreement for the Company is substantially identical to its former investment advisory agreement, except for the effective dates and the termination dates, and simply continues the relationship between the Company and the Adviser. The new Advisory Agreement has a term ending on December 31, 2019 and may be continued from year to year thereafter as provided in the 1940 Act. The Advisory Agreement will be submitted to the Board of Directors for renewal each year after the initial term. A discussion regarding the basis of the Board of Directors’ decision to approve the new Advisory Agreement is available in our Annual Report to stockholders for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2017. The Advisory Agreement will continue from year to year after the initial term, provided such continuance is approved by a majority of the Board or by vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. Additionally, after the initial term, the Advisory Agreement must be approved annually by vote of a majority of the Independent Directors. The Advisory Agreement may be terminated by the Adviser or us, without penalty, on sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other. The Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

Code of Ethics

We and the Adviser have each adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, which is applicable to officers, directors and designated employees of ours and the Adviser (collectively, the “Codes”). Subject to certain limitations, the Codes permit those officers, directors and designated employees of ours and our Adviser (“Covered Persons”) to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by us. The Codes contain provisions and requirements designed to identify and address certain conflicts of interest between personal investment activities of Covered Persons and the interests of investment advisory clients such as us. Among other things, the Codes prohibit certain types of transactions absent prior approval, impose time periods during which personal transactions may not be made in certain securities, and require submission of duplicate broker confirmations and statements and quarterly reporting of securities transactions. Exceptions to these and other provisions of the Codes may be granted in particular circumstances after review by appropriate personnel.

Our Code of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at (202) 551-8090. Our Code of Ethics is also available on the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. Our Code of Ethics is also available on our Adviser’s website at www.tortoiseadvisors.com.

NET ASSET VALUE

We compute our net asset value for our shares of common stock as of the close of trading on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) no less frequently than the last business day of each calendar month and at such other times as the Board may determine. We currently make our net asset value available for publication daily. Our investment transactions are generally recorded on a trade date plus one day basis, other than for quarterly and annual reporting purposes. For purposes of determining the net asset value of a share of common stock, our net asset value will equal the value of our total assets (the value of the securities we hold, plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received and net deferred tax assets) less (1) all of its liabilities (including without limitation accrued expenses and both current and net deferred tax liabilities), (2) accumulated and unpaid interest payments and distributions on any outstanding debt or preferred stock, respectively, (3) the aggregate liquidation value of any outstanding preferred stock, (4) the aggregate principal amount of any outstanding senior notes, including any series of Tortoise Notes, and (5) any distributions payable on the common stock. The net asset value per share of our common stock will equal our net asset value divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock.

S-27

Pursuant to an agreement with U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (the “Accounting Services Provider”), the Accounting Services Provider will value our assets in accordance with Valuation Procedures adopted by the Board of Directors. The Accounting Services Provider will obtain securities market quotations from independent pricing services approved by the Adviser and ratified by the Board. Securities for which market quotations are readily available shall be valued at “market value.” Any other securities shall be valued pursuant to fair value methodologies approved by the Board.

Valuation of certain assets at market value will be as follows. For equity securities, the Accounting Services Provider will first use readily available market quotations and will obtain direct written broker-dealer quotations if a security is not traded on an exchange or over-the-counter or quotations are not available from an approved pricing service. For fixed income securities, the Accounting Services Provider will use readily available market quotations based upon the last sale price of a security on the day we value our assets or a market value from a pricing service or by obtaining a direct written broker-dealer quotation from a dealer who has made a market in the security. For options, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, the Accounting Services Provider will use readily available market quotations. If no sales are reported on any exchange or over-the-counter (“OTC”) market for an option, futures contract or option on futures contracts, the Accounting Services Provider will use for exchange traded options, the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked prices obtained as of the closing of the exchanges on which the option is traded, and for non-exchange traded options and futures, the calculated mean based on bid and asked prices obtained from the OTC market.

If the Accounting Services Provider cannot obtain a market value or the Adviser determines that the value of a security as so obtained does not represent a fair value as of the valuation time (due to a significant development subsequent to the time its price is determined or otherwise), fair value for the security shall be determined pursuant to the Valuation Procedures adopted by the Board. The Valuation Procedures provide that the Adviser will consider a variety of factors with respect to the individual issuer and security in determining and monitoring the continued appropriateness of fair value, including, without limitation, financial statements and fundamental data with respect to the issuer, cost, the amount of any discount, restrictions on transfer and registration rights and other information deemed relevant. A report of any prices determined pursuant to certain preapproved methodologies will be presented to the Board or a designated committee thereof for approval no less frequently than quarterly. The Valuation Procedures currently provide for methodologies to be used to fair value equity securities and debt securities. With respect to equity securities, among the factors used to fair value a security subject to restrictions on resale is whether the security has a common share counterpart trading in a public market. If a security does not have a common share counterpart, the security shall be valued initially and thereafter by the Investment Committee of the Adviser (the “Pricing Committee”) based on all relevant factors and such valuation will be presented to the Board for review and ratification no less frequently than quarterly. If a security has a common share counterpart trading in a public market or is convertible into publicly-traded common shares, the Pricing Committee shall determine an appropriate percentage discount for the security in light of its resale restrictions and/or, as applicable, conversion restrictions and other factors.

With respect to debt securities, among the various factors that can affect the value of such securities are (i) whether the issuing company has freely trading debt securities of the same maturity and interest rate; (ii) whether the issuing company has an effective registration statement in place for the securities; and whether a market is made in the securities. Subject to the particular considerations of an issue, debt securities generally will be valued at amortized cost.

The foregoing methods for fair valuing securities may be used only as long as the Adviser believes they continue to represent fair value and the discussion above is qualified in its entirety by our Valuation Procedures.

In computing net asset value, we will review the valuation of the obligation for income taxes separately for current taxes and deferred taxes due to the differing impact of each on (i) the anticipated timing of required tax payments and (ii) on the treatment of distributions by us to our stockholders.

S-28

The allocation between current and deferred income taxes is determined based upon the value of assets reported for book purposes compared to the respective net tax bases of assets for federal income tax purposes. It is anticipated that cash distributions from MLPs in which we invest will not equal the amount of taxable income allocable to us primarily as a result of depreciation and amortization deductions recorded by the MLPs. This may result, in effect, in a portion of the cash distribution received by us not being treated as income for federal income tax purposes. The relative portion of such distributions not treated as income for tax purposes will vary among the MLPs, and also will vary year by year for each MLP, but in each case will reduce our remaining tax basis, if any, in the particular MLP. The Adviser will be able to directly confirm the portion of each distribution recognized as taxable income when it receives annual tax reporting information from each MLP.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Execution of Portfolio Transactions

Our Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for us, broker-dealer selection, and negotiation of brokerage commission rates. Our Adviser’s primary consideration in effecting a security transaction will be to obtain the best execution. In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction, our Adviser will initially consider their ability to execute transactions at the most favorable prices and lowest overall execution costs, while also taking into consideration other relevant factors, such as, the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer, the size of and difficulty in executing the order, and the quality of execution and custodial services.   Our Adviser receives unsolicited research from some of the brokers with whom it places trades on behalf of clients, however, it has no arrangements or understandings with such brokers regarding receipt of research in return for commissions. Such research is provided to investment advisers who utilize these firms. While our Adviser may review certain of the research received, it does not consider this research when selecting brokers to execute client transactions.  Our Adviser does not put a specific value on unsolicited research, nor does it attempt to estimate and allocate the relative costs or benefits among its clients.  The price to us in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the execution services offered.

The ability to invest in direct placements of MLP securities is critical to our ability to meet our investment objective because of the limited number of MLP issuers available for investment and, in some cases, the relative small trading volumes of certain securities. Accordingly, we may from time to time enter into arrangements with placement agents in connection with direct placement transactions.

In evaluating placement agent proposals, we consider each broker’s access to issuers of MLP securities and experience in the MLP market, particularly the direct placement market. In addition to these factors, we consider whether the proposed services are customary, whether the proposed fee schedules are within the range of customary rates, whether any proposal would obligate us to enter into transactions involving a minimum fee, dollar amount or volume of securities, or into any transaction whatsoever, and other terms such as indemnification provisions.

Subject to such policies as the Board may from time to time determine, the Adviser shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty solely by reason of its having caused us to pay a broker or dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the Adviser an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Adviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to us and to other clients of the Adviser as to which the Adviser exercises investment discretion. The Adviser is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on our behalf to such brokers and dealers who also provide research or statistical material or other services to us or the Adviser. Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Adviser shall determine and the Adviser will report on said allocations regularly to the Board indicating the brokers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis therefor. For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2016, November 30, 2017 and November 30, 2018, we paid aggregate brokerage commissions of $568,794, $370,002, and $355,753 respectively. No direct placement fees were paid in fiscal 2016, 2017 or 2018.

S-29

Portfolio Turnover

Our annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Although we cannot accurately predict our annual portfolio turnover rate, it is not expected to exceed 30% under normal circumstances. For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2017 and 2018 the portfolio turnover rate was 20.38% and 17.96%, respectively. However, portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for us. A higher turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by us. High portfolio turnover also may result in recognition of gains that will increase our taxable income, possibly resulting in an increased tax liability, as well as increasing our current and accumulated earnings and profits resulting in a greater portion of the distributions on our stock being treated as taxable dividends for federal income tax purposes. See “Certain Federal Income Tax Matters.”

CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to us and our investments in MLPs and to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our securities. The discussion generally applies only to holders of securities that are U.S. holders. You will be a U.S. holder if you are an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. domestic corporation, or any other person that is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of an investment in our securities. This summary deals only with U.S. holders that hold our securities as capital assets and who purchase the securities in connection with the offering(s) herein. It does not address considerations that may be relevant to you if you are an investor that is subject to special tax rules, such as a financial institution, insurance company, regulated investment company, real estate investment trust, investor in pass-through entities, U.S. holder of securities whose “functional currency” is not the United States dollar, tax-exempt organization, dealer in securities or currencies, trader in securities or commodities that elects mark to market treatment, a person who holds the securities in a qualified tax deferred account such as an IRA, or a person who will hold the securities as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address the possible application of the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax.

This summary is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“the Internal Revenue Code”), the applicable Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial authority and current administrative rulings, as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information, all of which may change. Any change could apply retroactively and could affect the continued validity of this summary.

As stated above, this discussion does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder of our securities in light of such holder’s particular circumstances and income tax situation. Prospective holders should consult their own tax advisors as to the specific tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the securities, including the application and the effect of state, local, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of changes in U.S. or other tax laws.

Taxation of the Company

We are treated as a C corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. We compute and pay federal and state income tax on our taxable income. Thus, we are subject to federal income tax on our taxable income of 21%.

As indicated above, we generally invest our assets primarily in MLPs. MLPs generally are treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. Since partnerships are generally not subject to federal income tax, the partnership’s partners must report as their income their proportionate share of the partnership’s income. Thus, as a partner in MLPs, we will report our proportionate share of the MLPs’ income in computing our federal taxable income, irrespective of whether any cash or other distributions are made by the MLPs to us. We will also take into account in computing our taxable income any other items of our income, gain, deduction or loss. We anticipate that these may include interest and dividend income earned on our investment in securities, deductions for our operating expenses and gain or loss recognized by us on the sale of MLP interests or any other security.

S-30

As explained below, based upon the historic performance of MLPs, we anticipate initially that our proportionate share of the MLPs’ taxable income will be significantly less than the amount of cash distributions we receive from the MLPs. In such case, we anticipate that we will not incur federal income tax on a significant portion of our cash flow, particularly after taking into account our current operational expenses. If the MLPs’ taxable income is a significantly greater portion of the MLPs’ cash distributions, we will incur additional current federal income tax liability, possibly in excess of the cash distributions we receive.

We anticipate that each year we will turn over a certain portion of our investment assets. We will recognize gain or loss on the disposition of all or a portion of our interests in MLPs in an amount equal to the difference between the sales price and our basis in the MLP interests sold. To the extent we receive MLP cash distributions in excess of the taxable income reportable to us with respect to such MLP interest, our basis in the MLP interest will be reduced and our gain on the sale of the MLP interest likewise will be increased.

We are not treated as a regulated investment company under the federal income tax laws. The Internal Revenue Code generally provides that a regulated investment company does not pay an entity level income tax, provided that it distributes all or substantially all of its net income. Our assets do not, and are not expected to, meet current tests for qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes. Although the federal income tax laws permit regulated investment companies to invest up to 25% of the value of their total assets in securities of certain MLPs, this would not allow us to pursue our objective. Therefore, the regulated investment company taxation rules have no application to us or our stockholders.

Federal Income Taxation of MLPs

MLPs are similar to corporations in many respects, but differ in others, especially in the way they are taxed for federal income tax purposes. A corporation is a distinct legal entity, separate from its stockholders and employees and is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes as well. Like individual taxpayers, a corporation must pay a federal income tax on its income. To the extent the corporation distributes its income to its stockholders in the form of dividends, the stockholders must pay federal income tax on the dividends they receive. For this reason, it is said that corporate income is double-taxed, or taxed at two levels.

An MLP that satisfies the Qualifying Income rules described below, and does not elect otherwise, is treated for federal income tax purposes as a pass-through entity. No federal income tax is paid at the partnership level, except possibly in the context of any Internal Revenue Service audit of the MLP. A partnership’s income is considered earned by all the partners; it is allocated among all the partners in proportion to their interests in the partnership (generally as provided in the partnership agreement), and each partner pays tax on his, her or its share of the partnership’s income. All the other items that go into determining taxable income and tax owed are passed through to the partners as well — capital gains and losses, deductions, credits, etc. Partnership income is thus said to be single-taxed or taxed only at one level — that of the partner.

The Internal Revenue Code generally requires “publicly traded partnerships” to be treated as corporations for federal income tax purposes. However, if the publicly traded partnership satisfies certain requirements and does not elect otherwise, the publicly traded partnership will be taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, referred to herein as an MLP. Under these requirements, an MLP must derive each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from Qualifying Income.

Qualifying Income for MLPs includes interest, dividends, real estate rents, gain from the sale or disposition of real property, certain income and gain from commodities or commodity futures, and income and gain from certain mineral or natural resources activities. Mineral or natural resources activities that generate Qualifying Income include income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipelines transporting gas, oil, products thereof or certain alcohol or biodiesel fuels), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resource (including fertilizer, geothermal energy, and timber). This means that most MLPs today are in energy, timber, or real estate related businesses. On January 19, 2017, the Department of Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) issued final regulations interpreting Qualifying Income, which provide additional guidance and a more flexible approach to analyzing Qualifying Income.  The final regulations generally apply to income earned by an MLP in a taxable year that begins on or after January 19, 2017.

S-31

Because the MLP itself does not pay federal income tax, its income or loss is allocated to its investors, irrespective of whether the investors receive any cash or other payment from the MLP. It is important to note that an MLP investor is taxed on his share of partnership income whether or not he actually receives any cash or other property from the partnership. The tax is based not on money or other property he actually receives, but his proportionate share of what the partnership earns. However, most MLPs make it a policy to make quarterly distributions to their partners that will comfortably exceed any income tax owed. Although they resemble corporate dividends, MLP distributions are treated differently for federal income tax purposes. The MLP distribution is treated as a return of capital to the extent of the investor’s basis in his MLP interest and, to the extent the distribution exceeds the investor’s basis in the MLP interest, as capital gain. The investor’s original basis is generally the price paid for the units. The basis is adjusted downward with each distribution and allocation of deductions (such as depreciation) and losses, and upwards with each allocation of income and gain.

The IRS may audit the Federal income tax returns of the MLPs.  With respect to MLP tax returns for tax years beginning after 2017, depending upon whether the MLP is eligible to make certain elections and whether certain elections are made by the MLP, the MLP may be liable for the additional Federal income tax liabilities attributable to audit adjustments for prior tax years, including years prior to the time that we owned our interest in the MLP.  If the MLP is able to make certain elections, the MLP may be able to cause such adjustments to be pushed out to the MLPs partners, which may impose a substantial administrative burden on the MLP.

The partner generally will not be taxed on MLP distributions until (1) he sells his MLP units and pays tax on his gain, which gain is increased due to the basis decrease resulting from prior distributions; or (2) his basis reaches zero. When the units are sold, the difference between the sales price and the investor’s adjusted basis is the gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.

At tax filing season an MLP investor will receive a Schedule K-1 form showing the investor’s share of each item of the partnership’s income, gain, loss, deductions and credits. The investor will use that information to figure the investor’s taxable income (MLPs generally provide their investors with material that walks them through all the steps). If there is net income derived from the MLP, the investor pays federal income tax at his, her or its tax rate.

Because we are a corporation, we, and not our stockholders, will report the income or loss of the MLPs. Thus, our stockholders will not have to deal with any Schedules K-1 reporting income and loss items of the MLPs. Stockholders, instead, will receive a Form 1099 from us.

Common and Preferred Stock

Federal Income Tax Treatment of Common Stock Distributions . Unlike a holder of a direct interest in MLPs, a stockholder will not include its allocable share of our income, gains, losses or deductions in computing its own taxable income. Instead, since we are of the opinion that, under present law, our shares of common stock will constitute equity, distributions with respect to such shares (other than distributions in redemption of shares subject to Section 302(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our allocable current or accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes. Generally, a corporation’s earnings and profits are computed based upon taxable income, with certain specified adjustments. As explained above, based upon the historic performance of the MLPs, we anticipate that the distributed cash from the MLPs will exceed our share of the MLPs’ income and our gain on the sale of MLP interests. Our current earnings and profits may be increased if our portfolio turnover is increased, which may occur to utilize our capital loss carryforwards. Thus, a reduction in the return of capital portion of the distributions we receive from the MLPs or an increase in our portfolio turnover may increase our current earnings and profits and increase the portion of our distributions treated as dividends as opposed to a tax deferred return of capital. In addition, earnings and profits are treated generally, for federal income tax purposes, as first being used to pay distributions on preferred stock, and then to the extent remaining, if any, to pay distributions on the common stock. To the extent that distributions to a stockholder exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such distributions may be treated as a return of capital and the stockholder’s basis in the shares of stock with respect to which the distributions are made will be reduced and, if a stockholder has no further basis in the shares, the stockholder will report any excess as capital gain if the stockholder holds such shares as a capital asset.

S-32

Dividends of current or accumulated earnings and profits generally will be taxable as ordinary income to holders but are expected to be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is generally subject to reduced rates of federal income taxation for noncorporate investors and are also expected to be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporate stockholders under Section 243 of the Internal Revenue Code. Under federal income tax law, qualified dividend income received by individual and other noncorporate stockholders is taxed at long-term capital gain rates is variable based on the stockholder’s taxable income (which as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, a maximum rate of 20%). Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends from domestic corporations and dividends from non-U.S. corporations that meet certain criteria. To be treated as qualified dividend income, the stockholder must hold the shares paying otherwise qualifying dividend income more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date (or more than 90 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before the ex-dividend date in the case of certain preferred stock dividends attributable to periods exceeding 366 days). A stockholder’s holding period may be reduced for purposes of this rule if the stockholder engages in certain risk reduction transactions with respect to the common or preferred stock. Because we are not treated as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code, we are not entitled to designate any dividends made with respect to our stock as capital gain distributions.

Corporate holders should be aware that certain limitations apply to the availability of the dividends received deduction, including limitations on the aggregate amount of the deduction that may be claimed and limitations based on the holding period of the shares on which the dividend is paid, which holding period may be reduced if the holder engages in risk reduction transactions with respect to its shares. Corporate holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these limitations to their particular situation.

If a common stockholder participates in our Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan, such stockholder will be treated as receiving the amount of the distributions made by the Company, which amount generally will be either equal to the amount of cash distribution the stockholder would have received if the stockholder had elected to receive cash or, for shares issued by the Company, the fair market value of the shares issued to the stockholder.

Federal Income Tax Treatment of Preferred Stock Distributions. Under present law, we believe that our preferred stock will constitute equity for federal income tax purposes, and thus distributions with respect to the preferred stock (other than distributions in redemption of preferred stock subject to Section 302(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits allocable to such shares, as calculated for federal income tax purposes. Earnings and profits are generally treated, for federal income tax purposes, as first being allocable to distributions on the preferred stock and then to the extent remaining, if any, to distributions on our common stock. Dividends generally will be taxable as ordinary income to holders, but are expected to be treated as qualified dividend income that is generally subject to reduced rates of federal income taxation for noncorporate investors, as described above. In the case of corporate holders of preferred stock, subject to applicable requirements and limitations, dividends may be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporations under Section 243 of the Internal Revenue Code (see discussion above). Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits allocable to preferred stock, if any, will first reduce a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her shares and, after the adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to a holder who holds such shares as a capital asset. Because we are not treated as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code, we are not entitled to designate any dividends made with respect to our stock as capital gain distributions.

Sale of Shares . The sale of shares of common or preferred stock by holders will generally be a taxable transaction for federal income tax purposes. Holders of shares who sell such shares will generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the net proceeds of the sale and their adjusted tax basis in the shares sold. If the shares are held as a capital asset at the time of the sale, the gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss. Similarly, a redemption by us (including a redemption resulting from our liquidation), if any, of all the shares actually and constructively held by a stockholder generally will give rise to capital gain or loss under Section 302(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, provided that the redemption proceeds do not represent declared but unpaid dividends. Other redemptions may also give rise to capital gain or loss, but certain conditions imposed by Section 302(b) of the Internal Revenue Code must be satisfied to achieve such treatment.

The capital gain or loss recognized on a sale of shares will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for more than one year and will be short-term capital gain or loss if the disposed shares were held for one year or less. Net long-term capital gain recognized by a noncorporate U.S. holder generally will be subject to federal income tax at a variable rate based on a stockholder’s taxable income (as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information a maximum rate of 20%) than net short-term capital gain or ordinary income (as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information a maximum rate of 37%). For corporate holders, capital gain is generally taxed at the same rate as ordinary income, that is, as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information at 21%. A holder’s ability to deduct capital losses may be limited.

S-33

Losses on sales or other dispositions of shares may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules in the event of other investments in the Company (including those made pursuant to reinvestment of dividends) or other substantially identical stock or securities are purchased within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after a sale or other disposition of shares. In such a case, the disallowed portion of any loss generally would be included in the federal income tax basis of the shares acquired. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their individual circumstances to determine whether any particular transaction in the Company’s shares is properly treated as a sale for federal income tax purposes and the tax treatment of any gains or losses recognized in such transactions.

Investment by Tax-Exempt Investors and Regulated Investment Companies . Employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations and regulated investment companies may want to invest in our securities. Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). Because we are a corporation for federal income tax purposes, an owner of shares will not report on its federal income tax return any of our items of income, gain, loss and deduction. Therefore, a tax-exempt investor generally will not have UBTI attributable to its ownership or sale of our stock unless its ownership of the stock is debt-financed. In general, stock would be debt-financed if the tax-exempt owner of stock incurs debt to acquire the stock or otherwise incurs or maintains debt that would not have been incurred or maintained if the stock had not been acquired.

For federal income tax purposes, a regulated investment company, or “mutual fund,” may not have more than 25% of the value of its total assets, at the close of any fiscal quarter, invested in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships, which will include most MLPs. Shares of our stock are not securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership and will not be treated as such for purposes of calculating the limitation imposed upon regulated investment companies.

Backup Withholding . We may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of all distributions (including redemption proceeds) payable to stockholders who fail to provide us with their correct taxpayer identification number, who fail to make required certifications or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding (or if we have been so notified). Certain corporate and other stockholders specified in the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Other Taxation . Foreign stockholders, including stockholders who are nonresident alien individuals, may be subject to U.S. withholding tax on certain distributions at a rate of 30% or such lower rates as may be prescribed by any applicable treaty. Our distributions also may be subject to state and local taxes.

Debt Securities

Federal Income Tax Treatment of Holders of Debt Securities . Under present law, we are of the opinion that our debt securities will constitute indebtedness for federal income tax purposes, which the discussion below assumes. We intend to treat all payments made with respect to the debt securities consistent with this characterization.

Taxation of Interest . Payments or accruals of interest on debt securities generally will be taxable to you as ordinary interest income at the time such interest is received (actually or constructively) or accrued, in accordance with your regular method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.

S-34

Purchase, Sale and Redemption of Debt Securities . Initially, your tax basis in debt securities acquired generally will be equal to your cost to acquire such debt securities. This basis will increase by the amounts, if any, that you include in income under the rules governing market discount, and will decrease by the amount of any amortized premium on such debt securities, as discussed below. When you sell or exchange any of your debt securities, or if any of your debt securities are redeemed, you generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount you realize on the transaction (less any accrued and unpaid interest, which will be subject to federal income tax as interest in the manner described above) and your tax basis in the debt securities relinquished.

Except as discussed below with respect to market discount, the gain or loss that you recognize on the sale, exchange or redemption of any of your debt securities generally will be capital gain or loss if you hold the debt securities as a capital asset. Such gain or loss will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the disposed debt securities were held for more than one year and will be short-term capital gain or loss if the disposed debt securities were held for one year or less. Net long-term capital gain recognized by a noncorporate U.S. holder generally will be subject to federal income tax at a lower rate (as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information a maximum rate of 20%) than net short-term capital gain or ordinary income (as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information a maximum rate of 37%). For corporate holders, capital gain is generally taxed for federal income tax purposes at the same rate as ordinary income, that is, as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information at 21%. A holder’s ability to deduct capital losses may be limited.

Amortizable Premium . If you purchase debt securities at a cost greater than their stated principal amount, plus accrued interest, you will be considered to have purchased the debt securities at a premium, and you generally may elect to amortize this premium as an offset to interest income, using a constant yield method, over the remaining term of the debt securities. If you make the election to amortize the premium, it generally will apply to all debt instruments that you hold at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies, as well as any debt instruments that you subsequently acquire. In addition, you may not revoke the election without the consent of the IRS. If you elect to amortize the premium, you will be required to reduce your tax basis in the debt securities by the amount of the premium amortized during your holding period. If you do not elect to amortize premium, the amount of premium will be included in your tax basis in the debt securities. Therefore, if you do not elect to amortize the premium and you hold the debt securities to maturity, you generally will be required to treat the premium as a capital loss when the debt securities are redeemed.

Market Discount . If you purchase debt securities at a price that reflects a “market discount,” any principal payments on, or any gain that you realize on the disposition of, the debt securities generally will be treated as ordinary interest income to the extent of the market discount that accrued on the debt securities during the time you held such debt securities. “Market discount” is defined under the Internal Revenue Code as, in general, the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity over the purchase price of the debt security, except that if the market discount is less than 0.25% of the stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity, the market discount is considered to be zero. In addition, you may be required to defer the deduction of all or a portion of any interest paid on any indebtedness that you incurred or continued to purchase or carry the debt securities that were acquired at a market discount. In general, market discount will be treated as accruing ratably over the term of the debt securities, or, at your election, under a constant yield method.

You may elect to include market discount in gross income currently as it accrues (on either a ratable or constant yield basis), in lieu of treating a portion of any gain realized on a sale of the debt securities as ordinary income. If you elect to include market discount on a current basis, the interest deduction deferral rule described above will not apply and you will increase your basis in the debt security by the amount of market discount you include in gross income. If you do make such an election, it will apply to all market discount debt instruments that you acquire on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies. This election may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding . In general, information reporting requirements will apply to payments of principal, interest, and premium, if any, paid on debt securities and to the proceeds of the sale of debt securities paid to U.S. holders other than certain exempt recipients. Information reporting generally will apply to payments of interest on the debt securities to non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such payments.  Copies of the information returns reporting such interest payments and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. In addition, for non-U.S. Holders, information reporting will apply to the proceeds of the sale of debt securities within the United States or conducted through United States-related financial intermediaries unless the certification requirements described below have been complied with and the statement described below in “Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders” has been received (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person) or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

S-35

We may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of all payments (including redemption proceeds) payable to holders of debt securities who fail to provide us with their correct taxpayer identification number, who fail to make required certifications or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding (or if we have been so notified). Certain corporate and other shareholders specified in the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS. If you are a non-U.S. Holder, you may have to comply with certification procedures to establish your non-U.S. status in order to avoid backup withholding tax requirements. The certification procedures required to claim the exemption from withholding tax on interest income described below will satisfy these requirements.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders . If you are a non-resident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “non-U.S. Holder”), the payment of interest on the debt securities generally will be considered “portfolio interest” and thus generally will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. This exemption will apply to you provided that (1) interest paid on the debt securities is not effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, (2) you are not a bank whose receipt of interest on the debt securities is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (3) you do not actually or constructively own 10 percent or more of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote, (4) you are not a controlled foreign corporation that is related, directly or indirectly, to us through stock ownership, and (5) you satisfy the certification requirements described below.

To satisfy the certification requirements, either (1) the beneficial owner of any debt securities must certify, under penalties of perjury, that such owner is a non-U.S. person and must provide such owner’s name, address and taxpayer identification number, if any, on an appropriate IRS Form W-8 (or an acceptable substitute or successor form), or (2) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customer securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business and holds the debt securities on behalf of the beneficial owner thereof must certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has received a valid and properly executed an appropriate IRS Form W-8 (or an acceptable substitute or successor form) from the beneficial owner and comply with certain other requirements. Special certification rules apply for debt securities held by a foreign partnership and other intermediaries.

Interest on debt securities received by a non-U.S. Holder that is not excluded from U.S. federal withholding tax under the portfolio interest exemption as described above generally will be subject to withholding at a 30% rate, except where (1) the interest is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, in which case the interest will be subject to U.S. income tax on a net basis as applicable to U.S. holders generally or (2) a  non-U.S. Holder can claim the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty to reduce or eliminate such withholding tax. To claim the benefit of an income tax treaty or to claim an exemption from withholding because the interest is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, a non-U.S. Holder must timely provide the appropriate, properly executed IRS forms. These forms may be required to be periodically updated. Also, a non-U.S. Holder who is claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty may be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and to provide certain documentary evidence issued by foreign governmental authorities to prove residence in the foreign country.

Any capital gain that a non-U.S. Holder realizes on a sale, exchange or other disposition of debt securities generally will be exempt from U.S. federal income tax, including withholding tax. This exemption generally will not apply to you if your gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. or you are an individual holder and are present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition.

S-36

Additional Considerations

Unearned Income Medicare Tax .   For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a 3.8 percent tax generally will be imposed on some or all of the net investment income of certain individuals with modified adjusted gross income of over $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of joint filers or surviving spouses or $125,000 if married and filing separately) and on some or all of the undistributed net investment income of certain estates and trusts. With respect to individuals, the tax is imposed on the lesser of (i) the individual’s net investment income for such taxable year or (ii) the excess of the individual’s modified adjusted gross income for such taxable year over the applicable threshold amount (generally ($200,000 but $250,000 if filing jointly or a surviving spouse and $125,000 if married and filing separately).  For these purposes, “net investment income” will generally include interest (including interest on our debt securities), dividends (including dividends paid with respect to our stock), annuities, royalties, rent, net gain attributable to the disposition of property not held in a trade or business (including net gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our stock and debt securities) and certain other income, but will be reduced by any deductions properly allocable to such income or net gain.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) Withholding . Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (“FATCA”) generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on payments of dividends, interest or gross proceeds from the disposition of stock or a debt instrument paid after December 31, 2012 to certain non-U.S. entities, including certain foreign financial institutions and investment funds, unless such non-U.S. entity complies with certain reporting requirements regarding its U.S. account holders and its U.S. owners. Pursuant to U.S. Treasury regulations and other Treasury guidance, these rules generally were not effective for payments of dividends and interest until July 1, 2014, and, in the case of payments of gross proceeds, until January 1, 2017, and, even after such effective dates, the new withholding obligations do not apply to payments on, or with respect to, debt obligations that are outstanding on July 1, 2014 unless such obligations are significantly modified (and thus are treated as being reissued for U.S. federal income tax purposes) after such date. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding FATCA and whether it may be relevant to their acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Notes.

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Company and its security holders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative and administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive.  Security holders (and prospective holders) are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, foreign, state, local income or other taxes.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

We and the Adviser have adopted proxy voting policies and procedures (“Proxy Policy”), which we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in our best interests and our stockholders best interests. Subject to the oversight of the Board, the Board has delegated responsibility for implementing the Proxy Policy to the Adviser. Because of the unique nature of MLPs in which we primarily invest, the Adviser shall evaluate each proxy on a case-by-case basis. Because proxies of MLPs are expected to relate only to extraordinary measures, we do not believe it is prudent to adopt pre-established voting guidelines.

In the event requests for proxies are received with respect to the voting of equity securities other than MLP equity units, on routine matters, such as election of directors or approval of auditors, the proxies usually will be voted with management unless the Adviser determines it has a conflict or the Adviser determines there are other reasons not to vote with management. On non-routine matters, such as amendments to governing instruments, proposals relating to compensation and stock option and equity compensation plans, corporate governance proposals and stockholder proposals, the Adviser will vote, or abstain from voting if deemed appropriate, on a case-by-case basis in a manner it believes to be in the best economic interest of our stockholders. In the event requests for proxies are received with respect to debt securities, the Adviser will vote on a case-by-case basis in a manner it believes to be in the best economic interest of our stockholders.

S-37

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for monitoring corporate actions and ensuring that (1) proxies are received and forwarded to the appropriate decision makers; and (2) proxies are voted in a timely manner upon receipt of voting instructions. We are not responsible for voting proxies we do not receive, but will make reasonable efforts to obtain missing proxies. The Chief Executive Officer shall implement procedures to identify and monitor potential conflicts of interest that could affect the proxy voting process, including (1) significant client relationships; (2) other potential material business relationships; and (3) material personal and family relationships. All decisions regarding proxy voting shall be determined by the Investment Committee of the Adviser, or a Managing Director of the Adviser designated by the Investment Committee, and shall be executed by the Chief Executive Officer or, if the proxy may be voted electronically, electronically voted by the Chief Executive Officer or his designee. Every effort shall be made to consult with the portfolio manager and/or analyst covering the security. We may determine not to vote a particular proxy, if the costs and burdens exceed the benefits of voting (e.g., when securities are subject to loan or to share blocking restrictions).

If a request for proxy presents a conflict of interest between our stockholders on the one hand, and the Adviser, the principal underwriters, or any affiliated persons of us, on the other hand, management may (i) disclose the potential conflict to the Board of Directors and obtain consent; or (ii) establish an ethical wall or other informational barrier between the persons involved in the conflict and the persons making the voting decisions.

Information regarding how we voted proxies for the 12-month period ended June 30, 2018, is available without charge by calling us at 1-866-362-9331. You also may access this information on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov . The Adviser’s website at www.tortoiseadvisors.com provides a link to all of our reports filed with the SEC.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Ernst & Young LLP, 1200 Main Street, Kansas City, Missouri, serves as our independent registered public accounting firm. Ernst & Young LLP provides audit and audit-related services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of our filings with the SEC.

ADMINISTRATOR AND CUSTODIAN

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as our administrator and provides certain back-office support such as payment of expenses and preparation of financial statements and related schedules. We pay the administrator a monthly fee computed at an annual rate of 0.04% of the first $1 billion of our Managed Assets, 0.01% on the next $500 million of our Managed Assets and 0.005% on the balance of our Managed Assets.  For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2016, November 30, 2017 and November 30, 2018, we paid U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC $498,532, $503,822 and $495,880, respectively for administrative services.

U.S. Bank, N.A., 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212 serves as the custodian of our cash and investment securities. We pay the custodian a monthly fee computed at an annual rate of 0.004% of our portfolio assets, subject to a minimum annual fee of $4,800, plus portfolio transaction fees.

INTERNAL ACCOUNTANT

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“U.S. Bancorp”) serves as our internal accountant. For its services, we pay U.S. Bancorp a fee computed at $24,000 for the first $50 million of our net assets, 0.0125% on the next $200 million of net assets, 0.0075% on the next $250 million of net assets, and 0.0025% on the balance of our net assets.  For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2016, 2017 and 2018, we paid U.S. Bancorp $90,120, $92,415, and $90,952 respectively, for internal accounting services.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the common stock, preferred stock and debt securities offered hereby, has been filed by us with the SEC. The prospectus, prospectus supplement, and this Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. Please refer to the Registration Statement for further information with respect to us and the offering of our securities. Statements contained in the prospectus, prospectus supplement, and this Statement of Additional Information as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to a Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. Copies of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC.


S-38

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our 2018 Annual Report, which contains our audited financial statements as of November 30, 2018 and for the year then ended, notes thereto, and other information about us, is incorporated by reference into, and shall be deemed to accompany, this Statement of Additional Information.

Our 2018 Annual Report includes supplemental financial information which presents selected ratios as a percentage of our total investment portfolio and a calculation of our distributable cash flow (“DCF”) and related information. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, our annual, semi-annual and quarterly reports, or make other requests for information about us, by calling toll-free 1-866-362-9331, or by writing to us at 11550 Ash Street, Suite 300, Leawood, Kansas 66211.  These documents are also available on the SEC’s EDGAR system and can be inspected and copied for a fee at the SEC’s public reference room, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. Additional information about the operation of the public reference room facilities may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-5850.

APPENDIX A — RATING OF INVESTMENTS

MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

“Aaa” Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

“Aa” Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa” Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca” Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal and interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

FITCH RATINGS

A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

AAA: Highest credit quality.
‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality.
‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality.
‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

A-1

BBB: Good credit quality.
‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative.
‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

B: Highly speculative.
‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC: Substantial credit risk.
Default is a real possibility.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk.
Default of some kind appears probable.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk
Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
a.
the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
b.
the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or
c.
Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange.

RD: Restricted default.
`RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include:
a.
the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
b.
the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
c.
the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or
d.
execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

D: Default.
‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

STANDARD & POOR’S CORPORATION

A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s Corporation, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies (“Standard & Poor’s” or “S&P”), rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation. The issue credit rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.

A-2

Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors or obtained by Standard & Poor’s from other sources it considers reliable. Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit in connection with any credit rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days — including commercial paper.

Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term ratings address the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

1.          Likelihood of payment — capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

2.          Nature of and provisions of the obligation; and

3.         Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights. The issue ratings definitions are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.

“AAA” — An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” — An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

“A” — An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB” — An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, AND C — Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

“BB” — An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable in the near-term to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“B” — An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

A-3

“CCC” — An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“CC” — An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

“C” — The ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default.

“D” — An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

“+/-” — Plus (+) or minus (-). The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R. — Not rated.

Debt obligations of issuers outside the United States and its territories are rated on the same basis as domestic corporate and municipal issues. The ratings measure the creditworthiness of the obligor but do not take into account currency exchange and related uncertainties.

Bond Investment Quality Standards

Under present commercial bank regulations issued by the Comptroller of the Currency, bonds rated in the top four categories (‘AAA’, ‘AA’, ‘A’, ‘BBB’, commonly known as investment-grade ratings) generally are regarded as eligible for bank investment.

Also, the laws of various states governing legal investments impose certain rating or other standards for obligations eligible for investment by savings banks, trust companies, insurance companies, and fiduciaries in general.

A-4


Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation



STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION



______, 2019


PART C — OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25:
Financial Statements and Exhibits

1. Financial Statements:

The Registrant’s audited financial statements dated November 30, 2018, notes to such financial statements and report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon, are incorporated by reference into Part B: Statement of Additional Information.

2. Exhibits:

a.1.
Articles of Amendment and Restatement. 1

a.2.
Articles of Amendment. 10

a.3.
Articles of Amendment 13

a.4.
Articles Supplementary relating to Series D and Series E Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Shares. 13

b.1.
Amended and Restated Bylaws. 12

c.
None.

d.1.
Form of Common Share Certificate. 5

d.2.
Form of Preferred Stock Certificate. 6

d.3.
Form of Note. 5

d.4.
Form of Fitch Rating Guidelines. 13

e.
Terms and Conditions of the Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan. 4

f.
Not applicable.

g.1.
Investment Advisory Agreement with Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C. 22

g.2.
Fee Waiver Agreement. 9

g.3
First Amendment to Fee Waiver Agreement. 22

h.1.
Form of Underwriting Agreement relating to Common Stock. 5

h.2.
Form of Underwriting Agreement relating to Notes. 5

h.3.
Form of Purchase Agreement for Direct Placement of Common Stock. 6

h.4.
Form of Placement Agency Agreement for Direct Placement of Common Stock. 6

h.5.
Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement dated April 23, 2012. 9


h.6.
First Amendment to Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement dated November 27, 2013. 12


h.7.
Second Amendment to Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement dated October 1, 2015. 15

h.8.
Third Amendment to Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement dated October 16, 2015. 16

h.9.
Fourth Amendment to Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement dated May 19, 2016. 18

h.10.
Fifth Amendment to Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement dated December 12, 2017. 21

h.11.
Sixth Amendment to Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement dated April 27, 2018. 24

i.
None.

j.1.
Custody Agreement. 8

j.2.
First Amendment to Custody Agreement. 8

j.3.
Second Amendment to Custody Agreement. 20

k.1.
Stock Transfer Agency Agreement. 2

k.2.
Fee and Service Schedule to Stock Transfer Agency Agreement. 13

k.3.
First Addendum to Stock Transfer Agency Agreement. 13

k.4.
Fund Administration Servicing Agreement. 2

k.5.
First Amendment to Fund Administration Servicing Agreement. 7

k.6.
Second Amendment to Fund Administration Servicing Agreement. 8

k.7.
Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement. 7

k.8.
First Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement. 8

k.9.
DTC Representation Letter relating to Preferred Stock and Notes. 3

k.10.
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with U.S. Bank. 13

k.11.
First Amendment to U.S. Bank Credit Agreement. 13

k.12.
Second Amendment to U.S. Bank Credit Agreement. 14

k.13.
Third Amendment to U.S. Bank Credit Agreement. 20

k.14.
Credit Agreement with Bank of Scotia. 13

k.15.
First Amendment to Bank of Nova Scotia Credit Agreement. 13

k.16.
Second Amendment to Bank of Nova Scotia Credit Agreement. 19


k.17.
Third Amendment to Bank of Nova Scotia Credit Agreement.*


k.18.
Fourth Amendment to Bank of Nova Scotia Credit Agreement.*

k.19.
Note Purchase Agreement dated September 27, 2013. 11

k.20.
Note Purchase Agreement dated November 23, 2013. *

k.21.
Assumption Agreement dated June 23, 2014. 13

k.22.
Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement dated December 18, 2014. 13

k.23.
Note Purchase Agreement dated April 2, 2015. 13

k.24.
Confirmation of Acceptance dated April 9, 2015. 13

k.25.
Confirmation of Acceptance dated September 25, 2017. 23

l.
Opinion of Venable LLP with respect to issuances of common stock, preferred stock and debt securities. *

m.
Not applicable.

n.
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. *

o.
Not applicable.

p. Not applicable.

q.
None.

r.1.
Code of Ethics for the Registrant. *

r.2.
Code of Ethics for the Adviser. *

s.1.
Powers of Attorney. *

s.2.
Form of Prospectus Supplement for Common Stock Offerings. 17

s.3.
Form of Prospectus Supplement for Debt Offerings. 17

s.4.
Form of Prospectus Supplement for Preferred Stock Offerings. 17



(*)
Filed herewith.
(1)
Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on January 30, 2004 (File Nos. 333-110143 and 811-21462).
(2)
Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on June 28, 2004 (File Nos. 333-114545 and 811-21462).
(3)
Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on April 1, 2005 (File Nos. 333-122350 and 811-21462).
(4)
Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on March 6, 2007 (File Nos. 333-140457 and 811-21462).
(5)
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on September 14, 2007 (File Nos. 333-146095 and 811-21462).
(6)
Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on January 25, 2008 (File Nos. 333-146095 and 811-21462).
(7)
Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on February 12, 2008 (File Nos. 333-146095 and 811-21462).
(8)
Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on March 1, 2011 (File Nos. 333-165006 and 811-21462).
(9)
Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on April 23, 2012 (File Nos. 333-165006 and 811-21462).
(10)
Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on December 4, 2012 (File Nos. 333-165006 and 811-21462).
(11)
Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on October 30, 2013 (File Nos. 333-165006 and 811-21462).
(12)
Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on November 27, 2013 (File Nos. 333-165006 and 811-21462).
(13)
Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 18 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on April 27, 2015 (File Nos. 333-146095 and 811-21462).
(14)
Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on August 3, 2015 (File Nos. 333-146095 and 811-21462).
(15)
Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on October 1, 2015 (File Nos. 333-146095 and 811-21462).
(16)
Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 23 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on December 18, 2015 (File Nos. 333-146095 and 811-21462).
(17)
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on March 4, 2016 (File Nos. 333-209946 and 811-21462).
(18)
Incorporated by reference to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on May 19, 2016 (File Nos. 333-209946 and 811-21462).
(19)
Incorporated by reference to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on November 10, 2016 (File Nos. 333-209946 and 811-21462).
(20)
Incorporated by reference to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on August 22, 2017 (File Nos. 333-209946 and 811-21462).
(21)
Incorporated by reference to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on December 12, 2017 (File Nos. 333-209946 and 811-21462).
(22)
Incorporated by reference to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on December 12, 2017 (File Nos. 333-209946 and 811-21462).
(23)
Incorporated by reference to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on December 12, 2017 (File Nos. 333-209946 and 811-21462).

(24)
Incorporated by reference to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on April 27, 2018 (File Nos. 333-209946 and 811-21462).

Item 26:
Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” in the prospectus is incorporated herein by reference, and information concerning the underwriter will be contained in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

Item 27:
Other Expenses and Distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with all potential offerings described in this Registration Statement:

Securities and Exchange Commission Fees
 
$
45,450  
Directors’ Fees and Expenses
   
6,500
 
Printing (other than certificates)
   
108,000
 
Accounting fees and expenses
   
139,000
 
Legal fees and expenses
   
115,000
 
NYSE listing fees
    52,500  
Rating Agency Fees
   
35,000
 
FINRA fees
   
10,000
 
Miscellaneous
   
25,000
 
Total
 
$
536,450
*

*  These expenses will be borne by the Company unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement.

Item 28.
Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

None.

Item 29.
Number of Holders of Securities

As of March 31, 2019, the number of record holders of each class of securities of the Registrant was:

Title of Class
 
Number of Record
Holders
     
Common Shares ($0.001 par value)
 
86
Preferred Stock (Liquidation Preference $10.00 per share)
 
13
Debt ($380,000,000 aggregate principal amount)
 
34

Item 30.
Indemnification

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty which is established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. The Registrant’s charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The Registrant’s charter authorizes it, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director of the Registrant and at the request of the Registrant, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her status as a present or former director or officer of the Registrant and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The Registrant’s Bylaws obligate it, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director of the Registrant and at the request of the Registrant, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her status as a present or former director or officer of the Registrant and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and Bylaws also permit the Registrant to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served as a predecessor of the Registrant in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of the Registrant or a predecessor of the Registrant.

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which the Registrant’s charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of his service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or on his behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

The provisions set forth above apply insofar as they are consistent with Section 17(h) of the 1940 Act, which prohibits indemnification of any director or officer of the Registrant against any liability to the Registrant or its stockholders to which such director or officer otherwise would be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), may be provided to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant, pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in connection with the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding or payment pursuant to any insurance policy) is asserted against the Registrant by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 31.
Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

The information in the Statement of Additional Information under the caption “Management of the Company—Directors and Officers” is hereby incorporated by reference.

Item 32.
Location of Accounts and Records

All such accounts, books, and other documents are maintained at the offices of the Registrant, at the offices of the Registrant’s investment adviser, Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C., 11550 Ash Street, Suite 300, Leawood, Kansas 66211, at the offices of the custodian, U.S. Bank National Association, 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, at the offices of the transfer agent, Computershare Trust Company N.A., P. O. Box 30170, College Station, Texas 77842-3170, and at the offices of the administrator, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI 53202.

Item 33.
Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 34.
Undertakings

1. The Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of common stock until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of this registration statement or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

2. Not applicable.

3. Any securities not taken in a rights offering by stockholders are to be reoffered to the public, an undertaking to supplement the prospectus, after the expiration of the subscription period, to set forth the results of the subscription offer, the transactions by underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed securities to be purchased by underwriters, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof. If any public offering by the underwriters of the securities being registered is to be made on terms differing from those set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, we will file a post-effective amendment to set forth the terms of such offering.

4. (a) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(1) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the 1933 Act;

(2) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

(3) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(b) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and

(c) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

(d) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the 1933 Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the 1933 Act as part of this registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the 1933 Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in this registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in this registration statement or prospectus that is part of this registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into this registration or prospectus that is part of this registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in this registration statement or prospectus that was part of this registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(e) that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the 1933 Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:

The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

(1) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act;

(2) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the 1933 Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

(3) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

(f) to file a post-effective amendment containing a prospectus pursuant to Section 8(c) of the 1933 Act prior to any offering below net asset value if the net dilutive effect of such offering (as calculated in the manner set forth in the dilution table contained in the prospectus), together with the net dilutive effect of any prior offerings made pursuant to this post-effective amendment (as calculated in the manner set forth in the dilution table contained in the prospectus), exceeds fifteen percent (15%);

(g) to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, and to suspend any offers or sales pursuant the registration statement until such post-effective amendment has been declared effective under the 1933 Act, in the event the shares of Registrant are trading below its net asset value and either (i) Registrant receives, or has been advised by its independent registered accounting firm that it will receive, an audit report reflecting substantial doubt regarding the Registrant’s ability to continue as a going concern or (ii) Registrant has concluded that a material adverse change has occurred in its financial position or results of operations that has caused the financial statements and other disclosures on the basis of which the offering would be made to be materially misleading.

5. (a) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the 1933 Act [17 CFR 230.497(h)] shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(b) for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

6. The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prominent delivery within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request the Registrant’s statement of additional information.

7. Upon each issuance of securities pursuant to this Registration Statement, the Registrant undertakes to file a form of prospectus and/or form of prospectus supplement pursuant to Rule 497 and a post-effective amendment to the extent required by the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, but not limited to a post-effective amendment pursuant to Rule 462(c) or Rule 462(d) under the 1933 Act.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in this City of Leawood and State of Kansas, 9th day of  April, 2019 .

 
Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
   
 
By:
/s/ P. Bradley Adams
   
P. Bradley Adams, Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

/s/ P. Bradley Adams
 
Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer
April 9, 2019
P. Bradley Adams
 
(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)
 
       
/s/ Rand C. Berney *
 
Director
April 9 , 2019
Rand C. Berney
     
       
/s/ H. Kevin Birzer *
 
Director
April 9 , 2019
H. Kevin Birzer
     
       
/s/ Conrad S. Ciccotello *
 
Director
April 9 , 2019
Conrad S. Ciccotello
     
       
/s/ Charles E. Heath *
 
Director
April 9 , 2019
Charles E. Heath
     
       
/s/ Alexandra Herger *
 
Director
April 9 , 2019
Alexandra Herger
     
       
/s/ Jennifer Paquette *
 
Director
April 9 , 2019
Jennifer Paquette
     
       

* By P. Bradley Adams, via power of attorney filed on April 9, 2019.

EXHIBIT INDEX

k.17.
Third Amendment to Bank of Nova Scotia Credit Agreement.

Fourth Amendment to Bank of Nova Scotia Credit Agreement.

k.20. Note Purchase Agreement dated November 23, 2013.

Opinion of Venable LLP with respect to issuances of common stock, preferred stock and debt securities

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

r.1.
Code of Ethics for the Registrant.

r.2.
Code of Ethics for the Adviser.

s.1.
Powers of Attorney.




Exhibit k.17

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 3 (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of November 14, 2017, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2014, among TORTOISE ENERGY INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION (the “ Borrower ”), each Lender from time to time party thereto, and THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 10, 2014, and Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 23, 2016 (as hereafter further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

RECITALS

I.            Each term that is defined in the Credit Agreement and not herein defined has the meaning ascribed thereto by the Credit Agreement when used herein.

II.            The Borrower desires to (a) create one or more Subsidiaries and (b) have one or more Subsidiaries obtain financing from banks or other financial institutions for investments in private companies.

III.          The Borrower desires an amendment to the Credit Agreement upon the terms and conditions herein contained, and all Lenders have agreed thereto upon the terms and conditions herein contained.

AGREEMENTS

Accordingly, in consideration of the Recitals and the covenants, conditions and agreements hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.            Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new defined terms in appropriate alphabetical order:

Aggregate Subsidiary Investment Percentage ” means, immediately after giving effect to each Subsidiary Investment, the sum of all the Subsidiary Investment Percentages.

Equity Contribution Agreement ” means any agreement pursuant to which the Borrower makes or commits or otherwise agrees to make an equity investment (whether in cash or otherwise) in a Person which is, or after giving effect to such contribution will be, a Subsidiary.

Subsidiary Investment ” means, with respect to the Borrower, any investment in the form of equity (whether in cash or otherwise) by the Borrower in a Person which is, or after giving effect to such contribution will be, a Subsidiary.


 “ Subsidiary Investment Percentage ” means, at the time of and with respect to each Subsidiary Investment, the percentage equal to a fraction, (a) the numerator of which is the amount of such Subsidiary Investment, and (b) the denominator of which is the value of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower. For purposes hereof, (i) the amount of a Subsidiary Investment shall be the amount thereof or, to the extent contingent (whether as to likelihood or amount), the maximum amount thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith, and ii) a Subsidiary Investment shall be deemed to be made on the earlier to occur of (x) the date such Subsidiary Investment is funded, or (y) the date that the Borrower commits or otherwise agrees to make such Subsidiary Investment.

2.            Clause (g) of the defined term Indebtedness contained in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following parenthetical immediately following the phrase “all obligations” appearing therein: “(other than obligations under any Equity Contribution Agreement)”.

3.             Section 7.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

7.2            Investments. Make or permit to remain outstanding any Investment except:

(a)            Investments (other than Subsidiary Investments) in the ordinary course of its business;

(b)            Swap Contracts in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; and

(c)            Subsidiary Investments, provided that immediately after giving effect to each Subsidiary Investment, the Aggregate Subsidiary Investment Percentage would not exceed 5.0%.

4.          Section 7.03 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

7.03         Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, except:

 
(a)
accrued expenses and trade account payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business;


(b)
Indebtedness of the Borrower in respect of the Senior Notes;


(c)
Indebtedness to the Lenders under this Agreement;

 
(d)
unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower under the Syndicated Credit Facility;

2

(e)            obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Borrower existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view;” and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;

(f)            other Indebtedness approved in advance by the Required Lenders in a writing delivered to the Borrower;

(h)            Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to any other Subsidiary; and

(i)          Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to the extent used to construct, or otherwise finance, long-term infrastructure and industrial projects owned by such Subsidiary (or any Subsidiary thereof), provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness of all Subsidiaries shall at no time exceed $150,000,000.

5.            Section 5.13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence thereof in its entirety.

6.            Paragraphs 1 through 5 hereof shall not be effective until each of the following conditions is satisfied (the date, if any, on which such conditions shall have first been satisfied being referred to herein as the “ Amendment Effective Date ”):

(a)            the Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower and from each Lender either (i) a counterpart of this Amendment executed on behalf of the Borrower and each of the Lenders or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or electronic mail transmission (in printable format)) that the Borrower and Lenders have executed a counterpart of this Amendment;

(b)          the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of the Borrower, in all respects satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (i) certifying as to the incumbency of authorized persons of the Borrower executing this Amendment, (ii) certifying that the resolutions of the board of directors of the Borrower approving the Credit Agreement, and amendments thereto, have not been rescinded or otherwise modified and remain in full force and effect on the date hereof, and (iii) certifying that the Borrower’s Organizational Documents have not been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified since June 23, 2016 or, if Borrower’s Organizational Documents have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified since June 23, 2016, attaching true, complete and correct copies of each such amendment, supplement or modification; and

3

(e)   all fees of the Administrative Agent (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent) due and payable on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date shall have been paid.

7.            The Borrower (a) reaffirms and admits the validity and enforceability of each Loan Document and all of its obligations thereunder, (b) agrees and admits that it has no defense to or offset against any such obligation, (c) represents and warrants that, as of the date of the execution and delivery hereof by the Borrower (and after giving effect hereto), no Default exists or would occur as a result therefrom, and (d) represents and warrants that all of the representations and warranties made by it in the Loan Documents to which it is a party are true and correct in all material respects, both immediately before and after giving effect to this Amendment (except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date).

8.            In all other respects, the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect, and no amendment in respect of any term or condition of any Loan Document shall be deemed to be an amendment in respect of any other term or condition contained in any Loan Document.

9.            This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce or account for more than one counterpart signed by the party to be charged.

10.            THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF KANSAS, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

11.            This statement is provided pursuant to K.S.A. §16-1 18: "THIS AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT IS A FINAL EXPRESSION OF THE AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT BETWEEN  THE CREDITORS AND THE DEBTOR AND SUCH WRITTEN AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY PRIOR ORAL AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT OR OF A CONTEMPORANEOUS ORAL AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CREDITORS AND DEBTOR." THE FOLLOWING SPACE CONTAINS ANY NON-STANDARD TERMS, INCLUDING THE REDUCTION TO WRITING OF ANY PREVIOUS ORAL AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT:

NONE.

4

The creditors and debtor, by their respective initials or signatures below, confirm that no unwritten amendment to credit agreement exists between the parties:

Creditor:
   
Debtor:
   

[the remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank]

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the day and year first above written.

 
TORTOISE ENERGY INFRASTRUCTURE
CORPORATION
     
 
By:
/s/ P. Bradley Adams
 
 
Name:
P. Bradley Adams
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer, Principal
   
Financial Officer and Treasurer
     
 
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, individually and
As Administrative Agent
 
     
 
By:
/s/ Paul Meehan
 
 
Name:
Paul Meehan
 
Title:
Director

.
Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation – Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement




Exhibit k.18

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 4 (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of June 22, 2018, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2014, among TORTOISE ENERGY INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION (the “ Borrower ”), each Lender from time to time party thereto, and THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 10, 2014, and Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 23, 2016, and Amendment No. 3, dated as of November 14, 2017 (as hereafter further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

RECITALS

I.             Each term that is defined in the Credit Agreement and not herein defined has the meaning ascribed thereto by the Credit Agreement when used herein.

II.            The Borrower desires an amendment to the Credit Agreement upon the terms and conditions herein contained, and all Lenders have agreed thereto upon the terms and conditions herein contained.

AGREEMENTS

Accordingly, in consideration of the Recitals and the covenants, conditions and agreements hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.            The definition of the term “ Maturity Date ” contained in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the date “June 22, 2018” contained therein with the date “June 22, 2020.

2.            Article X of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting a new Section 10.23 thereto as follows:

Section 10.23  Certain ERISA Matters

(a)            Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i)            such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans or the Commitments,


(ii)            the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement,

(iii)          (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub- sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement, or

(iv)            such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b)          In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower, that

(i)            none of the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto),

(ii)            the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement is independent (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-21) and is a bank, an insurance carrier, an investment adviser, a broker-dealer or other person that holds, or has under management or control, total assets of at least $50 million, in each case as described in 29 CFR § 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i)(A)-(E),

2

(iii)            the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies (including in respect of the Obligations),

(iv)            the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement is a fiduciary under ERISA or the Code, or both, with respect to the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transactions hereunder, and

(v)            no fee or other compensation is being paid directly to the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the Loans, the Commitments or this Credit Agreement.

(c)          The Administrative Agent hereby informs the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

(d)          For purposes of this Section 10.23 , the following defined terms when used herein have the following meanings:

Benefit Plan ” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

PTE ” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

3

3.             Paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof shall not be effective until each of the following conditions is satisfied (the date, if any, on which such conditions shall have first been satisfied being referred to herein as the “ Amendment Effective Date ”):

(a)            the Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower and from each Lender either (i) a counterpart of this Amendment executed on behalf of the Borrower and each of the Lenders or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or electronic mail transmission (in printable format)) that the Borrower and each of the Lenders have executed a counterpart of this Amendment;

(b)            the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of the Borrower, in all respects satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,
(i) certifying as to the incumbency of authorized persons of the Borrower executing this Amendment, (ii) attaching a true, complete and correct copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of the Borrower approving the Credit Agreement and this Amendment, and certifying that such resolutions have not been rescinded or otherwise modified and remain in full force and effect on the date hereof, and (iii) certifying that the Borrower’s Organizational Documents have not been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified since November 14, 2017 or, if Borrower’s Organizational Documents have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified since November 14, 2017, attaching true, complete and correct copies of each such amendment, supplement or modification; and

(c)            all fees of the Administrative Agent (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent) due and payable on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date shall have been paid.

4.            The Borrower (a) reaffirms and admits the validity and enforceability of each Loan Document and all of its obligations thereunder, (b) agrees and admits that it has no defense to or offset against any such obligation, (c) represents and warrants that, as of the date of the execution and delivery hereof by the Borrower (and after giving effect hereto), no Default exists or would occur as a result therefrom, and (d) represents and warrants that all of the representations and warranties made by it in the Loan Documents to which it is a party are true and correct in all material respects, both immediately before and after giving effect to this Amendment (except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date).

5.            In all other respects, the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect, and no amendment in respect of any term or condition of any Loan Document shall be deemed to be an amendment in respect of any other term or condition contained in any Loan Document.

6.            This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce or account for more than one counterpart signed by the party to be charged.

4

7.            THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF KANSAS, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

8.            This statement is provided pursuant to K.S.A. §16-118: “THIS AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT IS A FINAL EXPRESSION OF THE AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CREDITORS AND THE DEBTOR AND SUCH WRITTEN AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY PRIOR ORAL AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT OR OF A CONTEMPORANEOUS ORAL AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CREDITORS AND DEBTOR.” THE FOLLOWING SPACE CONTAINS ANY NON- STANDARD TERMS, INCLUDING THE REDUCTION TO WRITING OF ANY PREVIOUS ORAL AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT:

NONE.

The creditors and debtor, by their respective initials or signatures below, confirm that no unwritten amendment to credit agreement exists between the parties:

Creditor:
   
     
Debtor:
   

[ the remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank ]

5

CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

8.         This statement is provided pursuant to K.S.A. § 16-118: "THIS AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT IS A FINAL EXPRESSION OF THE AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CREDITORS AND THE DEBTOR AND SUCH WRITTEN AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY PRIOR ORAL AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT OR OF A CONTEMPORANEOUS ORAL AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CREDITORS AND DEBTOR." THE FOLLOWING SPACE CONTAINS ANY NON- STANDARD TERMS, INCLUDING THE REDUCTION TO WRITING OF ANY PREVIOUS ORAL AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT :

NONE.

The creditors and debtor, by their respective initials or signatures below, confirm that no unwritten amendment to credit agreement exists between the parties:

Creditor:
   
     
Debtor:
   


[ the remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank ]

6

CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

8.         This statement is provided pursuant to K.S.A. § 16-118: "THIS AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT IS A FINAL EXPRESSION OF THE AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CREDITORS AND THE DEBTOR AND SUCH WRITTEN AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY PRIOR ORAL AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT OR OF A CONTEMPORANEOUS ORAL AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CREDITORS AND DEBTOR." THE FOLLOWING SPACE CONTAINS ANY NON- STANDARD TERMS, INCLUDING THE REDUCTION TO WRITING OF ANY PREVIOUS ORAL AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT :

NONE.

The creditors and debtor, by their respective initials or signatures below, confirm that no unwritten amendment to credit agreement exists between the parties:

Creditor:
   
     
Debtor:
   


[ the remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank ]

7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the day and year first above written.

 
TORTOISE ENERGY INFRASTRUCTURE
CORPORATION
     
 
By:
/s/ P. Bradley Adams
 
 
Name:
P. Bradley Adams
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer, Principal
   
Financial Officer and Treasurer
     
 
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, individually and
as Administrative Agent
     
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Chan
 
 
Name:
Kevin Chan
 
Title:
Director


Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation – Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the day and year first above written.

 
TORTOISE ENERGY INFRASTRUCTURE
CORPORATION
     
 
By:
   
 
Name:
P. Bradley Adams
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer, Principal
   
Financial Officer and Treasurer
     
 
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, individually and
as Administrative Agent
     
 
By:
   
 
Name:
Kevin Chan
 
Title:
Director, FI Execution


Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation – Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement




Exhibit k.20

E xecution Copy

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation

$25,000,000 3.77% Senior Notes, Series R, due January 22, 2022
$10,000,000 3.99% Senior Notes, Series S, due January 22, 2023
$25,000,000 4.16% Senior Notes, Series T, due January 22, 2024



Note Purchase Agreement



Dated November 20, 2013


 
Table of Contents
 
     
Section
Heading
Page
     
Section 1.
Authorization of Notes
1
     
Section 2.
Sale and Purchase of  Notes
2
     
Section 3.
Closings
2
     
Section 4.
Conditions to Closings
3
     
Section 4.1.
Representations and Warranties
3
Section 4.2.
Performance; No Default
3
Section 4.3.
Compliance Certificates
3
Section 4.4.
Opinions of Counsel
3
Section 4.5.
Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc
4
Section 4.6.
Sale of Other Notes
4
Section 4.7.
Payment of Special Counsel Fees
4
Section 4.8.
Private Placement Number
4
Section 4.9.
Changes in Corporate Structure
4
Section 4.10.
Funding Instructions
4
Section 4.11.
Rating of Notes
4
Section 4.12.
Proceedings and Documents
4
Section 4.13.
Regulation U
5
Section 4.14.
Consummation of First Closing
5
     
Section 5.
Representations and Warranties of the Company
5
     
Section 5.1.
Organization; Power and Authority
5
Section 5.2.
Authorization, Etc
5
Section 5.3.
Disclosure
5
Section 5.4.
No Subsidiaries
6
Section 5.5.
Financial Statements; Material Liabilities
6
Section 5.6.
Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc
6
Section 5.7.
Governmental Authorizations, Etc
6
Section 5.8.
Litigation; Observance of Statutes and Orders
6
Section 5.9.
Taxes
7
Section 5.10.
Title to Property; Leases
7
Section 5.11.
Licenses, Permits, Etc
7
Section 5.12.
Compliance with ERISA
7
Section 5.13.
Private Offering by the Company
7
Section 5.14.
Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations
8
Section 5.15.
Existing Indebtedness
8
Section 5.16.
Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc
8
Section 5.17.
Status under Certain Statutes
10

-i-

Section 5.18.
Pari Passu Ranking
10
     
Section 6.
Representations of the Purchasers
10
     
Section 6.1.
Purchase for Investment
10
Section 6.2.
Source of Funds
10
     
Section 7.
Information as to Company
12
     
Section 7.1.
Financial and Business Information
12
Section 7.2.
Officer’s Certificate
15
Section 7.3.
Visitation
15
     
Section 8.
Payment and Prepayment of the Notes
16
     
Section 8.1.
Maturity
16
Section 8.2.
Optional Prepayments with Make‑Whole Amount and Special Optional Prepayments
16
Section 8.3.
Allocation of Partial Prepayments
17
Section 8.4.
Maturity; Surrender, Etc
18
Section 8.5.
Purchase of Notes
18
Section 8.6.
Make‑Whole Amount
18
Section 8.7.
Prepayment of Notes upon Restricted Change
20
Section 8.8.
Adjustment Period
20
     
Section 9.
Affirmative Covenants
21
     
Section 9.1.
Compliance with Law
21
Section 9.2.
Payment of Taxes
21
Section 9.3.
Corporate Existence, Etc
21
Section 9.4.
Books and Records
21
Section 9.5.
Asset Coverage
22
Section 9.6.
Discounted Value
22
Section 9.7.
Current Rating on Notes
22
Section 9.8.
Most Favored Lender Status
22
Section 9.9.
Ranking of Obligations
23
     
Section 10.
Negative Covenants
23
 
   
Section 10.1.
Transactions with Affiliates
23
Section 10.2.
Merger, Consolidation, Etc
23
Section 10.3.
Line of Business
24
Section 10.4.
Terrorism Sanctions Regulations
24
Section 10.5.
Certain Other Restrictions
24
Section 10.6.
Secured Debt
24
     
Section 11.
Events of Default
25

-ii-

Section 12.
Remedies on Default, Etc
27
     
Section 12.1.
Acceleration
27
Section 12.2.
Other Remedies
27
Section 12.3.
Rescission
28
Section 12.4.
No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc
28
     
Section 13.
Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes
28
     
Section 13.1.
Registration of Notes
28
Section 13.2.
Transfer and Exchange of Notes
28
Section 13.3.
Replacement of Notes
29
     
Section 14.
Payments on Notes
29
 
   
Section 14.1.
Place of Payment
29
Section 14.2.
Home Office Payment
30
     
Section 15.
Expenses, Etc
30
 
   
Section 15.1.
Transaction Expenses
30
Section 15.2.
Survival
31
     
Section 16.
Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement
31
     
Section 17.
Amendment and Waiver
31
     
Section 17.1.
Requirements
31
Section 17.2.
Solicitation of Holders of Notes
31
Section 17.3.
Binding Effect, Etc
32
Section 17.4.
Notes Held by Company, Etc
32
     
Section 18.
Notices
33
     
Section 19.
Reproduction of Documents
33
     
Section 20.
Confidential Information
33
     
Section 21.
Substitution of Purchaser
34
     
Section 22.
Miscellaneous
35
     
Section 22.1.
Successors and Assigns
35
Section 22.2.
Payments Due on Non-Business Days
35
Section 22.3.
Accounting Terms
35
Section 22.4.
Severability
35

-iii-

Section 22.5.
Construction, Etc
35
Section 22.6.
Counterparts
36
Section 22.7.
Governing Law
36
Section 22.8.
Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial
36

-iv-

Schedule A
Information Relating to Purchasers
     
Schedule B
Defined Terms
     
Schedule 5.3
Disclosure Materials
     
Schedule 5.5
Financial Statements
     
Schedule 5.15
Existing Indebtedness
     
Exhibit 1‑A
Form of 3.77% Senior Notes, Series R, due January 22, 2022
     
Exhibit 1‑B
Form of 3.99% Senior Notes, Series S, due January 22, 2023
     
Exhibit 1‑C
Form of 4.16% Senior Notes, Series T, due January 22, 2024
     
Exhibit 4.4(a)
Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Company
     
Exhibit 4.4(b)
Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Purchasers

-v-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
11550 Ash Street, Suite 300
Leawood, Kansas  66211

$25,000,000 3.77% Senior Notes, Series R, due January 22, 2022
$10,000,000 3.99% Senior Notes, Series S, due January 22, 2023
$25,000,000 4.16% Senior Notes, Series T, due January 22, 2024

November 20, 2013


To Each of the Purchasers Listed in
Schedule A Hereto :
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company” ), agrees with each of the purchasers whose names appear at the end hereof (each, a “Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Purchasers” ) as follows:
 
Section 1.          Authorization of Notes.
 
The Company will authorize the issue and sale of $60,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its senior notes consisting of:
 
(i)     $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.77% Senior Notes, Series R, due January 22, 2022 (the “Series R Notes” ) of which $12,500,000 will be purchased at the First Closing and $12,500,000 will be purchased at the Second Closing,
 
(ii)    $10,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.99% Senior Notes, Series S, due January 22, 2023 (the “Series S Notes”) of which $5,000,000 will be purchased at the First Closing and $5,000,000 will be purchased at the Second Closing, and
 
(iii)   $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.16% Senior Notes, Series T, due January 22, 2024 (the “Series T Notes” ) of which $12,500,000 will be purchased at the First Closing and $12,500,000 will be purchased at the Second Closing.  (Series R Notes, Series S Notes and Series T Notes purchased at the First Closing and identified in Schedule A hereto are sometimes referred to as “ First Closing Notes ” and the Series R Notes, Series S Notes and Series T Notes purchased at the Second Closing and identified in Schedule A hereto are sometimes referred to as “ Second Closing Notes ”  (The First Closing Notes and the Second Closing Notes are collectively, “Notes”) (such term shall also include any such notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13).  The Series R Notes, Series S Notes and Series T Notes shall be substantially in the form set out in Exhibits 1‑A, 1‑B and 1‑C, respectively.  Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B; and references to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are, unless otherwise specified, to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement.


Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
The Series R Notes shall bear interest from the date of issue at a fixed rate equal to 3.77% per annum, payable semiannually on the 22nd day of each January and July in each year (commencing July 22, 2014) (each such date being referred to as an “Interest Payment Date” ) and at maturity and bear interest on overdue principal (including any overdue required or optional prepayment of principal) and premium, if any, and (to the extent legally enforceable) on any overdue installment of interest at the Default Rate until paid.
 
The Series S Notes shall bear interest from the date of issue at a fixed rate equal to 3.99% per annum, payable semiannually on each Interest Payment Date and at maturity and bear interest on overdue principal (including any overdue required or optional prepayment of principal) and premium, if any, and (to the extent legally enforceable) on any overdue installment of interest at the Default Rate until paid.
 
The Series T Notes shall bear interest from the date of issue at a fixed rate equal to 4.16% per annum, payable semiannually on each Interest Payment Date and at maturity and bear interest on overdue principal (including any overdue required or optional prepayment of principal) and premium, if any, and (to the extent legally enforceable) on any overdue installment of interest at the Default Rate until paid.
 
Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360‑day year of twelve 30‑day months.
 
Section 2.          Sale and Purchase of Notes.
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closings provided for in Section 3, Notes in the principal amount and of the series specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof.  The Purchasers’ obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or non‑performance of any obligation by any other Purchaser hereunder.  The Series R Notes, the Series S Notes and the Series T Notes are each herein sometimes referred to as Notes of a “series”.
 
Section 3.          Closings.
 
The sale and purchase of the Notes to be purchased by each Purchaser shall occur at the offices of Chapman and Cutler LLP, 111 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603‑4080, at 10:00 a.m., Chicago time, at two closings (each a “Closing” ), the first of which will occur on November 20, 2013 (the “First Closing” ) and the second of which will occur on January 22, 2014 (the “Second Closing” ).  At each Closing the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes of the series to be purchased by such Purchaser at such Closing in the form of a single Note (or such greater number of Notes in denominations of at least U.S. $100,000 as such Purchaser may request) dated the date of such Closing and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company for credit to U.S. Bank National Association; ABA: 042000013; Account#: 821637949; Account Name: Custody Trust Cash U.S. Bank; FFC: 19-9233; Attention: Micah Milhans (Account Instructions can be verified with Ryan Channell at (913) 981-1020).   If at any Closing the Company shall fail to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of such failure or such nonfulfillment.

-2-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 4.          Conditions to Closings.
 
Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to such Purchaser at each Closing is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, prior to or at such Closing, of the following conditions:
 
Section 4.1.         Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement shall be correct when made and at the time of each Closing.
 
Section 4.2.        Performance; No Default .  The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at each Closing and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.14) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
Section 4.3.         Compliance Certificates .
 
(a)     Officer’s Certificate .  The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of such Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.9 have been fulfilled.
 
(b)    Secretary’s Certificate .  The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated the date of such Closing, certifying as to the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes and this Agreement.
 
Section 4.4.        Opinions of Counsel .  Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of such Closing (a) from Husch Blackwell LLP, counsel for the Company, and from Venable LLP, special Maryland counsel for the Company, together covering the matters set forth in Exhibit 4.4(a) and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request (and the Company hereby instructs its counsel to deliver such opinion to the Purchasers) and (b) from Chapman and Cutler LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 4.4(b) and covering such other matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request.

-3-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 4.5.       Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc .  On the date of such Closing such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof.  If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.
 
Section 4.6.         Sale of Other Notes .  Contemporaneously with such Closing the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at such Closing as specified in Schedule A.
 
Section 4.7.       Payment of Special Counsel Fees .  Without limiting the provisions of Section 15.1, the Company shall have paid on or before such Closing the fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.4 to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least one Business Day prior to such Closing.
 
Section 4.8.         Private Placement Number .  A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for each series of the Notes.
 
Section 4.9.        Changes in Corporate Structure .  The Company shall not have changed its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as applicable, or been a party to any merger or consolidation or succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity, at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Schedule 5.5.
 
Section 4.10.      Funding Instructions.  At least three Business Days prior to the date of such Closing, each Purchaser shall have received written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer on letterhead of the Company confirming the information specified in Section 3 including (i) the name and address of the transferee bank, (ii) such transferee bank’s ABA number and (iii) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the Notes is to be deposited.
 
Section 4.11.       Rating of Notes.   The Notes shall have been given a rating of not less than “AAA” by Fitch on or prior to the date of issuance thereof.
 
Section 4.12.      Proceedings and Documents .  All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory to such Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or such special counsel may reasonably request.

-4-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 4.13.      Regulation U .  The Company shall have completed Form FR G‑3 for each Purchaser required to file such form and shall have otherwise cooperated with such Purchasers in providing any additional information in order for the Purchasers to make filings under Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221) and in providing information necessary for each Purchaser to complete and file with any Governmental Authority any other Holder Forms.
 
Section 4.14.       Consummation of First Closing. In the case of the Second Closing, the transactions contemplated herein with respect to the First Closing shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.
 
Section 5.          Representations and Warranties of the Company.
 
As of the date of each Closing, the Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:
 
Section 5.1.        Organization; Power and Authority .  The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Notes and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof.  The Company is and will continue to be registered as a non‑diversified, closed‑end investment management company as such term is used in the 1940 Act.
 
Section 5.2.        Authorization, Etc .  This Agreement and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
 
Section 5.3.       Disclosure .  This Agreement and the certificates delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and identified in Schedule 5.3, and the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5 (this Agreement and such certificates and financial statements delivered to each Purchaser prior to November 5, 2013 being referred to, collectively, as the “Disclosure Documents” ), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.  Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business or properties of the Company except changes that individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

-5-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 5.4.         No Subsidiaries.   The Company has no Subsidiaries as of the date of such Closing.
 
Section 5.5.         Financial Statements; Material Liabilities .  The Company has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the financial statements of the Company listed on Schedule 5.5.  All of said financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the results of its operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year‑end adjustments).  The Company does not have any Material liabilities that are not disclosed on such financial statements or otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Documents.
 
Section 5.6.        Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc .  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes will not (i) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Company under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by‑laws, or any other Material agreement or instrument to which the Company is bound or by which the Company or any of its properties may be bound or affected, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or (iii) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company, including, without limitation, the Securities Act and the 1940 Act.
 
Section 5.7.        Governmental Authorizations, Etc .  No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Notes, other than a filing of a Form D in such jurisdictions in which such filing is required.
 
Section 5.8.        Litigation; Observance of Statutes and Orders .  (a) There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any property of the Company in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(b)     The Company is not in default under any order or judgment and is not in violation of any decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or is not in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation (including without limitation Environmental Laws or the USA PATRIOT Act) of any Governmental Authority, which default or violation, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

-6-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 5.9.        Taxes .  The Company has filed all income tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments payable by them, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (i) the amount of which is not individually or in the aggregate Material or (ii) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Company has established adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.  As of the date hereof, the Company has not been subject to a Federal income tax audit and no statute of limitations related to Federal income tax liabilities of the Company has run.
 
Section 5.10.      Title to Property; Leases .  The Company has good and sufficient title to its Material properties, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in Section 5.5 or purported to have been acquired by the Company after said date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Agreement, except for those defects in title and Liens that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  All Material leases are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect in all material respects.
 
Section 5.11.       Licenses, Permits, Etc .  The Company owns or possesses all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that are Material, without known conflict with the rights of others, except for those conflicts that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
Section 5.12.      Compliance with ERISA .  (a) Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or is obligated to maintain or contribute to, or has, at any time within the past six years, maintained, contributed to or been obligated to maintain or contribute to, any employee benefit plan which is subject to Title I or Title IV of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code.
 
(b)     The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)‑(D) of the Code.  The representation by the Company to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(b) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.
 
Section 5.13.      Private Offering by the Company .  Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Notes or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any person other than the Purchasers and not more than 20 other Institutional Investors, each of which has been offered the Notes at a private sale for investment.  Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

-7-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 5.14.      Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations .  The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Notes for making new portfolio investments, reducing amounts outstanding under any unsecured revolving credit facility and for general corporate purposes. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities or margin stock under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220) or to involve any lender in violation of Regulation U of said Board (12 CFR 221).  As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.
 
Section 5.15.       Existing Indebtedness .  (a) Except as described therein, Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding indebtedness of the Company as of November 12, 2013 (including a description of the obligors and obligees, principal amount outstanding and collateral therefor, if any, and Guaranty thereof, if any), since which date there has been no Material change in the amounts, interest rates, sinking funds, installment payments or maturities of the indebtedness of the Company.  The Company is not in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any indebtedness of the Company, and no event or condition exists with respect to any indebtedness of the Company the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds $10,000,000 that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such indebtedness to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.
 
(b)    The Company is not a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing indebtedness of the Company, any agreement relating thereto or any other agreement (including, but not limited to, its charter or other organizational document) which limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, indebtedness of the Company, except as specifically indicated in Schedule 5.15.
 
Section 5.16.     Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc .  (a) Neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity is (i) a Person whose name appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, United States Department of the Treasury ( “OFAC” ) (an “OFAC Listed Person” ) (ii) an agent, department, or instrumentality of, or is otherwise beneficially owned by, controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, (x) any OFAC Listed Person or (y) any Person, entity, organization, foreign country or regime that is subject to any OFAC Sanctions Program, or (iii) otherwise blocked, subject to sanctions under or engaged in any activity in violation of other United States economic sanctions, including but not limited to, the Trading with the Enemy Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act ( “CISADA” ) or any similar law or regulation with respect to Iran or any other country, the Sudan Accountability and Divestment Act, any OFAC Sanctions Program, or any economic sanctions regulations administered and enforced by the United States or any enabling legislation or executive order relating to any of the foregoing (collectively,   “U.S. Economic Sanctions” ) (each OFAC Listed Person and each other Person, entity, organization and government of a country described in clause (i), clause (ii) or clause (iii), a “Blocked Person” ).  Neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity has been notified that its name appears or may in the future appear on a state list of Persons that engage in investment or other commercial activities in Iran or any other country that is subject to U.S. Economic Sanctions.

-8-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
(b)     No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder constitutes or will constitute funds obtained on behalf of any Blocked Person or will otherwise be used by the Company or any Controlled Entity, directly or indirectly, (i) in connection with any investment in, or any transactions or dealings with, any Blocked Person, or (ii) otherwise in violation of U.S. Economic Sanctions.
 
(c)     Neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity (i) has been found in violation of, charged with, or convicted of, money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes under the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (otherwise known as the Bank Secrecy Act), the USA PATRIOT Act or any other United States law or regulation governing such activities (collectively,   “Anti-Money Laundering Laws” ) or any U.S. Economic Sanctions violations, (ii) to the Company’s actual knowledge, is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for possible violation of Anti-Money Laundering Laws or any U.S. Economic Sanctions violations, (iii) has been assessed civil penalties under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws or any U.S. Economic Sanctions, or (iv) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws.  The Company has established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the Company and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable current and future Anti-Money Laundering Laws and U.S. Economic Sanctions.
 
(d)    (1)       Neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity (i) has been charged with, or convicted of bribery or any other anti-corruption related activity under any applicable law or regulation in a U.S. or any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction, including but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws” ), (ii) to the Company’s actual knowledge, is under investigation by any U.S. or non-U.S. Governmental Authority for possible violation of Anti-Corruption Laws, (iii) has been assessed civil or criminal penalties under any Anti-Corruption Laws or (iv) has been or is the target of sanctions imposed by the United Nations or the European Union;

-9-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
(2)        To the Company’s actual knowledge, neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity has, within the last five years, directly or indirectly offered, promised, given, paid or authorized the offer, promise, giving or payment of anything of value to a Governmental Official or a commercial counterparty for the purposes of: (i) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by such Government Official in his or her official capacity or such commercial counterparty, (ii) inducing a Governmental Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of the Governmental Official’s lawful duty, or (iii) inducing a Governmental Official or a commercial counterparty to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity; in each case in order to obtain, retain or direct business or to otherwise secure an improper advantage in violation of any applicable law or regulation or which would cause any holder to be in violation of any law or regulation applicable to such holder; and
 
(3)        No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any improper payments, including bribes, to any Governmental Official or commercial counterparty in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage.  The Company has established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the Company and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable current and future Anti-Corruption Laws.
 
Section 5.17.       Status under Certain Statutes .  The Company is in material compliance with the 1940 Act, including, but not limited to, all leverage provisions specified in the 1940 Act.
 
Section 5.18.      Pari Passu Ranking .  The Company’s payment obligations under this Agreement and the Notes will, upon issuance of the Notes, rank pari passu , without preference or priority, with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company and senior to any Preferred Stock issued by the Company.
 
Section 6.          Representations of the Purchasers.
 
Section 6.1.        Purchase for Investment .  Each Purchaser severally represents that it is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control.  Each Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Notes.
 
Section 6.2.        Source of Funds .  Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “Source” ) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:

-10-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
(a)     the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption ( “PTE” ) 95‑60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the NAIC (the “NAIC Annual Statement” )) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95‑60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or
 
(b)     the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or
 
(c)    the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90‑1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91‑38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or
 
(d)     the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14 (the “QPAM Exemption” )) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part VI of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are managed by the QPAM in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, represent more than 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM maintains an ownership interest in the Company that would cause the QPAM and the Company to be “related” within the meaning of Part VI(h) of the QPAM Exemption and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of any employee benefit plans whose assets in the investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization, represent 10% or more of the assets of such investment fund, have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or
 
(e)    the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Part IV(h) of PTE 96-23 (the   “INHAM Exemption” )) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV(a) of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Part IV(d)(3) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 10% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or

-11-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
(f)      the Source is a governmental plan; or
 
(g)     the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or
 
(h)     the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.
 
As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan,” “governmental plan,” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.
 
Section 7.          Information as to Company.
 
Section 7.1.         Financial and Business Information .  The Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:
 
(a)        Quarterly Statements — within 60 days (or such shorter period as is within 15 days after the mailing of the Company’s quarterly report to its stockholders) after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Company (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), duplicate copies of,
 
(i)        an unaudited balance sheet and schedule of investments of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such quarter, and
 
(ii)       unaudited statements of income of the Company and its Subsidiaries, for such quarter,
 
and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and their results of operations, subject to changes resulting from year‑end adjustments, provided, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such quarterly financial statements if (i) it shall have timely made such quarterly financial statements available on its home page on the worldwide web (at the date of this Agreement located at:  http://www.tortoiseadvisors.com) and shall have given such holder prior notice of such availability on its home page in connection with each delivery or (ii) at the request of a holder, it shall have timely sent such materials to the email addresses set forth in Schedule A (or at such other email address that the holders provide to the Company from time to time) (such availability, notice and delivery thereof being referred to as “Electronic Delivery” ) (except that, in addition, the Company agrees to also deliver hard copies of such financial statements to any holder of Notes within the time period required hereinabove if such holder has previously requested such delivery in writing);

-12-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
(b)       Annual Statements — within 105 days (or such shorter period as is within 15 days after the filing of the Company’s Annual Report on Form N‑CSR (the “Form  N‑CSR ) with the SEC regardless of whether the Company is subject to the filing requirements thereof) after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, duplicate copies of,
 
(i)        a consolidated balance sheet and schedule of investments of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such year, and
 
(ii)       consolidated statements of income of the Company and its Subsidiaries, for such year,
 
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances, provided that the delivery within the time period specified above of the Company’s Form N‑CSR for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(b), and provided, further, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form N‑CSR if it shall have timely made Electronic Delivery thereof (except that, in addition, the Company agrees to also deliver hard copies of such financial statements to any holder of Notes within the time period required hereinabove if such holder has previously requested such delivery in writing);
 
(c)       SEC and Other Reports — promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of (i) each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by the Company or any Subsidiary to its principal lending banks as a whole (excluding information sent to such banks in the ordinary course of administration of a bank facility, such as information relating to pricing and borrowing availability), any NRSRO or to its public securities holders generally, and (ii) each regular or periodic report, each registration statement that shall have become effective (without exhibits except as expressly requested by such holder), and each final prospectus and all amendments thereto filed by the Company or any Subsidiary with the SEC provided that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such information if it shall have made Electronic Delivery thereof;

-13-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
(d)       Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly, and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default, a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;
 
(e)       ERISA Matters — promptly, and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of any of the following, a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Company or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto:
 
(i)        with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or
 
(ii)      the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multi‑employer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multi‑employer Plan;
 
(iii)     any event, transaction or condition that could result in the incurrence of any liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then existing, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
 
(f)       Changes that Impact Financial Covenants — with reasonable promptness, a notice explaining any changes to (i) any Rating Agency Guidelines or (ii) the 1940 Act, to the extent that such changes impact any financial covenants or financial calculations in this Agreement including but not limited to Sections 9.6, 9.7, 10.5 and 11(i) and any other financial covenant added pursuant to Section 9.8;
 
(g)       Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by such holder of Notes;
 
(h)       Rating – promptly and in any event within five (5) Business Days after the Company becomes aware of a new rating or a change in rating related to any series of Notes or Other Notes, a copy of any rating contemplated by Section 9.7; and

-14-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 7.2.       Officer’s Certificate .  Each set of financial statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer setting forth (which, in the case of Electronic Delivery of any such financial statements, shall be by separate concurrent delivery of such certificate to each holder of Notes):
 
(a)       Covenant Compliance — the information (including detailed calculations) required in order to establish whether the Company was in compliance with the requirements of Sections 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 10.5, 10.6 and 11(i), any Additional Covenant incorporated herein pursuant to Section 9.8, during the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished (including with respect to each such Section, where applicable, the calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the case may be, permissible under the terms of such Sections, and the calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence); and
 
(b)      Event of Default — a statement that such Senior Financial Officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof and has made, or caused to be made, under his or her supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the Company and its Subsidiaries from the beginning of the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished to the date of the certificate and that such review shall not have disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if any such condition or event existed or exists, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.
 
Section 7.3.        Visitation .  The Company shall permit the representatives of each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:
 
(a)       No Default — if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to visit the principal executive office of the Company, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries with the Company’s officers, and, with the consent of the Company (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Company and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and
 
(b)       Default — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of the Company to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Company authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries), all at such times and as often as may be requested.

-15-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 8.          Payment and Prepayment of the Notes.
 
Section 8.1.         Maturity.   As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of the Notes shall be due and payable on the stated maturity date thereof.
 
Section 8.2.         Optional Prepayments with Make‑Whole Amount and Special Optional Prepayments.
 
Section 8.2.1.     Optional Prepayments of the Notes with Make‑Whole Amount .  The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes, in an amount not less than 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding in the case of a partial prepayment, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, together with interest accrued thereon to the date of such prepayment, and the Make‑Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount.  The Company will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2.1 not less than 12 days (or 7 days in the case of any notice of prepayment in connection with a prepayment to cure any Default under Sections 9.5 or 9.6, or both (a “Section 9.5/9.6 Default” )) and not more than 75 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment.  Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.3), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make‑Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation.  Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make‑Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.
 
The Company may, at its option, prepay the Notes to cure any Section 9.5/9.6 Default.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Make‑Whole Amount for the Notes which are prepaid to cure a Section 9.5/9.6 Default shall be equal to one percent (1%) of the principal amount so prepaid; provided, however, that the amount of Notes and the other Senior Securities to be prepaid after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Section 9.5/9.6 Default shall at no time exceed an amount necessary for the Company to be in pro forma compliance with Sections 9.5 or 9.6 after giving effect to such repayment.
 
Section 8.2.2.            Special Optional Prepayments of the Notes. If the 1940 Act Senior Note Asset Coverage is greater than 300%, but less than or equal to 325%, for any five (5) Business Days within a ten (10) Business Day period, determined on the basis of values calculated as of a time within 48 hours (not including Sundays or holidays) next preceding the time of such determination within the ten Business Day period, the Company may, at its option, and to the extent prepayment of the Notes (specifically including the applicable Make‑Whole Amount and accrued interest on the Notes) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.2.2 is permitted under the 1940 Act and Maryland law, upon notice as provided below, prepay all or any part of the Notes at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, together with interest accrued thereon to the date of such prepayment, and the Make‑Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Make‑Whole Amount for the Notes prepaid pursuant to this Section 8.2.2 shall be equal to two percent (2%) of the principal amount so prepaid; provided, however, that (a) the amount of Notes, to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 8.2.2 shall at no time exceed an amount which results in a 1940 Act Senior Notes Asset Coverage of more than 340% pro forma for such prepayment, determined on the basis of values calculated as of a time within 48 hours (not including Sundays or holidays) next preceding the time of such determination, (b)   immediately after giving effect to such prepayment, the aggregate amount of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company shall be less than the aggregate amount of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company immediately prior to such prepayment by the amount of Notes so prepaid and (c) the Company may not borrow under its revolving credit facility immediately prior to such prepayment for the purpose of financing such prepayment.  The Company will give each holder of the Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2.2 not less than 12 days and not more than 75 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment.  Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.3), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and the Make‑Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment.

-16-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 8.2.3.     Prepayments of Notes One Month Prior to Maturity at Par. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to  the contrary, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, the Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below redeem all of the Notes (i) on or after December 22, 2021 in the case of the Series R Notes, (ii) on or after December 22, 2022 in the case of the Series S Notes and (iii) on or after December 22, 2023 in the case of the Series T Notes, at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes, together with interest on such Notes accrued to the date of prepayment and without any Make‑Whole Amount.  The Company will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2.3 not less than 12 days and not more than 75 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment.  Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of each Note to be prepaid on such date and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date.
 
Section 8.3.        Allocation of Partial Prepayments .  (a) In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Sections 8.2.1 or 8.2.2, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.
 
(b)     In the event the Company makes any partial prepayment of Notes and any other Senior Securities to cure any Section 9.5/9.6 Default, the principal amount of Notes and any other Senior Securities to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes and other Senior Securities at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

-17-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 8.4.        Maturity; Surrender, Etc .  In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make‑Whole Amount, if any.  From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make‑Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue.  Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.
 
Section 8.5.        Purchase of Notes .  The Company will not and will not permit any Affiliate to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except (a) upon the payment or prepayment of the  Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the  Notes or (b) pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the Company or an Affiliate pro rata to the holders of all of the Notes at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions with respect to the Notes.  Any such offer shall provide each holder with sufficient information to enable it to make an informed decision with respect to such offer, and shall remain open for at least 30 Business Days.  If the holders of more than 50% of the principal amount of the Notes, then outstanding accept such offer, the Company shall promptly notify the remaining holders of such fact and the expiration date for the acceptance by holders of Notes of such offer shall be extended by the number of days necessary to give each such remaining holder at least 10 Business Days from its receipt of such notice to accept such offer.  The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or any Affiliate pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.
 
Section 8.6.       Make‑Whole Amount “Make‑Whole Amount” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make‑Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero.   For the purposes of determining the Make‑Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:
 
“Called Principal” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2.1 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.
 
“Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

-18-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
“Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, .50% (50 basis points) over the yield to maturity implied by (i) the yields reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on the run U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or   (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the Treasury Constant Maturity Series Yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.
 
In the case of each determination under clause (i) or clause (ii), as the case may be, of the preceding paragraph, such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life.  The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.
 
“Remaining Average Life” means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one‑twelfth year) obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one‑twelfth year) that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.
 
“Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2.1 or Section 12.1.
 
“Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2.1 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

-19-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 8.7.         Prepayment of Notes upon Restricted Change .
 
(a)     Condition to Company Action.   Within five (5) days of a Restricted Change, the Company shall give to each holder of Notes written notice containing a description, in reasonable detail, of the Restricted Change and constituting an offer to prepay the Notes as described in subparagraph (b) of this Section 8.7, accompanied by the certificate described in subparagraph (e) of this Section 8.7.
 
(b)    Offer to Prepay Notes.   The offer to prepay Notes contemplated by subparagraph (a) of this Section 8.7 shall be an offer to prepay, in accordance with and subject to this Section 8.7, all, but not less than all, the Notes held by each holder on the date specified in such offer (the “Section 8.7 Proposed Prepayment Date” ) that is not less than 12 days and not more than 75 days after the date of such offer (if the Section 8.7 Proposed Prepayment Date shall not be specified in such offer, the Section 8.7 Proposed Prepayment Date shall be the first Business Day which is at least 45 days after the date of such offer).
 
(c)     Acceptance; Rejection.   A holder of Notes may accept the offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.7 by causing a notice of such acceptance to be delivered to the Company at least 10 days prior to the Section 8.7 Proposed Prepayment Date.  A failure by a holder of Notes to respond to an offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of such offer by such holder.
 
(d)    Prepayment.   Prepayment of the Notes to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes, together with interest on such Notes accrued to the date of prepayment and without any Make‑Whole Amount.  The prepayment shall be made on the Section 8.7 Proposed Prepayment Date.
 
(e)     Officer’s Certificate. Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be accompanied by a certificate, executed by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and dated the date of such offer, specifying:  (i) the Section 8.7 Proposed Prepayment Date; (ii) that such offer is made pursuant to this Section 8.7; (iii) the principal amount of each Note offered to be prepaid (which shall be 100% of the principal amount of such Note); (iv) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Section 8.7 Proposed Prepayment Date; (v) that the conditions of this Section 8.7 have been fulfilled; and (vi) in reasonable detail, the nature and date of the Restricted Change.
 
(f)      Definition of Restricted Change .  A “Restricted Change” shall occur if either:
 
(i)        Tortoise Capital Advisors, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, shall no longer be the investment advisor of the Company; or
 
(ii)       The Company invests less than 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of entities in the energy sector.
 
Section 8.8.         Adjustment Period .  Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.7, in addition to all other amounts due and payable hereunder and under the Notes, the interest rate applicable to the Notes (including any  Default Rate applicable thereto) shall be increased by an amount equal to 1.00% per annum during any Adjustment Period.

-20-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 9.          Affirmative Covenants.
 
The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:
 
Section 9.1.        Compliance with Law .  Without limiting Section 10.4, the Company will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, ERISA, the USA PATRIOT Act and Environmental Laws, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that non‑compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall remain in material compliance, at all times with the 1940 Act, including, but not limited to, all leverage provisions specified in the 1940 Act.  The Company shall timely file a Form D with respect to each issuance of Notes hereunder to the extent such filing is required.
 
Section 9.2.       Payment of Taxes .  The Company will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to file all income tax or similar tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies payable by any of them, to the extent the same have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, provided that neither the Company nor any Subsidiary need pay any such tax, assessment, charge or levy if (i) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Company or such Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Company or a Subsidiary has established adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP on the books of the Company or such Subsidiary or (ii) the nonpayment of all such taxes, assessments, charges and levies in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
Section 9.3.        Corporate Existence, Etc .  Subject to Section 10.2, the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence.  The Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence of each of its Subsidiaries (unless merged into the Company or a Wholly‑Owned Subsidiary) and all rights and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or franchise would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
Section 9.4.        Books and Records.  The Company will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in conformity with GAAP and all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having legal or regulatory jurisdiction over the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

-21-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 9.5.         Asset Coverage.  The Company shall maintain, as of the last Business Day of each month, asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to the Senior Securities and Preferred Stock which is equal to or greater than the 1940 Act Asset Coverage.
 
Section 9.6.         Discounted Value .  The Company shall maintain, as of each Valuation Date, Eligible Assets having an aggregate Discounted Value equal to or greater than the Basic Maintenance Amount.
 
Section 9.7.         Current Rating on Notes .  (a)    The Company shall at all times maintain a current rating given by a NRSRO  of at least Investment Grade with respect to the Notes.
 
(b)        Each current rating given by a NRSRO on the Other Notes and Notes must be at least Investment Grade and the Company shall not at any time have any rating given by a NRSRO of less than Investment Grade with respect to any series of Other Notes and Notes.
 
Section 9.8.       Most Favored Lender Status .  In the event that the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement enter into, assume or otherwise become bound by or obligated under any agreement creating or evidencing Financial Indebtedness of the Company in excess of $10,000,000 in principal amount (other than indebtedness permitted by Section 10.6) (a “Reference Agreement” ) containing one or more Additional Covenants, the terms of this Agreement shall, without any further action on the part of the Company or any of the holders of the Notes, be deemed to be amended automatically to include each Additional Covenant contained in such Reference Agreement.  The Company further covenants to promptly execute and deliver at its expense (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of counsel for the holders of the Notes) an amendment to this Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders evidencing the amendment of this Agreement to include such Additional Covenants, provided that the execution and delivery of such amendment shall not be a precondition to the effectiveness of such amendment as provided for in this Section 9.8, but shall merely be for the convenience of the parties hereto.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) if any Additional Covenant that has been incorporated herein pursuant to this Section 9.8 is subsequently amended or modified in the relevant Reference Agreement, such Additional Covenant, as amended or modified, shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Agreement and replace such Additional Covenant as originally incorporated, mutatis mutandi, as if set forth fully in this Agreement, effective beginning on the date on which such amendment or modification is effective under the relevant Reference Agreement and (B) if any Additional Covenant that has been incorporated herein pursuant to this Section 9.8 is subsequently removed or terminated from the relevant Reference Agreement or the Company is otherwise no longer required to comply therewith under the relevant Reference Agreement, the Company, beginning on the effective date such Additional Covenant is removed or terminated from the relevant Reference Agreement or the Company otherwise no longer required to comply with such Additional Covenant, shall no longer be or remain obligated to comply with such Additional Covenant hereunder .   In the event that an Additional Covenant is amended, modified, removed or terminated pursuant to this Section 9.8 and the Company and the Required Holders previously entered into an amendment to incorporate such Additional Covenant herein, the holders of the Notes, upon the request and at the expense of the Company, shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such amendment, modification, removal or termination of such Additional Covenant; provided that the failure of the holders of the Notes and the Company to execute and deliver any such amendment shall not adversely affect the automatic incorporation of any amended or modified Additional Covenants into, or the automatic removal or termination of Additional Covenants from, this Agreement as provided above in this Section 9.8.

-22-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 9.9.         Ranking of Obligations .  The Company’s payment obligations under this Agreement and the Notes shall at all times rank pari passu , without preference or priority, with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and senior to any Preferred Stock issued by the Company.
 
Section 10.        Negative Covenants.
 
The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:
 
Section 10.1.      Transactions with Affiliates .  The Company and its Subsidiaries will comply with the 1940 Act provisions, rules and regulations relating to transactions (including without limitation the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than the Company or another Subsidiary), and such transactions shall be pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s business and upon terms fair and reasonable to the Company or such Subsidiary.
 
Section 10.2.       Merger, Consolidation, Etc .  The Company will not consolidate with or merge with any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person unless:
 
(a)        the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as an entirety, as the case may be, shall be a solvent corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof (including the District of Columbia), and, if the Company is not such corporation or limited liability company, such corporation or limited liability company shall have executed and delivered to each holder of any Notes its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Agreement and the Notes; and
 
(b)       immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
No such conveyance, transfer or lease of substantially all of the assets of the Company shall have the effect of releasing the Company or any successor corporation or limited liability company that shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Section 10.2 from its liability under this Agreement or the Notes.

-23-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 10.3.       Line of Business.   The Company shall (a) remain at all times a non‑diversified, closed‑end investment management company for the purposes of the 1940 Act, and (b) continue to engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by the Company.
 
Section 10.4.      Terrorism Sanctions Regulations.   The Company will not and will not permit any Controlled Entity (a) to become (including by virtue of being owned or controlled by a Blocked Person), own or control a Blocked Person or any Person that is the target of sanctions imposed by the United Nations or by the European Union, or (b) directly or indirectly to have any investment in or engage in any dealing or transaction (including, without limitation, any investment, dealing or transaction involving the proceeds of the Notes) with any Person if such investment, dealing or transaction (i) would cause any holder to be in violation of any law or regulation applicable to such holder, or (ii) is prohibited by or subject to sanctions under any U.S. Economic Sanctions, or (c) to engage, nor shall any Affiliate of either engage, in any activity that could subject such Person or any holder to sanctions under CISADA or any similar law or regulation with respect to Iran or any other country that is subject to U.S. Economic Sanctions.
 
Section 10.5.      Certain Other Restrictions.   (a) The Company will not engage in proscribed transactions set forth in the Rating Agency Guidelines, unless it has received written confirmation from each such Rating Agency that proscribes the applicable transaction in its Rating Agency Guidelines that any such action would not impair the rating then assigned by such Rating Agency to a Senior Security.
 
(b)     The Company will not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend or other distribution (other than a dividend or distribution paid in shares of, or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase, common shares or other shares of capital stock of the Company) upon any class of shares of capital stock of the Company, unless, in every such case, immediately after such transaction, the 1940 Act Asset Coverage would be achieved after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be; provided, however, that dividends may be declared upon any preferred shares of capital stock of the Company if the Notes and any other Senior Securities have an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of at least 200% at the time of declaration thereof, after deducting the amount of such dividend.
 
(c)     A declaration of a dividend or other distribution on or purchase or redemption of any common or preferred shares of capital stock of the Company is prohibited (i) at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) if after giving effect to such declaration, the Company would not have Eligible Assets with an aggregate Discounted Value at least equal to the lesser of the Basic Maintenance Amount or the 1940 Act Asset Coverage.
 
Section 10.6.      Secured Debt.   The Company will not at any time permit the aggregate principal amount of all indebtedness of the Company secured by any Lien on assets of the Company to be outstanding for more than 60 days at a time without re‑payment thereof and shall not at any time permit the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all indebtedness of the Company secured by any Liens on assets of the Company to exceed an amount equal to 5% of the fair market value of all assets of the Company at the time of incurrence of any such indebtedness, provided, for the purposes of this Section 10.6, short sales, futures transactions and swap transactions effected in accordance with the 1940 Act and applicable interpretative guidance issued by the SEC will not be prohibited or restricted by this Section 10.6.

-24-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 11.        Events of Default.
 
An “Event of Default” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:
 
(a)    the Company defaults in the payment of any principal, Make‑Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or
 
(b)    the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or
 
(c)    the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Sections 7.1(d), 8.2.2, 8.7, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 10.5, 10.6, or any Additional Covenant incorporated herein pursuant to Section 9.8, and such default is not remedied within 30 days, provided , that in the case of a Section 9.5/9.6 Default such 30‑day period shall be extended by an additional 10‑day period if the Company shall have given notice of redemption pursuant to Section 8.2.1 prior to the end of the 30‑day period; or
 
(d)    the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein (other than those referred to in Sections 11(a), (b) and (c)) and such default is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this Section 11(d)); or
 
(e)    any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or by any officer of the Company in this Agreement or in any writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or
 
(f)      (i) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make‑whole amount or interest on any indebtedness that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of any indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $10,000,000 or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such indebtedness has become, or has been declared or, one or more Persons are entitled to declare such indebtedness to be due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment; or

-25-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
(g)     the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or

(h)    a court or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding‑up or liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, or any such petition shall be filed against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or

(i)     if, pursuant to Section 18(a)(1)(c)(ii) of the 1940 Act, on the last business day of each of twenty‑four consecutive calendar months the Notes shall have an asset coverage of less than 100%; or

(j)     a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of $10,000,000 are rendered against one or more of the Company and its Subsidiaries and which judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 60 days after the expiration of such stay; or

(k)    if (i) any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Company or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings, (iii) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, shall exceed $10,000,000 (iv) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (v) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (vi) the Company or any Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post‑employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of the Company or any Subsidiary thereunder; and any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

-26-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
As used in Section 11(k), the terms “employee benefit plan” and “employee welfare benefit plan” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

Section 12.        Remedies on Default, Etc.

Section 12.1.      Acceleration .  (a) If an Event of Default with respect to the Company described in Section 11(g) or (h) (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of Section 11(g) or described in clause (vi) of Section 11(g) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of Section 11(g)) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

(b)     If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Required Holders may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

(c)     If any Event of Default described in Section 11(a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.

Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, but not limited to, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) the Make‑Whole Amount, if any, determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived.  The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make‑Whole Amount, by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

Section 12.2.      Other Remedies .  If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

-27-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 12.3.      Rescission .  At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1(b) or (c), the Required Holders, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make‑Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make‑Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non‑payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 17, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes.  No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 12.4.      No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc .  No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies.  No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or by any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.  Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 15, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.

Section 13.        Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes.

Section 13.1.      Registration of Notes .  The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes.  The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary.  The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

Section 13.2.      Transfer and Exchange of Notes .  Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)), for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof) and subject to the satisfaction of the applicable rules governing the transferability of restricted securities under federal and applicable state securities laws, within ten Business Days thereafter, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes of the same series (as requested by the holder thereof) in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note.  Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1-A, 1-B or 1‑C, as applicable.  Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.  The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes.  Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than U.S.$100,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note may be in a denomination of less than U.S.$100,000.  Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representation set forth in Section 6.2.

-28-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 13.3.      Replacement of Notes .  Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

(a)       in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it ( provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least U.S.$50,000,000 or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

(b)        in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,

within ten Business Days thereafter, the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same series, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

Section 14.        Payments on Notes.

Section 14.1.      Place of Payment .  Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make‑Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in New York, New York at the principal office of Bank of New York in such jurisdiction.  The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.

-29-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 14.2.      Home Office Payment .  So long as any Purchaser or such Purchaser’s nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make‑Whole Amount, if any, and interest by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A hereto, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1.  Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by any Purchaser or such Person’s nominee, such Person will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 13.2.  The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 14.2.

Section 15.        Expenses, Etc.

Section 15.1.      Transaction Expenses .  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a special counsel for the Purchasers and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) incurred by each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement or the Notes (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including, without limitation:  (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement or the Notes or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement or the Notes, or by reason of being a holder of any Note, (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any Subsidiary or in connection with any work‑out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes, (c) the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the initial filing of this Agreement and all related documents and financial information with the SVO, provided that such costs and expenses under this clause (c) shall not exceed $3,000 for each series of Notes, and (d) such reasonable attorneys’ fees of one special counsel for holders of the Notes incurred in connection with the preparation and filing of those forms as may be required by the 1940 Act or as a result of the status of the Company as an investment company under the 1940 Act.  The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes).

-30-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 15.2.       Survival .  The obligations of the Company under this Section 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes, and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 16.        Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement.

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of any Purchaser or any other holder of a Note.  All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement and the Notes embody the entire agreement and understanding between the Purchasers and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

Section 17.        Amendment and Waiver.

Section 17.1.      Requirements .  This Agreement  and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that (i) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 21 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used in any such Section), will be effective as to any holder of Notes unless consented to by such holder of Notes in writing, and (ii) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the holder of each Note at the time outstanding affected thereby, (A) subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest or of the Make‑Whole Amount, on, the Notes, (B) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (iii) amend any of Section 8, 11(a), 11(b), 12, 17 or 20.

Section 17.2.       Solicitation of Holders of Notes .

(a)    Solicitation .  The Company will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes.  The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 17 to each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.

-31-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
(b)    Payment .  The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of Notes or any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each holder of Notes then outstanding even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

(c)     Consent in Contemplation of Transfer.   Any consent made pursuant to this Section 17.2 by the holder of any Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer such Note to the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company and has provided or has agreed to provide such written consent as a condition to such transfer shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such transferring holder.

Section 17.3.      Binding Effect, Etc .  Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 17 applies equally to all holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver.  No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon.  No course of dealing between the Company and the holder of any Note nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note.  As used herein, the term “this Agreement” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

Section 17.4.     Notes Held by Company, Etc .  Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

-32-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 18.        Notices.

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid), or (c) by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid).  Any such notice must be sent:

(i)        if to any Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A, or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing;

(ii)       if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing; or

(iii)      if to the Company, to the Company at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of Mr. Terry C. Matlack, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

Notices under this Section 18 will be deemed given only when actually received.

Section 19.        Reproduction of Documents.

This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at the Closings (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced.  The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.  This Section 19 shall not prohibit the Company or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

Section 20.        Confidential Information.

-33-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
For the purposes of this Section 20, “Confidential Information” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of the Company or such Subsidiary, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser  other than through disclosure by the Company or any Subsidiary or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available.  Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 20, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any security of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes and this Agreement.  Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement.  On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Section 20.

Section 21.        Substitution of Purchaser.

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Affiliate, shall contain such Affiliate’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Affiliate of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6.  Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall be deemed to refer to such Affiliate in lieu of such original Purchaser.  In the event that such Affiliate is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Affiliate thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Affiliate, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Affiliate as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Affiliate, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.

-34-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
Section 22.        Miscellaneous.

Section 22.1.       Successors and Assigns .  All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

Section 22.2.     Payments Due on Non‑Business Days .  Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirement in Section 8.4 that the notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), any payment of principal of or Make‑Whole Amount or interest on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; provided that if the maturity date of any Note is a date other than a Business Day, the payment otherwise due on such maturity date shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

Section 22.3.      Accounting Terms.   All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with GAAP.  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (i) all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants contained in this Agreement, any election by the Company to measure an item of indebtedness using fair value (as permitted by Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 825-10-25   Fair Value Option or any similar accounting standard) shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made.

Section 22.4.      Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 22.5.     Construction, Etc .  Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant.  Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

-35-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement and all Additional Covenants incorporated herein pursuant to Section 9.8 shall be deemed to be a part hereof.

Section 22.6.      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.  Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

Section 22.7.      Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice‑of‑law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

Section 22.8.      Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.   (a) The Company irrevocably submits to the non‑exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(b)    The Company consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 22.8(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 18 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section.  The Company agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it.  Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

(c)     Nothing in this Section 22.8 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

-36-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
(d)     The parties hereto hereby waive trial by jury in any action brought on or with respect to this Agreement, the Notes or any other document executed in connection herewith or therewith.


*    *    *    *    *

-37-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Company, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement between you and the Company.

 
Very truly yours,
    
 
Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
    
 
By
 
   
Name:
   
Its:

-38-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.

 
The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America
    
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

-39-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.

 
Life Insurance Company of the Southwest
    
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

-40-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.

 
Phoenix Life Insurance Company
    
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
 
PHL Variable Insurance Company
    
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

-41-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.

 
Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America
    
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

-42-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.

 
Principal Life Insurance Company
     
  By:
Principal Global Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its authorized signatory
      
 
By
 
   
Name: 
   
Title:    
      
 
By
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

-43-

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Note Purchase Agreement
This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.

 
Minnesota Life Insurance Company
 
Vantis Life Insurance Company
 
Trustmark Insurance Company
     
  By:
 Advantus Capital Management, Inc.
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

-44-

Information Relating to Purchasers

 
 
 
 
Name and Address of Purchaser
Principal Amount
and Series of
First Closing Notes
to be Purchased at
the First Closing
Principal Amount and
Series of
Second Closing Notes
to be Purchased at the
Second Closing
     
The Guardian Life Insurance
$2,000,000
$2,000,000
Company of America
Series R
Series R
7 Hanover Square

 
New York, NY  10004-2616
$5,000,000
$5,000,000
Attn:  Brian Keating
Series S
Series S
Investment Department 9-A
   
FAX # 212-919-2658
$5,000,000
$5,000,000
Email Address: brian_keating@glic.com
Series T
Series T

Payments

Payment by wire to:

JP Morgan Chase
FED ABA #021000021
Chase/NYC/CTR/BNF
A/C 900-9-000200
Reference A/C #G05978, Guardian Life, CUSIP #89147L F*6, Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation, 3.77% Senior Notes, Series R, due January 22, 2022 and/or  CUSIP #89147L F@4, Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation, 3.99% Senior Notes, Series S, due January 22, 2023 and/or CUSIP #89147L F#2, Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation, 4.16% Senior Notes, Series T, due January 22, 2024

Notices

Address for all communications and notices to be as first addressed above.

Name of Nominee in which Notes are issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  13-5123390

Deliver Notes to:

JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.
4 Chase Metrotech Center - 3rd Floor
Brooklyn, NY  11245-0001
Reference:  A/C #G05978, Guardian Life

Schedule A
(to Note Purchase Agreement)


 
 
 
 
Name and Address of Purchaser
Principal Amount
and Series of
First Closing Notes
to be Purchased at
the First Closing
Principal Amount and
Series of
Second Closing Notes
to be Purchased at the
Second Closing

 
 
Life Insurance Company of the
$3,500,000 
$3,500,000 
Southwest
Series R Series R
c/o National Life Insurance Company


One National Life Drive
$3,000,000 
$3,000,000
Montpelier, VT 05604
Series T Series T
Attention:  Private Placements
   
Facsimile: 802-223-9332
   
email: privateinvestments@sentinelinvestments.com
   

Payments

All principal and interest payments on or in respect of the Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.
New York, NY 10010
ABA # 021000021
Custody Account No.:  G06475

Notices

All notices and communications to be addressed as first provided above.

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  75-0953004

Deliver Notes to:

Life Insurance Company of the Southwest
c/o National Life Insurance Company
One National Life Drive
Montpelier, VT 05604
Attention:  Chris P. Gudmastad

A-2

Name and Address of Purchaser
Principal Amount
and Series of
First Closing Notes
to be Purchased at
the First Closing
Principal Amount and
Series of
Second Closing Notes
to be Purchased at the
Second Closing



Phoenix Life Insurance Company
$1,500,000  
$1,500,000 
Private Placement Department, H-2W
Series R Series R
One American Row
   
Hartford, CT  06102
   

Payments

All payments on or in respect of the Notes to be by bank wire transfer of Federal or other immediately available funds to:

JPMorgan Chase
New York, New York
ABA #021 000 021
Account Name:  Income Processing
Account Number:  900 9000 200
Reference:  Phoenix Life Insurance, G05123, Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation, 3.77% Senior Notes, Series R, due January 22, 2022, PPN 89147L F*6 (include Company name, principal and interest breakdown and premium, if any)

Notices

All notices and communications, including notices with respect to payments and written confirmation of each such payment, to be addressed as first provided above.  All legal notices should be addressed:

Phoenix Life Insurance Company
One American Row
Hartford, Connecticut  06102
Attention:  Brad Buck

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  06-0493340

Deliver Notes to:

Phoenix Life Insurance Company
One American Row, H-11E
Hartford, CT  06102
Attention:  Brad Buck

A-3

Name and Address of Purchaser
Principal Amount
and Series of
First Closing Notes
to be Purchased at
the First Closing
Principal Amount and
Series of
Second Closing Notes
to be Purchased at the
Second Closing



Phoenix Life Insurance Company
$500,000
$500,000
Private Placement Department, H-2W
Series R Series R
One American Row
   
Hartford, CT  06102
   

Payments

All payments on or in respect of the Notes to be by bank wire transfer of Federal or other immediately available funds to:

JPMorgan Chase
New York, New York
ABA #021 000 021
Account Name:  Income Processing
Account Number:  900 9000 200
Reference:  Phoenix Life Insurance, G05689, Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation, 3.77% Senior Notes, Series R, due January 22, 2022, PPN 89147L F*6 (include Company name, principal and interest breakdown and premium, if any)

Notices

All notices and communications, including notices with respect to payments and written confirmation of each such payment, to be addressed as first provided above.  All legal notices should be addressed:

Phoenix Life Insurance Company
One American Row
Hartford, Connecticut  06102
Attention:  Brad Buck

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  06-0493340

Deliver Notes to:

Phoenix Life Insurance Company
One American Row, H-11E
Hartford, CT  06102
Attention:  Brad Buck

A-4

Name and Address of Purchaser
Principal Amount
and Series of
First Closing Notes
to be Purchased at
the First Closing
Principal Amount and
Series of
Second Closing Notes
to be Purchased at the
Second Closing

 
 
PHL Variable Insurance Company
$1,500,000
$1,500,000
c/o Goodwin Capital Advisers
Series R
Series R
One American Row
   
Hartford, CT  06102
   
Attention:  Private Placement Department, H-GW-1
   

Payments

All payments on or in respect of the Notes to be by bank wire transfer of Federal or other immediately available funds to:

JP Morgan Chase
New York, New York
ABA #021 000 021
Account Name:  Income Processing
Account Number:  900 9000 200
Reference:  Phoenix Variable, G11923, Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation, 3.77% Senior Notes, Series R, due January 22, 2022, PPN 89147L F*6 (include Company name, principal and interest breakdown and premium, if any)

Notices

All notices and communications, including notices with respect to payments and written confirmation of each such payment, to be addressed as first provided above.  All legal notices should be addressed:

Phoenix Life Insurance Company
One American Row
P. O. Box 5056
Hartford, Connecticut  06102
Attention:  Brad Buck

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  06-1045829

Deliver Notes to:

PHL Variable Insurance Company
One American Row
Hartford, Connecticut  06102
Attn:  Brad Buck

A-5

Name and Address of Purchaser
Principal Amount
and Series of
First Closing Notes
to be Purchased at
the First Closing
Principal Amount and
Series of
Second Closing Notes
to be Purchased at the
Second Closing



     
PHL Variable Insurance Company
$500,000
$500,000
c/o Goodwin Capital Advisers
Series R
Series R
One American Row
   
Hartford, CT  06102
   
Attention:  Private Placement Department, H-GW-1
   

Payments

All payments on or in respect of the Notes to be by bank wire transfer of Federal or other immediately available funds to:

JP Morgan Chase
New York, New York
ABA #021 000 021
Account Name:  Income Processing
Account Number:  900 9000 200
Reference:  Phoenix Variable, G09389, Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation, 3.77% Senior Notes, Series R, due January 22, 2022, PPN 89147L F*6 (include Company name, principal and interest breakdown and premium, if any)

Notices

All notices and communications, including notices with respect to payments and written confirmation of each such payment, to be addressed as first provided above.  All legal notices should be addressed:

Phoenix Life Insurance Company
One American Row
P. O. Box 5056
Hartford, Connecticut  06102
Attention:  Brad Buck

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  06-1045829

Deliver Notes to:

PHL Variable Insurance Company
One American Row
Hartford, Connecticut  06102
Attn:  Brad Buck

A-6

Name and Address of Purchaser
Principal Amount
and Series of
First Closing Notes
to be Purchased at
the First Closing
Principal Amount and
Series of
Second Closing Notes
to be Purchased at the
Second Closing
     
Teachers Insurance and Annuity
$2,500,000
$2,500,000
Association of America
Series T
Series T
730 Third Avenue


New York, NY  10017
   

Payments

All payments on or in respect of the Secured Unsecured Notes shall be made in immediately available funds on the due date by electronic funds transfer, through the Automated Clearing House System, to:

A-7

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
ABA #021-000-021
Account Number 900-9-000200
Account Name:  Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America
For Further Credit to the Account Number:  G07040

Reference:  PPN 89147L F#2 / Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
Maturity Date:  2024/Interest Rate: 4.16%/P&I Breakdown

Notices

All notices with respect to payments and prepayments of the Senior Unsecured Notes shall be sent to:

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America
730 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention:  Securities Accounting Division
Phone:   (212) 916-4109
Fax:  (212) 916-6955

With a copy to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
P. O. Box 35308
Newark, New Jersey  07101

Contemporaneous written confirmation of any electronic funds transfer shall be sent to the above addresses setting forth: (1) the full name, private placement number, interest rate and maturity date of the Senior Unsecured Notes, (2) allocation of the payment between principal, interest, Make‑Whole Amount, other premium or any special payment and (3) the name and address of the bank from which such electronic funds transfer was sent.

All notices and communications, including notices with respect to payments and prepayments, shall be delivered or mailed to:

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America
8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd
Charlotte, North Carolina  28262
Attention:  Ho Young Lee
Telephone:  (704) 988-4349
Facsimile:   (704) 988-4916
Email:          hlee@tiaa-cref.org

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  13-1624203

Deliver Notes to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
4 Chase Metrotech Center, 3rd Floor
Brooklyn, NY  11245-0001
Attention:  Physical Receive Department
For TIAA A/C #G07040

A-8

 
 
 
 
Name and Address of Purchaser
Principal Amount
and Series of
First Closing Notes
to be Purchased at
the First Closing
Principal Amount and
Series of
Second Closing Notes
to be Purchased at the
Second Closing
     
Principal Life Insurance Company
$ 1,000,000 $ 1,000,000
c/o Principal Global Investors, LLC
$ 1,000,000 $ 1,000,000
711 High Street, G-26
$500,000
$500,000
Des Moines, IA  50392-0800
Series R
Series R
Attention:  Fixed Income Private
   
Placements
   

Payments

All payments on or in respect of the Notes to be made by 12:00 noon (New York City time) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

Citibank, N.A.
New York, NY
ABA No.:  021000089
For credit to Principal Life Insurance Company
Account No. 36274409
FFC:  208046
Attention:  cusip number __________  — Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation

With sufficient information (including Cusip number, interest rate, maturity date, interest amount, principal amount and premium amount, if applicable) to identify the source and application of such funds.

All notices to:

Principal Global Investors, LLC
Attention: Fixed Income Private Placements
711 High Street, G-26
Des Moines, IA  50392-0800

and via Email:  Privateplacements2@exchange.principal.com

With a copy of any notices related to scheduled payments, prepayments, rate reset notices to:

Principal Global Investors, LLC
Attention: Investment Accounting Fixed Income Securities
711 High Street
Des Moines, Iowa  50392-0960

A-9

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  42-0127290
India - Permanent Account Number:
UK Double Tax Treaty Passport Number – 13/P/228021/DTTP

Deliver Notes to:

Citibank NA
399 Park Avenue
Level B Vault
New York, NY 10022
Attn:            Keith Whyte
212-559-1207
(cusip number _________ – Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation )
**  PLEASE MAKE SURE CUSIP NUMBER and FFC:  208046 IS ON THE COVER PACKAGE OR CITIBANK WILL RETURN THE PACKAGE

with a PDF copy to: 
Mary Eggers-McCarroll (Eggers-McCarroll.Mary@principal.com)

A-10

 
 
 
 
Name and Address of Purchaser
Principal Amount
and Series of
First Closing Notes
to be Purchased at
the First Closing
Principal Amount and
Series of
Second Closing Notes
to be Purchased at the
Second Closing
     
Minnesota Life Insurance Company
$1,500,000
$1,500,000
c/o Advantus Capital Management, Inc.
Series T
Series T
400 Robert Street North
   
St. Paul, Minnesota  55101
   
Attention:  Client Administrator
   

Payments

Private Placement payments and all other payments shall be made by wire transfer to immediately available funds pursuant to instructions to be delivered to the Company prior to Closing.

Notices

All notices and statements should be sent electronically via Email to: privateplacements@advantuscapital.com.  If Email is unavailable or if the Email is returned for any reason (including receipt of a message that the Email is undeliverable), such notice and statements should be sent to the address first provided above.

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  41-0417830

Deliver Notes to:

Minnesota Life Insurance Company
c/o Advantus Capital Management, Inc.
400 Robert Street North
St. Paul, Minnesota  55101
Attention:  Kathleen Posus

A-11

 
 
 
 
Name and Address of Purchaser
Principal Amount
and Series of
First Closing Notes
to be Purchased at
the First Closing
Principal Amount and
Series of
Second Closing Notes
to be Purchased at the
Second Closing
     
Vantis Life Insurance Company
$500,000
$500,000
c/o Advantus Capital Management, Inc.
Series T
Series T
400 Robert Street North
   
St. Paul, Minnesota  55101
   
Attention:  Client Administrator
   

Payments

Private Placement payments and all other payments shall be made by wire transfer to immediately available funds pursuant to instructions to be delivered to the Company prior to Closing.

Notices

All notices and statements should be sent electronically via Email to: privateplacements@advantuscapital.com.  If Email is unavailable or if the Email is returned for any reason (including receipt of a message that the Email is undeliverable), such notice and statements should be sent to the address first provided above.

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  Hare & Co

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  06-0523876

Deliver Notes to:

The Notes will be delivered in accordance with instructions furnished to lenders’ counsel, Chapman and Cutler LLP.

A-12

 
 
 
 
Name and Address of Purchaser
Principal Amount
and Series of
First Closing Notes
to be Purchased at
the First Closing
Principal Amount and
Series of
Second Closing Notes
to be Purchased at the
Second Closing
     
Trustmark Insurance Company
$500,000
$500,000
c/o Advantus Capital Management, Inc.
Series R
Series R
400 Robert Street North
   
St. Paul, Minnesota  55101
   
Attention:  Client Administrator
   

Payments

Private Placement payments and all other payments shall be made by wire transfer to immediately available funds pursuant to instructions to be delivered to the Company prior to Closing.

Notices

All notices and statements should be sent electronically via Email to: privateplacements@advantuscapital.com.  If Email is unavailable or if the Email is returned for any reason (including receipt of a message that the Email is undeliverable), such notice and statements should be sent to the address first provided above.

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  ELL & Co.

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  36-0792925

Deliver Notes to:

The Notes will be delivered in accordance with instructions furnished to lenders’ counsel, Chapman and Cutler LLP.

A-13

Defined Terms

As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:

“Additional Covenant” shall mean any covenant in respect of the financial condition or financial position of the Company, including, but not limited to, covenants that specify or require the maintenance of certain financial ratios applicable to the Company, and the default provision related thereto (regardless of whether such provision is labeled or otherwise characterized as a covenant or a default).

“Adjustment Period” means, with respect to any calculation of the applicable interest rate in respect of the Notes, during any period of time during which any series of Notes has a current rating of less than “A‑” by Fitch or less than its equivalent by any other NRSRO.

“Affiliate” means, at any time, and with respect to any Person, any other Person that at such time directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.  As used in this definition, “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Company.

“Anti-Corruption Laws” is defined in Section 5.16(d)(1).

“Anti-Money Laundering Laws” is defined in Section 5.16(c).

“Basic Maintenance Amount” as of any Valuation Date is the basic maintenance amount required under the Rating Agency Guidelines (which shall be the largest basic maintenance amount in the event there is more than one Rating Agency).

“Blocked Person” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

“Business Day” means (a) for the purposes of Section 8.6 only, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York City are required or authorized to be closed, and (b) for the purposes of any other provision of this Agreement, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York, or Leawood, Kansas, are required or authorized to be closed.

“Capital Lease” means, at any time, a lease with respect to which the lessee is required concurrently to recognize the acquisition of an asset and the incurrence of a liability in accordance with GAAP.

“CISADA” means the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act.

Schedule B
(to Note Purchase Agreement)

“Closing” is defined in Section 3.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

“Company” means Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation, a Maryland corporation or any successor that becomes such in the manner prescribed in Section 10.2.

“Confidential Information” is defined in Section 20.

“Controlled Entity” means (i) any of the Subsidiaries of the Company and any of their or the Company’s respective Controlled Affiliates and (ii) if the Company has a parent company, such parent company and its Controlled Affiliates.  As used in this definition, “Control”   means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Default” means an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” means with respect to the Notes, that rate of interest that is the greater of (i) 2.00% per annum above the rate of interest stated in clause (a) of the first paragraph of the Notes or (ii) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of New York in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.  The Default Rate for the Notes shall be subject to Section 8.8.

“Disclosure Documents” is defined in Section 5.3.

“Discount Factor” means Fitch Discount Factor (if Fitch is then rating Senior Securities) or an Other Rating Agency Discount Factor, whichever is applicable.

“Discounted Value” (i) for purposes of determining the Make‑Whole Amount for the Notes, this term is defined in Section 8.6 and (ii) for any other purpose in this Agreement, means the quotient of the Market Value of an Eligible Asset divided by the applicable Discount Factor, provided that with respect to an Eligible Asset that is currently callable, Discounted Value will be equal to the quotient as calculated above or the call price, whichever is lower, and that with respect to an Eligible Asset that is prepayable, Discounted Value will be equal to the quotient as calculated above or the par value, whichever is lower.

“Electronic Delivery” is defined in Section 7.1(a).

“Eligible Assets” means Fitch’s Eligible Assets (if Fitch is then rating the Senior Securities) and/or Other Rating Agency Eligible Assets, whichever is applicable.

B-2

“Environmental Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including but not limited to those related to Hazardous Materials.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business  (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Company under section 414 of the Code.

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 11.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Existing Notes” means (i) the 6.11% Senior Notes, Series E, due April 10, 2015, (ii) the 5.85% Senior Notes, Series G, due December 21, 2016, (iii) the Floating Rate Senior Notes, Series H, due May 12, 2014, (iv) the 4.35% Senior Notes, Series I, due May 12, 2018, (v) the 3.30% Senior Notes, Series J, due December 19, 2019, (vi) the 3.87% Senior Notes, Series K, due December 19, 2022, (vii) the 3.99% Senior Notes, Series L, due December 19, 2024, (viii) the 2.75% Senior Notes, Series M, due September 27, 2017, (ix) the 3.15% Senior Notes, Series N, due September 27, 2018, (x) the 3.78% Senior Notes, Series O, due September 27, 2020, (xi) the 4.39% Senior Notes, Series P, due September 27, 2023 and (xii) the Floating Rate Senior Notes, Series Q, due September 27, 2018.

“Financial Indebtedness” with respect to any Person means, at any time, without duplication,

(a)          its liabilities for borrowed money and its redemption obligations in respect of mandatorily redeemable Preferred Stock;

(b)        its liabilities for the deferred purchase price of property acquired by such Person (excluding accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business but including all liabilities created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to any such property);

(c)          all liabilities appearing on its balance sheet in accordance with GAAP in respect of Capital Leases;

(d)          all liabilities for borrowed money secured by any Lien with respect to any property owned by such Person (whether or not it has assumed or otherwise become liable for such liabilities);

(e)          all its liabilities in respect of letters of credit or instruments serving a similar function issued or accepted for its account by banks and other financial institutions (whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money);

B-3

(f)          the aggregate Swap Termination Value of all Swap Contracts of such Person; and

(g)          any Guaranty of such Person with respect to liabilities of a type described in any of clauses (a) through (f) hereof.

“First Closing Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Interest Payment Date” is defined in Section 1.

“Fitch”   means Fitch Ratings and its successors at law.

“Fitch Discount Factor”   means the discount factors set forth in the Fitch Guidelines for use in calculating the Discounted Value of the Company’s assets in connection with Fitch’s ratings then assigned to Senior Securities.

“Fitch Eligible Asset” means assets of the Company set forth in the Fitch Guidelines as eligible for inclusion in calculating the Discounted Value of the Company’s assets in connection with Fitch’s ratings then assigned to Senior Securities.

“Fitch Guidelines” mean the guidelines provided by Fitch, as may be amended from time to time, in connection with Fitch’s ratings of Senior Securities.

“Form D” means a Notice of Sale of Securities under Regulation D, Section 4(b) and/or Uniform Limited Offering Exemption under the Securities Act.

“Form N‑CSR” is defined in Section 7.1(b).

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States of America.

“Governmental Authority” means

(a)          the government of

(i)        the United States of America or any State or other political subdivision thereof, or

(ii)       any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, or

(b)          any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

B-4

“Governmental Official” means any governmental official or employee, employee of any government-owned or government-controlled entity, political party, any official of a political party, candidate for political office, official of any public international organization or anyone else acting in an official capacity.

“Guaranty” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation (except the endorsement in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any indebtedness, dividend or other obligation of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including (without limitation) obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, by such Person:

(a)          to purchase such indebtedness or obligation or any property constituting security therefor;

(b)        to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of such indebtedness or obligation, or (ii) to maintain any working capital or other balance sheet condition or any income statement condition of any other Person or otherwise to advance or make available funds for the purchase or payment of such indebtedness or obligation;

(c)         to lease properties or to purchase properties or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such indebtedness or obligation of the ability of any other Person to make payment of the indebtedness or obligation; or

(d)          otherwise to assure the owner of such indebtedness or obligation against loss in respect thereof.

In any computation of the indebtedness or other liabilities of the obligor under any Guaranty, the indebtedness or other obligations that are the subject of such Guaranty shall be assumed to be direct obligations of such obligor.

“Hazardous Material” means any and all pollutants, toxic or hazardous wastes or other substances that might pose a hazard to health and safety, the removal of which may be required or the generation, manufacture, refining, production, processing, treatment, storage, handling, transportation, transfer, use, disposal, release, discharge, spillage, seepage or filtration of which is or shall be restricted, prohibited or penalized by any applicable law including, but not limited to, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum, petroleum products, lead based paint, radon gas or similar restricted, prohibited or penalized substances.

“holder” means, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1.

“Holder Forms” means any forms required to be filed by a holder of Notes pursuant to the 1940 Act or as required by the Federal Reserve Board.

B-5

“Institutional Investor” means (a) any Purchaser of a Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding (together with one or more of its affiliates) more than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, and (d) any Related Fund of any holder of any Note.

“Interest Payment Date” is defined in Section 1.

“Investment Grade” means a rating of at least (i) “BBB” or higher by Fitch or (ii) its equivalent by any other NRSRO.

“Lien” means, with respect to any Person, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance, or any interest or title of any vendor, lessor, lender or other secured party to or of such Person under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital Lease, upon or with respect to any property or asset of such Person (including in the case of stock, stockholder agreements, voting trust agreements and all similar arrangements).

“Make‑Whole Amount” is defined in Section 8.6.

“Market Value” means the market value of an asset of the Company determined as follows:  For equity securities traded on an exchange,  the value obtained from readily available market quotations based on the last sales price or the closing price (or if such equity security is not traded on a date of determination, the mean of the most recent bid and asked prices), in each case as obtained from a pricing service approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.  If an equity security is not traded on an exchange or a quote is not available from a pricing service approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the value obtained from written broker‑dealer quotations.  For fixed‑income securities, the value obtained from readily available market quotations based on the last sale price of a security on the day the Company values its assets or the market value obtained from a pricing service or the value obtained from a direct written broker‑dealer quotation from a dealer who has made a market in the security.  “Market Value” for other securities will mean the value obtained pursuant to the Company’s valuation procedures as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.  If the market value of a security cannot be obtained, or the Company’s investment adviser determines that the value of a security as so obtained does not represent the fair value of a security, fair value for that security shall be determined pursuant to the valuation procedures adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Material” means material in relation to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Notes.

B-6

“Multiemployer Plan” means any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

“NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto.

“1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and all exemptive relief, if any, obtained by the Company thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“1940 Act Asset Coverage” means asset coverage required by the 1940 Act Senior Notes Asset Coverage and by the 1940 Act Total Leverage Asset Coverage.

“1940 Act Senior Notes Asset Coverage” means asset coverage as defined by Section 18(h) of the 1940 Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement of at least 300% with respect to Senior Securities, determined on the basis of values calculated as of a time within 48 hours next preceding that of such determination.

1940 Act Total Leverage Asset Coverage” means asset coverage as defined by Section 18(h) of the 1940 Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement of at least 200% with respect to Senior Securities and Preferred Stock, determined on the basis of values calculated as of a time within 48 hours next preceding the time of such determination.

“Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“NRSRO” means a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization.

“OFAC” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

“OFAC Listed Person” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

“OFAC Sanctions Program” means any economic or trade sanction that OFAC is responsible for administering and enforcing.  A list of OFAC Sanctions Programs may be found at http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/Programs/Pages/Programs.aspx .

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of the Company whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

“Other Notes” means (i) the Existing Notes and (ii) each other Series of senior unsecured notes or bonds of the Company that are pari passu with the Notes issued under this Agreement.

“Other Rating Agency” means each rating agency, if any, other than Fitch then providing a rating for the Senior Securities.

“Other Rating Agency Discount Factor” means the discount factors set forth in the Other Rating Agency Guidelines of each Other Rating Agency for use in calculating the Discounted Value of the Company’s assets in connection with the Other Rating Agency’s rating of Senior Securities.

B-7

“Other Rating Agency Eligible Assets” means assets of the Company set forth in the Other Rating Agency Guidelines of each Other Rating Agency as eligible for inclusion in calculating the Discounted Value of the Company’s assets in connection with the Other Rating Agency’s rating of Senior Securities.

“Other Rating Agency Guidelines” mean the guidelines provided by each Other Rating Agency, as may be amended from time to time, in connection with the Other Rating Agency’s rating of Senior Securities.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.

“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, business entity or Governmental Authority.

“Plan” means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

“Preferred Stock” means any class of capital stock of a Person that is preferred over any other class of capital stock (or similar equity interests) of such Person as to the payment of dividends or the payment of any amount upon liquidation or dissolution of such Person.

“property” or “properties” means, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.

“PTE” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

“Purchaser” is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

“Qualified Institutional Buyer” means any Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.

“Rating Agency” means each of Fitch (if Fitch is then rating Senior Securities) and any Other Rating Agency.

“Rating Agency Guidelines” mean Fitch Guidelines (if Fitch is then rating Senior Securities) and any Other Rating Agency Guidelines.

“Reference Agreement” is defined in Section 9.8.

B-8

“Related Fund” means, with respect to any holder of any Note, any fund or entity that (i) invests in Securities or bank loans, and (ii) is advised or managed by such holder, the same investment advisor as such holder or by an affiliate of such holder or such investment advisor.

“Required Holders” means, at any time, the holders of at least 51% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates.  For purposes of any determination of “Required Holders” prior to the Second Closing, all Notes scheduled to be sold on the Second Closing shall be deemed to be outstanding.

“Responsible Officer” means any Senior Financial Officer and any other officer of the Company with responsibility for the administration of the relevant portion of this Agreement.

“Restricted Change” is defined in Section 8.7.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States, or any successor thereto.

“Second Closing Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Section 9.5/9.6 Default” is defined in Section 8.2.1.

“Securities” or “Security” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

“Senior Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Company.

“Senior Securities” means indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company including, without limitation, the Notes, the Existing Notes, bank borrowings and (without duplication) indebtedness of the Company within the meaning of Section 18 of the 1940 Act.

“series” means any Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Agreement.

“Series R Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Series S Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Series T Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Significant Subsidiary” means at any time any Subsidiary that would at such time constitute a “significant subsidiary” (as such term is defined in Regulation S‑X of the SEC as in effect on the date of this Agreement) of the Company.

B-9

“Subsidiary” means, as to any Person, any other Person in which such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries owns sufficient equity or voting interests to enable it or them (as a group) ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, to elect a majority of the directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such second Person, and any partnership or joint venture if more than a 50% interest in the profits or capital thereof is owned by such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries (unless such partnership or joint venture can and does ordinarily take major business actions without the prior approval of such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries).  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to a “Subsidiary” is a reference to a Subsidiary of the Company.

“SVO” means the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC or any successor to such Office.

“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all interest rate swap transactions, basis swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, currency options, spot contracts or any other similar transactions or any of the foregoing (including, but without limitation, any options to enter into any of the foregoing), and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement.

“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amounts(s) determined as the mark‑to‑market values(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid‑market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts.

“USA PATRIOT Act” means United States Public Law 107‑56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

“U.S. Economic Sanctions” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

“Valuation Date” means every Friday, or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day; provided, however , that the first Valuation Date may occur on any other date established by the Company; provided, further, however , that such first Valuation Date shall be not more than one week from the date on which Notes initially are issued.

B-10


“Wholly‑Owned Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary all of the equity interests (except directors’ qualifying shares) and voting interests of which are owned by any one or more of the Company and the Company’s other Wholly‑Owned Subsidiaries at such time.

B-11

Disclosure Materials

Senior Notes Private Placement presentation dated October 2013

Schedule 5.3
(to Note Purchase Agreement)

Financial Statements

Annual Report for the Fiscal Year ended November 30, 2012 which includes but is not limited to Summary Financial Information, Key Financial Data, Schedule of Investments, Statements of Assets and Liabilities, Statement of Operations, Statement of Changes in Net Assets, Statement of Cash Flow, Financial Highlights and Notes to Financial Statements.

2013 Third Quarter Report for the 9 months ended August 31, 2013 which includes but is not limited to Summary Financial Information, Key Financial Data, Schedule of Investments, Statement of Assets and Liabilities, Statement of Operations, Statement of Changes in Net Assets, Statement of Cash Flow, Financial Highlights and Notes to Financial Statements.

Schedule 5.5
(to Note Purchase Agreement)

Schedule 5.15

Existing Indebtedness as of November 12, 2013

 
Series
 
Maturity Date
 
Notional/Carrying
Amount
 
         
Series E
April 10, 2015
 
$
110,000,000
 
Series G
December 21, 2016
   
30,000,000
 
Series H
May 12, 2014
   
15,000,000
 
Series I
May 12, 2018
   
10,000,000
 
Series J
December 19, 2019
   
15,000,000
 
Series K
December 19, 2022
   
10,000,000
 
Series L
December 19, 2024
   
20,000,000
 
Series M
September 27, 2017
   
13,000,000
 
Series N
September 27, 2018
   
10,000,000
 
Series O
September 27, 2020
   
15,000,000
 
Series P
September 27, 2023
   
12,000,000
 
Series Q
September 27, 2018
   
10,000,000
 
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
June 16, 2014
   
63,700,000
 
           
Total
   
$
333,700,000
 

Master Note Purchase Agreement dated April 10, 2008 (Series E Notes)

First Supplement to Master Note Purchase Agreement dated December 17, 2009 (Series F and G Notes)

Note Purchase Agreement dated May 12, 2011 (Series H and I Notes)

Note Purchase Agreement dated December 19, 2012 (Series J, K and L Notes)

Note Purchase Agreement dated September 27, 2013 (Series M, N, O, P and Q Notes)

Credit Agreement dated as of March 22, 2007 among the Company, certain lenders, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Agent for such lenders

First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 29, 2007 by and among the Company, certain lenders, and U.S. Bank National Association

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 2007 by and among the Company, certain lenders, and U.S. Bank National Association

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of March 21, 2008, by and among the Company, certain lenders, and U.S. Bank National Association

Schedule 5.15
(to Note Purchase Agreement)

Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of March 20, 2009, by and among the Company, U.S. Bank National Association and Comerica Bank

Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of March 19, 2009, by and among the Company, U.S. Bank National Association and Comerica Bank

Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 20, 2010 by and among the Company, U.S. Bank National Association and Bank of America, N.A.

Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of March 9, 2011 by and among the Company, U.S. Bank National Association and Bank of America, N.A.

Eighth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 20, 2011 by and among the Company, U.S. Bank National Association and Bank of America, N.A. and The Bank of Nova Scotia

Ninth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 18, 2012 by and among the Company, U.S. Bank National Association and Bank of America, N.A. and The Bank of Nova Scotia

Tenth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 17, 2013 by and among the Company, U.S. Bank National Association and Bank of America, N.A. and The Bank of Nova Scotia.

5.15-2

[Form of Series R Note]

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation

3.77% Senior Note, Series R, Due January 22, 2022

No. R‑[
 
] [Date]
$[
 
] PPN 89147L F*6

For Value Received , the undersigned, Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation (herein called the “Company” ), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereby promises to pay to [____________], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [_____________________] Dollars (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on January 22, 2022, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360‑day year of twelve 30‑day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 3.77% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on the 22nd day of January and July in each year, commencing with (x) July 22, 2014 for any Note dated on or before July 22, 2014 and (y) the January or July next succeeding the date hereof for any Note dated after July 22, 2014, and at maturity until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make‑Whole Amount, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate.

Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.7 of the Note Purchase Agreement and, in addition to all other amounts due and payable under this Note, the interest rate applicable to this Note (including any Default Rate applicable thereto) shall be increased by an amount equal to 1.00% per annum during any Adjustment Period.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make‑Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at Bank of New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes” ) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2013 (as from time to time amended or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement” ), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof.  Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representation set forth in Section 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.  Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

Exhibit 1-A
(to Note Purchase Agreement)

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

The Company will make required prepayments of principal on the dates and in the amounts specified in the Note Purchase Agreement.  This Note is also subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make‑Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice‑of‑law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 
Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
     
 
By
 
   
Name:
   
Its:

E-1-A-2

[Form of Series S Note]

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation

3.99% Senior Note, Series S, Due January 22, 2023

No. S‑[
 
] [Date]
$[
 
] PPN 89147L F@4

For Value Received , the undersigned, Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation (herein called the “Company” ), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereby promises to pay to [____________], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [_____________________] Dollars (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on January 22, 2023, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360‑day year of twelve 30‑day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 3.99% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on the 22nd day of January and July in each year, commencing with (x) July 22, 2014 for any Note dated on or before July 22, 2014 and (y) the January or July next succeeding the date hereof for any Note dated after July 22, 2014, and at maturity until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make‑Whole Amount, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate.

Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.7 of the Note Purchase Agreement and, in addition to all other amounts due and payable under this Note, the interest rate applicable to this Note (including any Default Rate applicable thereto) shall be increased by an amount equal to 1.00% per annum during any Adjustment Period.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make‑Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at Bank of New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes” ) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2013 (as from time to time amended or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement” ), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof.  Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representation set forth in Section 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.  Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

Exhibit 1-B
(to Note Purchase Agreement)

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

The Company will make required prepayments of principal on the dates and in the amounts specified in the Note Purchase Agreement.  This Note is also subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make‑Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice‑of‑law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 
Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
     
 
By
 
   
Name:
   
Its:

E-1-B-2

[Form of Series T Note]

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation

4.16% Senior Note, Series T, Due January 22, 2024

No. T‑[
 
] [Date]
$[
 
] PPN 89147L F#2
   
For Value Received , the undersigned, Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation (herein called the “Company” ), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereby promises to pay to [____________], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [_____________________] Dollars (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on January 22, 2024, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360‑day year of twelve 30‑day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 4.16% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on the 22nd day of January and July in each year, commencing with (x) July 22, 2014 for any Note dated on or before July 22, 2014 and (y) the January or July next succeeding the date hereof for any Note dated after July 22, 2014, and at maturity until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make‑Whole Amount, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate.

Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.7 of the Note Purchase Agreement and, in addition to all other amounts due and payable under this Note, the interest rate applicable to this Note (including any Default Rate applicable thereto) shall be increased by an amount equal to 1.00% per annum during any Adjustment Period.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make‑Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at Bank of New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes” ) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2013 (as from time to time amended or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement” ), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof.  Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representation set forth in Section 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.  Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

Exhibit 1-C
(to Note Purchase Agreement)

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

The Company will make required prepayments of principal on the dates and in the amounts specified in the Note Purchase Agreement.  This Note is also subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make‑Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice‑of‑law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 
Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
     
 
By
 
   
Name:
   
Its:

E-1-C-2

Form of Opinion of Special Counsel
to the Company

[Form to be attached]

Exhibit 4.4(a)
(to Note Purchase Agreement)

Form of Opinion of Special Counsel
to the Purchasers

[to be provided on a case by case basis]


Exhibit 4.4 (b)
(to Note Purchase Agreement)


Exhibit l

[LETTERHEAD OF VENABLE LLP]


April 9, 2019

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
11550 Ash Street, Suite 300
Leawood, Kansas 66211

Re:            Registration Statement on Form N-2

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have served as Maryland counsel to Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation, a Maryland corporation registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a closed-end management investment company (the “Company”), in connection with certain matters of Maryland law arising out of the registration of the following securities of the Company having an aggregate initial offering price of up to $375,000,000 (collectively, the “Securities”):  (a) shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”); (b) shares of preferred stock, $.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”); and (c) debt securities (“Debt Securities”), in each case, covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement, and all amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the 1940 Act.

In connection with our representation of the Company, and as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (collectively, the “Documents”):

1.            The Registration Statement and the related form of prospectus included therein, substantially in the form transmitted to the Commission under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act;

2.            The charter of the Company (the “Charter”), certified by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”);

3.            The Bylaws of the Company (the “Bylaws”), certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

4.            A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Company, dated as of a recent date;

5.            Resolutions (the “Resolutions”) adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) relating to the registration and issuance of the Securities, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

6.            A certificate executed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof; and


Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
April 9, 2019
Page 2
7.            Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to express the opinion set forth below, subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.

In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:

1.            Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or another person, is legally competent to do so.

2.            Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Company) is duly authorized to do so.

3.            Each of the parties (other than the Company) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such party's obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding and are enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.

4.            All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic.  The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as unexecuted drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered.  All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the original documents.  All signatures on all such Documents are genuine.  All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete.  All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete.  There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any provision of any of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise.

5.            Upon the issuance of any Securities that are Common Stock (“Common Securities”), including Common Securities which may be issued upon conversion or exercise of any other Securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Securities, the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding will not exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock that the Company is then authorized to issue under the Charter.

6.            Upon the issuance of any Securities that are Preferred Stock (“Preferred Securities”), the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, and the total number of issued and outstanding shares of the applicable class or series of Preferred Stock designated pursuant to the Charter, will not exceed the total number of shares of Preferred Stock or the number of shares of such class or series of Preferred Stock that the Company is then authorized to issue under the Charter.


Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
April 9, 2019
Page 3
7.            The issuance, and certain terms, of the Securities to be issued by the Company from time to time will be authorized and approved by the Board, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Charter, the Bylaws and the Resolutions and, with respect to any Preferred Securities, Articles Supplementary setting forth the number of shares and the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock to be issued by the Company will be filed with and accepted for record by the SDAT prior to their issuance (such approvals and, if applicable, acceptance for record, referred to herein as the “Corporate Proceedings”).

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:

1.            The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.

2.            Upon the completion of all Corporate Proceedings relating to the Common Securities, the issuance of the Common Securities will be duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Registration Statement, the Resolutions and the Corporate Proceedings, the Common Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

3.            Upon the completion of all Corporate Proceedings relating to the Preferred Securities, the issuance of the Preferred Securities will be duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Registration Statement, the Resolutions and the Corporate Proceedings, the Preferred Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

4.            Upon the completion of all Corporate Proceedings relating to the Debt Securities, the issuance of the Debt Securities will be duly authorized.

The foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law.  We express no opinion as to the applicability or effect of the 1940 Act or other federal securities laws, or state securities laws, including the securities laws of the State of Maryland.  To the extent that any matter as to which our opinion is expressed herein would be governed by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Maryland, we do not express any opinion on such matter.  The opinion expressed herein is subject to the effect of judicial decisions which may permit the introduction of parol evidence to modify the terms or the interpretation of agreements.


Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation
April 9, 2019
Page 4
The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters specifically set forth herein and no other opinion shall be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated.  We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.

This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of the name of our firm therein.  In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

 
Very truly yours,
   
 
/s/ Venable LLP



Exhibit n

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the references to our firm under the captions “Financial Highlights” in the Base Prospectus and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Statement of Additional Information and to the incorporation by reference of our report dated January 24, 2019, with respect to the financial statements of Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation for the year ended November 30, 2018, in the Registration Statement (Form N-2) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in this Amendment No. 81 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (Registration No. 811-21462).

 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP  
 
Kansas City, Missouri
April 9, 2019



Exhibit r.1

CODE OF ETHICS

This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted by each investment company listed on Exhibit A hereto (each referred to as the “Company” for purposes of the application of this Code of Ethics to such investment company).

Statement of General Policy

The Company seeks to foster a reputation for integrity and professionalism.  That reputation is a vital business asset.  The confidence and trust placed in us by investors in the Company is something that is highly valued and must be protected.  As a result, any activity that creates even the suspicion of misuse of material non-public information any of our employees, which gives rise to or appears to give rise to any breach of fiduciary duty owed to our investors, or which creates any actual or potential conflict of interest between the Company or any of its employees or even the appearance of any conflict of interest must be avoided and is prohibited.  At the same time, we believe that individual investment activities by our officers and employees should not be unduly prohibited or discouraged.

Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Rule”) requires the Company adopt a code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons (as defined therein) from engaging in any act, practice or course of business prohibited by the Rule.  Accordingly, this Code of Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted to ensure that those who have knowledge of the portfolio transactions will not be able to act thereon to the disadvantage of the Company.  The Code does not purport comprehensively to cover all types of conduct or transactions which may be prohibited or regulated by the laws and regulations applicable to the Company and persons connected with it.  It is the responsibility of each Access Person to conduct personal securities transactions in a manner that does not interfere with the transactions of the Company or otherwise take unfair advantage of the Company, and to understand the various laws applicable to such employee.

1.
Definitions of Terms Used


(a)
“Access Person” means (i) any director, officer, managing director or employee of the Company or the Company’s investment advisor (or of any company in a control relationship to the Company or its investment advisor) who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Company, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to purchases or sales of Covered Securities; and (ii) any natural person in a control relationship to the Company or the Company’s investment advisor who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Company with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Company.



(b)
“Automatic Investment Plan” means a program, including a dividend reinvestment plan, in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation.


(c)
“Beneficial interest” or “beneficial ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner as beneficial ownership would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of that Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, which includes any interest in which a person, directly or indirectly, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest.  A pecuniary interest is the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from any transaction.  Each Access Person will be assumed to have a pecuniary interest, and therefore, beneficial interest in or ownership of, all securities held by the Access Person, the Access Person’s spouse, all minor children, all dependent adult children and adults sharing the same household with the Access Person (other than mere roommates) and in all accounts subject to their direct or indirect influence or control and/or through which they obtain the substantial equivalent of ownership, such as trusts in which they are a trustee or beneficiary, partnerships in which they are the general partner (except where the amount invested by the general partner is limited to an amount reasonably necessary in order to maintain the status as a general partner), corporations in which they are a controlling shareholder (except any investment company, trust or similar entity registered under applicable U.S. or foreign law) or any other similar arrangement.  Any questions an Access Person may have about whether an interest in a security or an account constitutes beneficial interest or ownership should be directed to the Compliance Officer.


(d)
“Considering for purchase or sale” shall mean when the portfolio manager communicates that he/she is seriously considering making such a transaction or when a recommendation to the portfolio manager to purchase or sell has been made or communicated by an analyst at the Company’s investment advisor and, with respect to the analyst making the recommendation, when such analyst seriously considers making such a recommendation.


(e)
“Contemplated Security” shall mean any security that the Company is eligible to hold or intends or proposes to acquire, and any security related to or connected with such security. 0F 1


(f)
“control” shall mean the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.


1
The types of securities the Company currently may invest in are listed in Exhibit A.



(g)
“Covered Security” shall mean any security, and any security related to or connected with such security, except that it shall not include securities which are direct obligations of the government of the United States, shares issued by U.S. registered open-end investment companies, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper or high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.


(h)
“Disinterested Director” means any director of the Company who is not an interested person of the Company’s investment advisor or principal underwriter, is not an officer of the Company and is not otherwise an “interested person” of the Company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).


(i)
The “Compliance Officer” shall mean the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, from time to time, or his or her designee.


(j)
“Initial Public Offering” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not required to file reports under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or an initial public offering under comparable foreign law.


(k)
“Investment Personnel” means any employee of the Company or the Company’s investment advisor (or of any company in a control relationship to the Company or the Company’s investment advisor) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Company.  Investment Personnel also includes any natural person who controls the Company or its investment advisor and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Company regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Company.


(l)
“Knowingly/Knows/Knew” means (i) actual knowledge or (ii) reason to believe; but shall exclude institutional knowledge, where there is no affirmative conduct by the employee to obtain such knowledge, for example, querying the Company’s investment advisor trading system or Investment Personnel.


(m)
“Limited Offering” means an offering that is exempt from registration under Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and similar restricted offerings under comparable foreign law.


(n)
“Personal benefit” includes any intended benefit for oneself or any other individual, company, group or organization of any kind whatsoever except a benefit for the Company.



(o)
“Security” means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a "security", or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guaranty of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any of the foregoing.

2.
Preferential Treatment, Gifts and Entertainment

No Access Person shall seek or accept favors, preferential treatment or any other personal benefit because of his or her association with the Company, except those usual and normal benefits directly provided by the Company.

No Access Person shall accept any entertainment, gift or other personal benefit that may create or appears to create a conflict between the interests of such Access Person and the Company.  In addition, Investment Personnel are prohibited from receiving any gift or other thing of more than de   minimis value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of the Company.  For purposes of this Code, de   minimis is defined as reasonable and customary business entertainment, such as an occasional dinner, a ticket to a sporting event or the theater, or comparable entertainment which is neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety.  Any questions regarding the receipt of any gift or other personal benefit should be directed to the Compliance Officer.

3.
Conflicts of Interest

If any Access Person is aware of a personal interest that is, or might be, in conflict with the interest of the Company, that Access Person should disclose the situation or transaction and the nature of the conflict to the Compliance Officer for appropriate consideration.  Without limiting the foregoing, Investment Personnel who are planning to invest in or make a recommendation to invest in a security for the Company, and who have a material interest in the security or a related security, must first disclose such interest to his or her manager or the Compliance Officer.  Such manager or the Compliance Officer shall conduct an independent review of the recommendation to purchase the security for clients and written evidence of such review shall be maintained by the Compliance Officer.  Investment Personnel may not fail to timely recommend a suitable security to, or purchase or sell a suitable security for, the Company in order to avoid an actual or apparent conflict with a personal transaction in a security.

4.
Service as a Director

Investment Personnel are prohibited from accepting any new appointment to the boards of directors of any energy company, whether or not its securities are publicly traded, absent prior authorization of the Compliance Officer.  In determining whether to authorize such appointment, the Compliance Officer shall consider whether the board service would be adverse to the interests of the Company and whether adequate procedures exist to ensure isolation from those making investment decisions.  No Investment Personnel may participate in a decision to purchase or sell a security of any company for which he/she serves as a director.  All Investment Personnel shall report existing board positions with for-profit corporations, business trusts or similar entities within ten (10) days of their qualification as such.  All Investment Personnel must notify the Compliance Officer within ten (10) days of accepting a new appointment to serve on the board of directors of any for-profit corporation, business trust or similar entity (other than energy companies, for which prior authorization of the Compliance Officer is required).


5.
Inside Information

U.S. securities laws and regulations, and certain foreign laws, prohibit the misuse of “inside” or “material non-public” information when trading or recommending securities.  In addition, Regulation FD prohibits certain selective disclosure to analysts.

Information is generally deemed “material” if a reasonable investor would consider it important in deciding whether to purchase or sell a company’s securities, or if it is information that is reasonably certain to affect the market price of the company’s securities, regardless of whether the information is directly related to the company’s business.  Information is considered “nonpublic” when it has not been effectively disseminated to the marketplace.  Information is “public” after it has been disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace.  For example, information is public after it has become available to the general public through the Internet, a public filing with the SEC or some other government agency, the Dow Jones “tape” or The Wall Street Journal or some other publication of general circulation, and after sufficient time has passed so that the information has been disseminated widely.

Inside information obtained by any Access Person from any source must be kept strictly confidential.  All inside information should be kept secure, and access to files and computer files containing such information should be restricted.  Access Persons are prohibited from trading, either personally or on behalf of the Company, while in possession of material non-public information, from misappropriating material non-public information and from disclosing material non-public information to others in violation of applicable law or these policies and procedures.  Questions and requests for assistance regarding insider information should be promptly directed to the Compliance Officer.

Inside information may include, but is not limited to, knowledge of pending orders or research recommendations, corporate finance activity, mergers or acquisitions, advance earnings information and other material non-public information that could affect the price of a security.

Company and shareholder account information is also confidential and must not be discussed with any individual whose responsibilities do not require knowledge of such information.

6.
Restrictions on Personal Securities Transactions


(a)
Access Persons may not sell to, or purchase from, the Company any security or other property (except merchandise in the ordinary course of business), in which such Access Person has or would acquire a beneficial interest, unless such purchase or sale involves shares of the Company or is otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 17 of the 1940 Act.



(b)
Access Persons are prohibited from engaging in the purchase and sale of shares of the Company during black-out periods determined in accordance with the procedures attached hereto as Exhibit B.  However, even outside those black-out periods, Access Persons are subject to the preclearance requirements of Section 7 below, and no transactions should be entered into in violation of Rule 10b-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 prohibiting the use of inside information and all transactions should be carried out in compliance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.


(c)
Access Persons shall not discuss with or otherwise inform others of any actual or contemplated security transaction by the Company except in the performance of employment duties or in an official capacity and then only for the benefit of the Company, and in no event for personal benefit or for the benefit of others.


(d)
Access Persons shall not release information to dealers or brokers or others (except to those concerned with the execution and settlement of the transaction) as to any changes in Company investments, proposed or in process, except (i) upon the completion of such changes, (ii) when the disclosure results from the publication of a prospectus, (iii) in conjunction with a regular report to shareholders or to any governmental authority resulting in such information becoming public knowledge, or (iv) in connection with any report to which shareholders are entitled by reason of provisions of the articles of incorporation, bylaws, rules and regulations, contracts or similar documents governing the operations of the Company.


(e)
Access Persons may not use knowledge of portfolio transactions made or contemplated for the Company to profit by the market effect of such transactions or otherwise engage in fraudulent conduct in connection with the purchase or sale of a security sold or acquired by the Company.


(f)
No Access Person shall knowingly take advantage of a corporate opportunity of the Company for personal benefit, or take action inconsistent with such Access Person’s obligations to the Company.  All personal securities transactions must be consistent with this Code and Access Persons must avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of any Access Person’s position of trust and responsibility.


(g)
Any transaction in a Covered Security in anticipation of the Company’s transaction (“front-running”) is prohibited.


(h)
No Access Person (other than a Disinterested Director) shall purchase or sell any Covered Security which such Access Person knows that the Company’s investment advisor either is purchasing or selling, or is considering for purchase or sale, for the Company until either the Company’s transactions have been completed or consideration of such transaction is abandoned.



(i)
No Disinterested Director shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Covered Security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership or interest when the Disinterested Director knows that securities of the same class are being purchased or sold or are being considered for purchase or sale by the Company, until such time as the Company’s transactions have been completed or consideration of such transaction is abandoned.


(j)
When anything in this Section 6 prohibits the purchase or sale of a security, it also prohibits the purchase or sale of any related securities, such as puts, calls, other options or rights in such securities and securities-based futures contracts and any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such security.


(k)
Any Access Person who trades in violation of this Section 6 must unwind the trade or disgorge the profits.

7.
Preclearance of Personal Securities Transactions


(a)
No Access Person (other than Disinterested Directors) may buy or sell any Contemplated Security or any shares of the Company for an account beneficially owned by him without having first obtained specific permission from the Compliance Officer.  Requests for preclearance and approval for trades involving Contemplated Securities, shares of the Company, Initial Public Offerings or Limited Offerings should be submitted to the Compliance Officer. After a preclearance has been approved, the transaction may be affected either internally or through an external broker.  Transaction orders must be placed within one week of the day permission to trade is granted or such shorter period as is indicated in the approved preclearance.


(b)
No Investment Personnel shall directly or indirectly acquire a beneficial interest in securities through a Limited Offering or in an Initial Public Offering without obtaining the prior consent of the Compliance Officer.  This restriction applies to ANY Limited Offering or Initial Public Offering (not just energy company offerings).  Examples of Limited Offerings include, but are not limited to, the private funds managed by the Adviser’s affiliates, Palmer Square Capital Management and Mariner Real Estate Management.  Consideration will be given to whether or not the opportunity should be reserved for the Company.  Such Officer will review these proposed investments on a case-by-case basis and approval may be appropriate when it is clear that conflicts are very unlikely to arise due to the nature of the opportunity for investing in the Initial Public Offering or Limited Offering.  Individuals registered with a broker dealer, such as Tortoise Securities, LLC, and their immediate families are PROHIBITED from participating in Initial Public Offerings.


8.
Excluded Transactions

The trading restrictions in Section 6 and the preclearance requirements of Section 7 do not apply to the following types of transactions:


(a)
Transactions effected for any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control and which has been disclosed to the Compliance Officer pursuant to Section 9(g).  The prohibitions of Section 6 do not apply to any transaction in a trust or investment advisory account in which a Disinterested Director (either alone or with others who are not subject to this Code) has a beneficial interest if the investment discretion over the account is exercised by a third party and at the time of the transaction the Disinterested Director did not have knowledge of the transaction.


(b)
Non-volitional purchases and sales, such as dividend reinvestment programs or “calls” or redemption of securities.


(c)
The acquisition of securities by gift or inheritance or disposition of securities by gift to charitable organizations.


(d)
Standing orders for retirement plans, provided that, except as set forth in (e) below, prior clearance is obtained before an Access Person starts, increases, decreases or stops direct debits/standing orders for retirement plans.  Lump sum investments in or withdrawals from such plans must be pre-cleared on a case-by-case basis and are subject to trading restrictions.


(e)
The purchase or sale of open-end mutual funds managed by the Adviser or by an affiliate of Tortoise Investments, LLC made in the account of an Access Person through the 401(k) platform for Tortoise Investments, LLC and its affiliates, provided that the Access Person does not possess inside information about such fund at the time of allocation of 401(k) contributions.


(f)
Transactions involving affiliated private funds for which the Access Person’s subscription agreement was approved by the Compliance Officer.

9.
Reporting Procedures

Access Persons shall, through MyComplianceOffice, submit to the Compliance Officer the reports set forth below.  Any report required to be filed shall not be construed as an admission by the Access Person making such report that he/she has any direct or indirect beneficial interest in the security to which the report relates.


(a)
Brokerage Accounts .  Before effecting personal transactions through an external broker, each Access Person (other than a Disinterested Director) must (i) inform the brokerage firm of his affiliation with the Company and the Company’s investment advisor; (ii) make arrangements or provide necessary documentation for automatic feeds for transactions in personal accounts with brokers that provide live feeds through MyComplianceOffice; and (iii) make arrangements to allow the Access Person to upload duplicate account statements to MyComplianceOffice for personal accounts with brokers that do not provide such live feeds.



(b)
Initial Holdings Report .  Each Access Person (other than a Disinterested Director) must provide a report which includes the following information within ten (10) days of becoming an Access Person:


·
The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the Person became an Access Person;


·
The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and


·
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

The information contained in the initial holdings report must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person.  The initial holdings report may also be completed by linking personal accounts through MyComplianceOffice, which will automatically feed the appropriate information into the system, for accounts with brokers that provide live feeds, and by uploading duplicate account statements to MyComplianceOffice for personal accounts with brokers that do not provide live feeds.


(c)
Quarterly Transaction Reports .  Not later than thirty (30) days following the end of a calendar quarter, each Access Person (other than a Disinterested Director, except as required by Section 9(e)) must submit a report which includes the following information with respect to any transaction in the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:


·
The date of the transaction, the title, interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security involved;


·
The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition);


·
The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;


·
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and


·
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

The quarterly transaction report may also be completed by linking personal accounts through MyComplianceOffice, which will automatically feed the appropriate information into the system, for accounts with brokers that provide live feeds, and by uploading duplicate account statements to MyComplianceOffice for personal accounts with brokers that do not provide live feeds in the time period required by this Section 9(c), if all of the required information is contained in MyComplianceOffice through the live feed or uploading of duplicate account statements.



(d)
Annual Holdings Report .  Each Access Person (other than a Disinterested Director) shall submit the information required in Section 9(b) above annually within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar year through MyComplianceOffice.  The information shall be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days before the report is submitted.


(e)
Disinterested Directors .  A Disinterested Director shall provide a quarterly report with respect to any purchase or sale of any Covered Security in which such person had a beneficial interest if at the time of the transaction the Disinterested Director knew, or in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a director of the Company should have known, that on the date of the transaction or within fifteen (15) days before or after the transaction, purchase or sale of that class of security was made or considered for the Company.  The form of the report shall contain the information set forth in Section 9(c) above.  Any such report may be provided electronically or in paper.

This subsection (e) shall not apply to non-volitional purchases and sales, such as dividend reinvestment programs or “calls” or redemptions.  This subsection (e) shall not apply to purchases and sales of securities in an account in which a Disinterested Director has a beneficial interest if the account is managed by an investment professional other than the Disinterested Director and the Disinterested Director did not have knowledge of the transaction until after execution, provided that the Disinterested Director has previously identified the account to the Compliance Officer.


(f)
Review of Reports .  The Compliance Officer shall be responsible for identifying Access Persons, notifying them of their obligations under this Code and reviewing reports submitted by Access Persons.  The Compliance Officer will maintain the names of the persons responsible for reviewing these reports, as well as records of all reports filed pursuant to these procedures.  No person shall be permitted to review his/her own reports.  Such reports shall be reviewed by the Compliance Officer or other officer who is senior to the person submitting the report.


(g)
Exceptions from Reporting Requirements .  An Access Person need not make reports pursuant to this Section 9 with respect to transactions effected for, and Covered Securities held in, any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control, such as variable annuity accounts or Section 529 qualified tuition plans (unless such accounts or plans are managed, distributed, marketed, or underwritten by the Adviser or its affiliates).  Access Persons relying on this exception must inform the Compliance Officer of accounts meeting this exception.  In addition, an Access Person need not make reports pursuant to Section 9(c) with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such account holds shares of the Company for which the Access Person must file Forms 3, 4 or 5 pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (i.e. directors and senior officers of the Tortoise closed-end funds), the Access Person must provide to the Compliance Officer information on transactions in, and holdings of, shares of the Company in the account to allow the timely filing of such reports.


10.
Administration of Code

The Compliance Officer shall be responsible for all aspects of administering this Code and for all interpretative issues arising under the Code.  The Compliance Officer is responsible for considering any requests for exceptions to, or exemptions from, the Code (e.g., due to personal financial hardship).  Any exceptions to, or exemptions from, the Code shall be subject to such additional procedures, reviews and reporting as may be deemed appropriate by the Compliance Officer, and shall be reported to the Board of the Company at the next regular meeting.  The Compliance Officer will take whatever action he or she deems necessary with respect to any officer or employee of the Company or the Company’s investment advisor who violates any provision of this Code. Any information received by the Compliance Officer relating to questionable practices or transactions by a Disinterested Director of the Company shall immediately be forwarded to the Audit Committee of the Company for that Committee’s consideration and such action as it, in its sole judgment, shall deem warranted.

11.
Reports to Board

At least once a year, the Company must provide a written report to the Board of Directors that describes any issues arising under the Code or procedures since the last report to the Board of Directors, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations.  The report will also certify to the Board of Directors that the Company has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.  The report should also include significant conflicts of interest that arose involving the Company and the Company’s investment advisor’s personal investment policies, even if the conflicts have not resulted in a violation of the Code.  For example, the Company will report to the Board if a portfolio manager is a director of a company whose securities are held by the Company.

12.
Code Revisions

Any material changes to the Code will be submitted to the Board of Directors for approval within six months of such change.

13.
Recordkeeping Requirements

The Company shall maintain records, at its principal place of business, of the following:  a copy of each Code of Ethics in effect during the past five years; a record of any violation of the Code and any action taken as a result of the violation for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs; a copy of each report made by Access Persons as required in this Code, including any information provided in place of the reports for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made or the information is provided; a copy of each Director report made pursuant to Section 11 for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made; a record of all persons required to make reports currently and during the past five years; a record of all who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports during the past five years; and, for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which approval is granted, a record of any decision and the reasons supporting that decision, to approve an Investment Personnel’s purchase of securities in an Initial Public Offering or a Limited Offering.


14.
Condition of Employment or Service

All Access Persons shall conduct themselves at all times in the best interests of the Company. Compliance with the Code shall be a condition of employment or continued affiliation with the Company and conduct not in accordance with the Code shall constitute grounds for actions which may include, but are not limited to, a reprimand, a restriction on activities, disgorgement, termination of employment or removal from office.  All Access Persons shall certify annually, through MyComplianceOffice (or for Disinterested Directors, if preferred, via the attached Acknowledgement and Certification), that they have read and agree to comply in all respects with this Code and that they have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions, holdings and accounts required to be disclosed or reported by this Code.

*            *            *            *           *

Revised:  April 12, 2006; June 26, 2009; May 28, 2014; May 19, 2015; May 18, 2018


EXHIBIT A
( Revised effective June 23, 2014)

Companies that have adopted Code of Ethics

Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation (“TYG”)

Tortoise Power and Energy Infrastructure Fund, Inc. (“TPZ”)

Tortoise MLP Fund, Inc. (“NTG”)

Tortoise Pipeline & Energy Fund, Inc. (“TTP”)

Tortoise Energy Independence Fund, Inc. (“NDP”)

Securities in which Company may invest

TYG and NTG – invest in the securities of energy infrastructure companies, and high quality short-term debt investments.

TPZ – invests in securities issued by power and energy infrastructure companies.

TTP – invests in securities of pipeline and other energy infrastructure companies.

NDP – invests in North American energy companies that engage in the exploration and production of crude oil, condensate, natural gas and natural gas liquids (“NGLs”) that generally have a strong presence in North American shale or oil reservoirs and, to a lesser extent, on companies that provide associated transportation, processing, equipment, storage, servicing and equipment.


EXHIBIT B

PROCEDURES FOR DETERMINING
BLACK-OUT PERIODS FOR TRANSACTIONS
IN COMPANY SHARES

These procedures form a part of the Code of Ethics (“Code”) adopted by each investment company listed on Exhibit A to the Code (each such investment company referred to as the “Company” for purposes of the application of these procedures to such investment company).  Capitalized terms used, but not defined in these procedures, shall have the meaning given to them in the Code.

Periods in which Access Persons of the Company, the Company and the Company’s investment adviser (“Adviser”) will be prohibited from engaging in the purchase and sale of securities of the Company (“black-out period(s)”) will be determined as set forth below.

ALL TRANSACTIONS IN COMPANY SECURITIES BY ACCESS PERSONS REQUIRE PRECLEARANCE AS SET FORTH IN THE CODE EVEN IF ACCESS PERSONS ARE NOT IN A BLACK-OUT PERIOD.

Black-Out Period Relating to Declaration of Distributions

Access Persons will be in a black-out period with respect to transactions in Company securities during the period beginning upon the calculation of distributable cash flow (“DCF”) in connection with preparing management’s recommendation to the Company’s Board of Directors for a distribution to Company shareholders for 48 hours following announcement of the distribution via press release; provided that the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of the Company may impose a longer black-out period if they determine such longer period is appropriate under the circumstances.

Black-Out Period Relating to Quarterly Financial Statements

Every quarter in connection with the preparation of quarterly financial statements of the Company, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of the Company shall meet and, together with any input from Managing Directors of the Adviser and outside counsel, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer shall determine the materiality of information to be included in the letter to stockholders and the financial statements of the Company, and the appropriate black-out period for Access Persons relating to the particular quarterly financial statements based on the determination of such materiality.  Black-out periods may be different from one quarter to the next based on the materiality of such information.

If the information to be included in the letter to stockholders and the financial statements of the Company for a particular quarter is determined not to be material, the black-out period for Access Persons will be the period beginning 48 hours before the scheduled release of such quarterly financial statements (via press release announcing availability of financial statements at the Company’s link on the Adviser’s website) and ending 48 hours after such release.

For purposes of these procedures, Disinterested Directors shall not be included in the black-out period for Access Persons relating to a particular quarter’s quarterly financial information until such time as the Disinterested Director receives such quarterly financial information regarding the Company.  At such time, the Disinterested Director shall be subject to the remaining portion of the black-out period that applies to Access Persons of the Company with respect to the particular quarterly financial information of the Company.


Other Black-Out Periods

Access Persons shall be in a black-out period at such other times as they possess material non-public information relating to the Company.

(Revised effective February 3, 2015; amended effective May 18, 2018)


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CERTIFICATION

I acknowledge that I have read the Code of Ethics of the Tortoise Funds listed on Exhibit A thereto (a copy of which has been supplied to me, which I will retain for future reference) and agree to comply in all respects with the terms and provisions thereof.  I have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions, holdings and accounts required to be disclosed or reported by this Code of Ethics and have complied with all provisions of this Code.

     
   
Print Name
     
     
Date
 
Signature




Exhibit r.2

TORTOISE INVESTMENTS, LLC

CODE OF ETHICS

Statement of General Policy

Tortoise Investments, LLC and its registered investment adviser affiliates listed on Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Firm,” “we,” or “us,” and each registered investment adviser affiliate, an “Adviser” and collectively, the “Advisers”) seeks to foster a reputation for integrity and professionalism.  That reputation is a vital business asset.  The confidence and trust placed in us by our clients is something that is highly valued and must be protected.

Section 204A of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”)requires each Adviser to establish, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed, taking into account the Adviser’s business, to prevent the misuse of material, non-public information in violation of the Federal Securities Laws.  Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act (the “Rule”), requires that the Adviser adopt a code of ethics setting forth standards of conduct for the Adviser and its Supervised Persons (as defined below).  In addition, to the extent the Adviser is or becomes the investment adviser to a registered investment company, Rule 17j-1, under the Investment Company Act, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), requires that the Adviser adopt a code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent access persons (as defined in Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act) from engaging in any act, practice or course of business prohibited by Rule 17j-1.  Accordingly, this Code of Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted to ensure that those who are responsible for developing or implementing an Adviser’s investment advice or who pass such advice on to the Adviser’s clients will not be able to act thereon to the disadvantage of the Adviser’s clients.  At the same time, we believe that individual investment activities by our officers and employees should not be unduly prohibited or discouraged.  In adopting this Code, the Firm recognizes that each Adviser and its Supervised Persons owe a fiduciary duty to the Adviser’s clients.  This Code specifies the standard of conduct expected of Supervised Persons.  As a result, all Supervised Persons must: (1) at all times place the interests of clients first; (2) conduct personal securities transactions in a manner consistent with this Code and avoid any abuse of a position of trust and responsibility; (3) avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of their position of trust and responsibility; (4) adhere to the fundamental standard that Supervised Persons should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions; and (5)  maintain full compliance with the Federal Securities Laws.  The Code does not purport comprehensively to cover all types of conduct or transactions which may be prohibited or regulated by the laws and regulations applicable to the Firm and persons connected with it.  It is the responsibility of each Supervised Person to conduct personal securities transactions in a manner that does not interfere with the transactions of an Adviser’s clients or otherwise take unfair advantage of such clients, and to understand the various laws applicable to such Supervised Person.  Likewise, each Supervised Person of an Adviser is required to report any actual or suspected violations of this Code promptly to the Compliance Officer of the Adviser.


1.
Definitions of Terms Used


(a)
“Access Person” of an Adviser means (i) any Supervised Person (A) who has access to nonpublic information regarding any client’s purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any client; (B) who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic; or (C) who is involved in maintaining Proprietary Indices or who has access to changes in index methodology or constituent components of Propriety Indices prior to their public dissemination; and (ii) all directors, managing directors and officers of an Adviser.


(b)
“Automatic Investment Plan” means a program, including a dividend reinvestment plan, in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation.


(c)
“Beneficial ownership” or “beneficial interest” shall be interpreted in the same manner as beneficial ownership would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in determining whether a person has beneficial ownership of a security for purposes of Section 16 of that Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, which includes any interest in which a person, directly or indirectly, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest.  A pecuniary interest is the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from any transaction.  Each Access Person will be assumed to have a pecuniary interest, and therefore, beneficial interest in or ownership of, all securities held by the Access Person, the Access Person’s spouse, all minor children, all dependent adult children and adults sharing the same household with the Access Person (other than mere roommates) and in all accounts subject to their direct or indirect influence or control and/or through which they obtain the substantial equivalent of ownership, such as trusts in which they are a trustee or beneficiary, partnerships in which they are the general partner (except where the amount invested by the general partner is limited to an amount reasonably necessary in order to maintain the status as a general partner), corporations in which they are a controlling shareholder (except any investment company, trust or similar entity registered under applicable U.S. or foreign law) or any other similar arrangement.  Any questions an Access Person may have about whether an interest in a security or an account constitutes beneficial interest or ownership should be directed to the Compliance Officer.


(d)
“Considering for purchase or sale” shall mean when the portfolio manager communicates that he/she is seriously considering making such a transaction or when a recommendation to the portfolio manager to purchase or sell has been made or communicated by an analyst at the Adviser and, with respect to the analyst making the recommendation, when such analyst seriously considers making such a recommendation.

2


(e)
“Contemplated Security” with respect to a particular Adviser shall mean any security that the Adviser may recommend to its clients for purchase or sale, and any security related to or connected with such security, and for index-based products of the Adviser, if applicable, shall include all securities comprising the applicable Proprietary Index.


(f)
“Covered Security” shall mean any security, and any security related to or connected with such security, except that it shall not include (1) securities which are direct obligations of the government of the United States, (2) bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper or high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements, (3) shares issued by money market Funds, (4) shares issued by U.S. registered open-end investment companies except Reportable Funds, and (5) shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end Funds, none of which are Reportable Funds.


(g)
“Compliance Officer” shall mean the Chief Compliance Officer, as may be designated by the Adviser from time to time, or his or her designee.


(h)
“Federal Securities Laws” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and investment advisers, each as may be amended or supplemented, and any rules adopted thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or the Department of the Treasury, as applicable.


(i)
“Fund” means any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.


(j)
“Initial Public Offering” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not required to file reports under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or an initial public offering under comparable foreign law.


(k)
“Investment Personnel” of an Adviser means any employee of the Adviser (or of any company under common control with the Adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities for the Adviser’s clients.  Investment Personnel also includes any natural person who controls the Adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Adviser’s clients regarding the purchase or sale of securities for such clients.


(l)
“Knowingly/Knows/Knew” means (i) actual knowledge or (ii) reason to believe but shall exclude institutional knowledge, where there is no affirmative conduct by the employee to obtain such knowledge, for example, querying the Adviser’s trading system or Investment Personnel.

3


(m)
“Limited Offering” means an offering that is exempt from registration under Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and similar restricted offerings under comparable foreign law.


(n)
“Non-Employee Committee Member” means any member of the Index Committee of Tortoise Index Solutions, LLC (“TIS”) who is not an employee of TIS, Tortoise Investments, LLC or Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C.


(o)
“Personal Benefit” includes any intended benefit for oneself or any other individual, company, group or organization of any kind whatsoever except a benefit for a client.


(p)
“Personal Securities Transactions” shall not include transactions in Proprietary Accounts.


(q)
“Portfolio Deposit” means an in-kind deposit of securities and/or cash in connection with the purchase of securities of a Self-Indexing Fund.


(r)
“Proprietary Account” of an Adviser means an account in which the Adviser or Tortoise Investments, LLC owns, individually or in the aggregate, a 5% or greater interest.


(s)
“Proprietary Index or Indices” means a market index or indices sponsored, constructed and maintained by TIS or an affiliate of TIS.


(t)
“Rebalancing Date” means a scheduled interval for rebalancing the components of a Proprietary Index or their weightings.


(u)
“Reportable Fund” means (i) any Fund for which an Adviser serves as an investment adviser, or (ii) any Fund whose investment adviser or principal underwriter controls us, we control or is under common control with us.  For purposes of this definition, “control” has the meaning given to it in Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.


(v)
“Rules-Based Methodology” means a methodology based on quantitative algorithms or criteria to determine index composition at pre-determined intervals.


(w)
“Security” means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a "security", or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guaranty of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any of the foregoing.

4


(x)
“Self-Indexing Fund” means an exchange-traded fund managed by an Adviser for which the Adviser or an affiliate serves as index provider.


(y)
“Supervised Person” of an Adviser means any officer, director, managing director or employee of the Adviser, or other person who provides investment advice on behalf of the Adviser or is involved in maintenance of Proprietary Indices and is subject to the supervision and control of the Adviser, including interns, temporary workers or particular persons designated by the Compliance Officer.

2.
Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The Advisers and each Supervised Person must comply with all applicable Federal Securities Laws, whether acting with respect to client accounts, personal accounts or Proprietary Accounts.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Supervised Persons of an Adviser shall not, directly or indirectly, in connection with the purchase or sale of a security held or to be acquired by a client account, personal account or Proprietary Account:


(a)
Defraud any client in any manner;


(b)
Mislead any client, including by making a statement that omits material facts;


(c)
Engage in any act, practice or course of conduct which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any client;


(d)
Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to a client; or


(e)
Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to securities, including price manipulation.

3.
Preferential Treatment, Gifts and Entertainment

No Supervised Person of an Adviser shall seek or accept favors, preferential treatment or any other personal benefit because of his or her association with the Adviser, except those usual and normal benefits directly provided by the Adviser.

No Supervised Person of an Adviser shall accept or offer any entertainment, gift or other personal benefit that may create or appears to create a conflict between the interests of such person and the Adviser.  Supervised Persons are prohibited from receiving any gift or other personal benefit of more than de   minimis value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of the Adviser or any registered investment company managed by the Adviser.  In addition, Supervised Persons are prohibited from giving or offering any gift or other personal benefit of more than a de   minimis value to any person or entity who is an existing or prospective client or any person that does business with or on behalf of the Adviser and shall be absolutely prohibited from giving or offering any gift or other personal benefit to any client or prospective client that is a governmental entity or official thereof or official of any governmental entity investment, retirement or pension fund.  For purposes of this Code, de   minimis is defined as reasonable and customary business entertainment, such as an occasional dinner, a ticket to a sporting event or the theater, or comparable entertainment which is neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety.  Supervised Persons shall comply with the Gift and Entertainment Procedures attached hereto as Exhibit A.  Any questions regarding the receipt of any gift or other personal benefit should be directed to the Compliance Officer.

5

4.
Conflicts of Interest

If any Supervised Person of an Adviser is aware of a personal interest that is, or might be, in conflict with the interest of any client, that Supervised Person should disclose the situation or transaction and the nature of the conflict to the Adviser’s Compliance Officer for appropriate consideration.  In addition, no Supervised Person of an Adviser may use knowledge about pending or currently considered securities transactions for clients to directly or indirectly profit personally.  Without limiting the foregoing, Supervised Persons of an Adviser who are planning to invest in or make a recommendation to invest in a Contemplated Security, and who have a material interest in the security or a related security, must first disclose such interest to his or her manager and the Adviser’s Compliance Officer.  Such manager or Compliance Officer shall conduct an independent review of the recommendation to purchase the security for clients and written evidence of such review shall be maintained by the Compliance Officer.  Supervised Persons may not fail to timely recommend a suitable security to, or purchase or sell a suitable security for, a client in order to avoid an actual or apparent conflict with a personal transaction in a security.

5.
Service as a Director

Supervised Persons of an Adviser (other than a Non-Employee Committee Member) are prohibited from accepting any new appointment to the boards of directors of any company (other than charitable foundations and not-for-profit institutions that are not clients of the Adviser), whether or not its securities are publicly traded, absent prior authorization of the Adviser’s Compliance Officer.  In determining whether to authorize such appointment, the Compliance Officer shall consider whether the board service would be adverse to the interests of the Adviser’s clients, would interfere with or hinder the Adviser’s ability to provide recommendations to its clients, and whether adequate procedures exist to ensure isolation from those making investment decisions.  No Supervised Person may participate in a decision to purchase or sell a security of any company for which he/she serves as a director.  All Supervised Persons shall report existing board positions with for-profit corporations, business trusts or similar entities within ten (10) days of becoming a Supervised Person.  All Supervised Persons must notify the Compliance Officer within ten (10) days of accepting a new appointment to serve on the board of directors of any for-profit corporation, business trust or similar entity (other than energy companies, for which prior authorization of the Compliance Officer is required).

6

6.
Inside Information

U.S. securities laws and regulations, and certain foreign laws, prohibit the misuse of “inside” or “material non-public” information when trading or recommending securities.  In addition, Regulation FD prohibits certain selective disclosure of information to analysts.

Information is generally deemed “material” if a reasonable investor would consider it important in deciding whether to purchase or sell a company’s securities, or if it is information that is reasonably certain to affect the market price of the company’s securities, regardless of whether the information is directly related to the company’s business.  Information is considered “nonpublic” when it has not been effectively disseminated to the marketplace.  Information is “public” after it has been disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace.  For example, information is public after it has become available to the general public through the Internet, a public filing with the SEC or some other government agency, the Dow Jones “tape” or The Wall Street Journal or some other publication of general circulation, and after sufficient time has passed so that the information has been disseminated widely.

Inside information obtained by any Supervised Person of an Adviser from any source must be kept strictly confidential.  All inside information should be kept secure, and access to files and computer files containing such information should be restricted.  The Adviser prohibits all Supervised Persons of the Adviser, either personally or on behalf of client accounts or Proprietary Accounts of the Adviser, from trading while in possession of material non-public information, misappropriating material non-public information or disclosing material non-public information to others in violation of applicable law or these policies and procedures.  Questions and requests for assistance regarding insider information should be promptly directed to the Adviser’s Compliance Officer.

Information regarding (1) changes in the Rules-Based Methodology of Proprietary Indices, (2) changes in the constituent components of Proprietary Indices, and (3) information regarding a Portfolio Deposit with respect to Self-Indexing Funds, shall be treated as material, non-public information.

Inside information may include, but is not limited to, knowledge of pending orders or research recommendations, corporate finance activity, mergers or acquisitions, advance earnings information, clients’ securities holdings and transactions, and other material non-public information that could affect the price of a security.  Inside information or material non-public information does not include legally obtained information concerning non-public entities that have no publicly traded securities, where access to such information is necessary to conduct due diligence on instruments considered for investment in client accounts.

A client’s identity, financial circumstances and account information is also confidential and must not be discussed with any individual whose responsibilities do not require knowledge of such information.  Each Adviser has separate policies on privacy that also govern the use and disclosure of client account information.

7

7.
Restrictions on Personal Securities Transactions


(a)
Access Persons of an Adviser may not sell to, or purchase from, any client any security or other property (except merchandise in the ordinary course of business), in which such Person has or would acquire a beneficial interest, unless such purchase or sale involves shares of a Fund, or is otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 17 of the 1940 Act.


(b)
Access Persons of an Adviser may only engage in the purchase and sale of shares of any Reportable Fund during the periods allowed by, and in accordance with, the policies and procedures of such Reportable Fund.  However, even within those periods, no transactions should be entered into in violation of Rule 10b-5 prohibiting the use of inside information and all transactions should be carried out in compliance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.


(c)
Access Persons of an Adviser shall not discuss with or otherwise inform others of any actual or contemplated security transaction by any client except in the performance of employment duties or in an official capacity and then only for the benefit of the client, and in no event for personal benefit or for the benefit of others.


(d)
Access Persons shall not disseminate (1) information regarding changes in the index methodology of any Proprietary Index, (2) changes in the constituent components of a Proprietary Index, or (3) information regarding a Portfolio Deposit, prior to the public announcement or dissemination of such information, except in the performance of employment duties.


(e)
Access Persons of an Adviser shall not release information to dealers or brokers or others (except to those concerned with the execution and settlement of the transaction) as to any changes in any client’s investments, proposed or in process, except (i) upon the completion of such changes, (ii) when the disclosure results from the publication of a prospectus by a Reportable Fund, (iii) in conjunction with a regular report to shareholders of a Reportable Fund, or to any governmental authority resulting in such information becoming public knowledge, or (iv) in connection with any report to which shareholders of a Reportable Fund are entitled by reason of provisions of the articles of incorporation, bylaws, rules and regulations, contracts or similar documents governing the operations of such company.


(f)
Access Persons of an Adviser may not use knowledge of portfolio transactions made or contemplated for any client, or changes to index methodology or constituent components of Proprietary Indices, to profit by the market effect of such transactions or otherwise engage in fraudulent conduct in connection with the purchase or sale of a security sold or acquired by any client.


(g)
No Access Person of an Adviser shall knowingly take advantage of an opportunity of any client for personal benefit, or take action inconsistent with such Access Person’s fiduciary obligations to the Adviser’s clients.  All personal securities transactions must be consistent with this Code and Access Persons must avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of any Access Person’s position of trust and responsibility.

8


(h)
Any transaction in a Covered Security in anticipation of any client’s transaction (“front-running”) is prohibited.


(i)
No Access Person of an Adviser shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Covered Security which such Access Person knows that the Adviser either is purchasing or selling, or is considering for purchase or sale, for any client until either the client’s transactions have been completed or consideration of such transaction is abandoned.  Without limiting the foregoing, no Access Person of TIS may purchase or sell a security which is a constituent component of a Proprietary Index within two (2) business days before or two (2) business days after a Rebalancing Date.


(j)
When anything in this Section 7 prohibits the purchase or sale of a security, it also prohibits the purchase or sale of any related securities, such as puts, calls, other options or rights in such securities and securities-based futures contracts and any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such security.


(k)
Any Access Person of an Adviser who trades in violation of this Section 7 will be subject to sanctions as set forth in Section 15.

8.
Preclearance of Personal Securities Transactions


(a)
No Access Person of an Adviser may buy or sell any Contemplated Security for an account beneficially owned by him without having first obtained specific permission from the Adviser’s Compliance Officer.  Requests for preclearance and approval for trades involving Contemplated Securities, Initial Public Offerings or Limited Offerings should be submitted to the Compliance Officer.  After preclearance has been approved, the transaction may be affected either internally or through an external broker.  Transaction orders must be placed within one week of the day permission to trade is granted or such shorter period as is indicated in the approved preclearance.


(b)
No Access Person of an Adviser shall directly or indirectly acquire a beneficial interest in securities through a Limited Offering or in an Initial Public Offering without obtaining the prior consent of the Compliance Officer.  This restriction applies to ANY Limited Offering or Initial Public Offering.  Examples of Limited Offerings include, but are not limited to, the private funds managed by the Firm’s affiliates.  Consideration will be given to whether or not the opportunity should be reserved for the Adviser’s clients.  The Adviser’s Compliance Officer will review these proposed investments on a case-by-case basis and approval may be appropriate when it is clear that conflicts are very unlikely to arise due to the nature of the opportunity for investing in the Initial Public Offering or Limited Offering.  Individuals registered with a broker dealer, such as Tortoise Securities, LLC, and their immediate families are PROHIBITED from participating in Initial Public Offerings.

9

9.
Excluded Transactions

The trading restrictions in Section 7 and the preclearance requirements of Section 8 do not apply to the following types of transactions:


(a)
Transactions effected for any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control and which has been disclosed to the Adviser’s Compliance Officer pursuant to Section 10(f).


(b)
Non-volitional purchases and sales, such as dividend reinvestment programs or “calls” or redemption of securities.


(c)
The acquisition of securities by gift or inheritance or disposition of securities by gift to charitable organizations.


(d)
Standing orders for retirement plans provided that, except as set forth in (e) below, prior clearance is obtained before an Access Person starts, increases, decreases or stops direct debits/standing orders for retirement plans.  Lump sum investments in or withdrawals from such plans must be precleared on a case-by-case basis and are subject to trading restrictions.


(e)
The purchase or sale of open-end mutual funds managed by an Adviser or by an affiliate of Tortoise Investments, LLC made in the account of an Access Person through the 401(k) platform for Tortoise Investments, LLC and its affiliates, provided that the Access Person does not possess inside information about such fund at the time of allocation of 401(k) contributions.


(f)
Transactions involving affiliated private funds for which the Access Person’s subscription agreement was approved by the Adviser’s Compliance Officer.

10.
Reporting Procedures for Personal Securities Transactions

Access Persons of an Adviser shall, through MyComplianceOffice (or another method acceptable to the Adviser’s Compliance Officer), submit to the Adviser’s Compliance Officer the reports set forth below.  Any report required to be filed shall not be construed as an admission by the Access Person making such report that he/she has any direct or indirect beneficial interest in the security to which the report relates.


(a)
Brokerage Accounts .  Before effecting personal transactions through an external broker, each Access Person must (i) inform the brokerage firm of his affiliation with the Adviser; (ii) make arrangements or provide necessary documentation for linking personal accounts through MyComplianceOffice; provided that in the event an Access Person is unable to link a personal account through MyComplianceOffice, the Access Person must make arrangements to allow the Access Person to upload duplicate confirmations or account statements for such account to MyComplianceOffice (or otherwise provide such duplicate account statements or transaction information to the Adviser’s Compliance Officer).

10


(b)
Initial Holdings Report .  Each Access Person must provide an initial holdings report which includes the following information within ten (10) days of becoming an Access Person:


·
The title, type of security, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number (as applicable), number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;


·
The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and


·
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

The information contained in the initial holdings report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person.  The initial holdings report may also be completed by linking personal accounts through MyComplianceOffice and/or by uploading duplicate account statements to MyComplianceOffice for personal accounts where linking is not possible.


(c)
Quarterly Transaction Reports .  Not later than thirty (30) days following the end of a calendar quarter, each Access Person must submit a report which includes the following information:

(i) with respect to any transaction in the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access Person had, or as a result of the transaction acquired, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:


·
The date of the transaction, the title, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, as applicable, interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security involved;


·
The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition);


·
The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;


·
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and


·
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

11

(ii) with respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person:


·
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;


·
The date the account was established; and


·
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

The quarterly transaction report may also be completed by linking personal accounts through MyComplianceOffice and/or by uploading duplicate account statements to MyComplianceOffice for personal accounts where linking is not possible.


(d)
Annual Holdings Report .  Each Access Person shall submit the information required in Section 10(b) above annually within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar year through MyComplianceOffice.  The information shall be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days before the report is submitted.


(e)
Review of Reports .  An Adviser’s Compliance Officer shall be responsible for identifying Access Persons of that Adviser, notifying them of their obligations under this Code and reviewing reports submitted by those Access Persons.  The Compliance Officer will maintain the names of the persons responsible for reviewing these reports, as well as records of all reports filed pursuant to these procedures.  No person shall be permitted to review his/her own reports.  Such reports shall be reviewed by the Compliance Officer or other officer who is senior to the person submitting the report.


(f)
Exceptions from Reporting Requirements .


(i)
An Access Person of an Adviser need not make reports pursuant to this Section 10 with respect to transactions effected for, and Covered Securities held in, any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control, such as variable annuity accounts or Section 529 qualified tuition plans (unless such accounts or plans are managed, distributed, marketed, or underwritten by the Adviser or its affiliates).  Access Persons relying on this exception must inform the Adviser’s Compliance Officer of accounts meeting this exception.


(ii)
An Access Person need not make reports pursuant to Section 10(c) with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such account holds shares of a Reportable Fund for which the Access Person must file Forms 3, 4 or 5 pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (i.e. directors and senior officers of the Tortoise closed-end funds), the Access Person must provide to the Adviser’s Compliance Officer information on transactions in, and holdings of, shares of such Reportable Fund in the account to allow the timely filing of such reports.

12


(iii)
Any Non-Employee Committee Member may satisfy the requirements of Sections 3, 7, 8, 9 and 10 hereof by complying with the reporting requirements of the Code of Ethics of their employer, provided that such entity is affiliated with the Firm and provides the applicable Compliance Officer with such access to copies of information and reports as are deemed necessary for the Compliance Officer to monitor compliance with this Code of Ethics.

11.
Administration of Code

The Compliance Officer of an Adviser shall be responsible for all aspects of administering this Code and for all interpretative issues arising under the Code as they relate to the Adviser.  The Adviser’s Compliance Officer is responsible for considering any requests for exceptions to, or exemptions from, the Code (e.g., due to personal financial hardship) as it relates to Access Persons of the Adviser.  Any exceptions to, or exemptions from, the Code shall be subject to such additional procedures, reviews and reporting as may be deemed appropriate by the Adviser’s Compliance Officer, and shall be reported to the board of directors of the Adviser at the next regular meeting.  The Adviser’s Compliance Officer will take whatever action he or she deems necessary with respect to any officer, member of the board of directors or employee of the Adviser who violates any provision of this Code.

12.
Reports to Board

At least once a year, the Compliance Officer shall review the adequacy of the Code and the effectiveness of its implementation.  In addition, no less frequently than annually, each Adviser that serves as an investment adviser to a Reportable Fund must provide a written report to the Board of Directors of such Reportable Fund that describes any issues arising under the Code since the last report to the Board of Directors, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations.  The report will also certify to the Board of Directors that the Adviser has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons of the Adviser from violating the Code.  The report should also include significant conflicts of interest that arose involving the Adviser’s personal investment policies, even if the conflicts have not resulted in a violation of the Code.  For example, the Adviser will report to the Board if a portfolio manager is a director of a company whose securities are held by the Adviser or the Reportable Fund.

13.
Code Revisions

Any material changes to the Code will be submitted to the Board of Directors of any Reportable Fund for which an Adviser serves as investment adviser for approval within six months of such change.

13

14.
Recordkeeping Requirements

Each Adviser shall maintain records, at its principal place of business, of the following:  a copy of each Code in effect during the past five years; a record of any violation of the Code and any action taken as a result of the violation for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs; a record of all written acknowledgments of receipt of the Code, and all amendments thereto, for each person who currently is, or within the past five years was, a Supervised Person of the Adviser; a copy of each report made by Access Persons of the Adviser as required in this Code, including any information provided in place of the reports for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made or the information is provided; a record of all persons required to make reports currently and during the past five years; a record of all who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports during the past five years; for at least five years after the fiscal year in which the report is made, the report required under Section 12 above; for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which approval is granted, a record of any decision and the reasons supporting that decision, to approve an Access Person’s purchase of securities in an Initial Public Offering or a Limited Offering; and a copy of reports provided to the management committee of the Adviser regarding the Code.

15.
Condition of Employment or Service

All Supervised Persons shall conduct themselves at all times in the best interests of the Firm. Compliance with the Code shall be a condition of employment or continued affiliation with the Firm.  All Supervised Persons shall promptly report to the Compliance Officer all apparent violations of the Code of Ethics.  Any retaliation for the reporting of a violation under this Code will constitute a violation of the Code.   The Compliance Officer will consider reports made to the Compliance Officer hereunder and will determine whether or not the Code has been violated and what sanctions, if any, should be imposed.  Conduct not in accordance with the Code shall constitute grounds for actions which may include, but are not limited to, a reprimand, a restriction on activities, unwinding a trade or disgorgement of profits obtained in connection with a violation, the imposition of fines, termination of employment or removal from office, or referral to civil or criminal authorities.  All Supervised Persons shall certify upon becoming a Supervised Person and thereafter annually, through MyComplianceOffice (or another method acceptable to the Adviser’s Compliance Officer), that they have received a copy of and read the Code, and all amendments thereto, and agree to comply in all respects with this Code and that they have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions, holdings and accounts required to be disclosed or reported by this Code.

*            *            *            *           *

Adopted effective June 20, 2016; amended effective October 1, 2016; amended effective May 18, 2018

14

SCHEDULE A

Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C.
Tortoise Index Solutions, LLC
Tortoise Credit Strategies, LLC
Tortoise Investments Partners, LLC

Amended effective June 23, 2017; amended May 18, 2018




Exhibit s.1

Power of Attorney

The undersigned directors and officers, as indicated respectively below, of Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation (the “ Company ”), each hereby constitutes and appoints H. Kevin Birzer and P. Bradley Adams, each of them, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to execute in his or her name and on his or her behalf in any and all capacities the Registration Statement on Form N-2, as applicable, and any and all amendments thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, including, without limitation, any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the 1933 Act, and any and all instruments, documents or agreements which such attorneys and agents, or any of them, deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with such Acts, the rules, regulations and requirements of the SEC, and the securities or Blue Sky laws of any state or other jurisdiction and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC and such other jurisdictions, and the undersigned each hereby ratify and confirm as his own act and deed any and all acts that such attorneys and agents, or any of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Any one of such attorneys and agents has, and may exercise, all of the powers hereby conferred.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand as of the 9th day of April, 2019.

SIGNATURES:
 
TITLE:
/s/ Rand C. Berney
   
Rand C. Berney
 
Director
/s/ H. Kevin Birzer
   
H. Kevin Birzer
 
Director
/s/ Conrad S. Ciccotello
   
Conrad S. Ciccotello
 
Director
/s/ Alexandra A. Herger
   
Alexandra A. Herger
 
Director
/s/ Jennifer Paquette
   
Jennifer Paquette
 
Director
/s/ P. Bradley Adams
   
P. Bradley Adams
 
Chief Executive Officer